Book of Galactic Light

LIBER LUX GALACTICA

The Book of Galactic Light

Daniel Rekshan, MA, CHt
and Celestial Beings

This is now the New Earth.  
We now join the Celestial Family.
This is now the Golden Age.

I pray that our family enjoys peace, love, good-health, and prosperity.
May our children grow in light and love.

May all those touched by this work be blessed.

May these actions be of benefit to all sentient beings in accordance with the principle of non-harm and the cosmic law of one.

Copyright © 2022 Daniel Rekshan
All rights reserved
ISBN: 9798441827942

Dear Reader,

Thank you for your presence. I pray that this book is of benefit to you. The Book of Galactic Light exists in your heart as well as mine.  It is an invitation from God to God, universe, source, or whatever word you like.  You are truly all that is experiencing itself through you. I pray that you open portals within your life to invite source love into our world.

It is a strange book and I invite you to understand it in whatever way is meaningful to you.  Thinking of this like a dream journal or a fiction might help.

The physical or e-book that you’re reading is just a seed of the actual Book of Galactic Light, which exists in the heart. This book is self-published. There will be typos and mistakes.  Thank you for your compassion and understanding.

If this work speaks to you, if you have questions, or if you have anything you’d like to share, please reach out to me via email at Daniel@dseti.org. 

If you’d like to learn more, connect with community practice, or schedule a hypnosis or dream session, please visit www.dseti.org. This work was transcribed from video recordings of visionary ritual that you can watch from on the D-SETI Youtube Channel.

Much love and blessing to you and your family,

Daniel Rekshan

Feburary 2, 2024

Books by Daniel Rekshan

Available on Amazon or D-SETI (https://dseti.org)

The D-SETI Quadrilogy

• Galethog the Grey’s Field Guild to Anomalous Geometry
• Missing Time Found
• Book of Galactic Light
• D-SETI Research Institute Proposal

Other Books by Daniel Rekshan

• The Alchemists’ Dream is Now Achieved
• Preface and Epilogue to the History of the World
• Prophecies for New Babylon
• On Realizing Divine Identity
• An Illustrated Guide to Practical Dreaming

Dedication

I dedicate this work to my family, without whom this all would be impossible.  Thank you to my immediate family and soul family for your presence in my life and the meaning you bring.

I pray that all beings on this Earth understand that we are all family.

Editorial Note

This book is not a normal book.  It is strange.  There are multiple voices that express themselves through my voice.  The celestial beings who I worked with, who are often called angles, want me to acknowledge them as coauthors of this text.

These celestial beings spoke through my own voice and you’ll read their words, but they also spoke through feeling, synchronicity, and a thousand other ways that are impossible to communicate. Sometimes, it is very clear when the angels use my voice.  Most of the time, it’s hard to tell who is speaking.  

The celestials gave me guidance throughout this work, but they leave a lot up to me.  They want me to publish their message through the Book of Galactic Light.  They like that I’m both scholarly and artistic.  They like that I believe in dreams.  They definitely want their presence known and they want me to communicate their invitation to the New Earth.

Nearly all of this text comes from the transcription of spoken words.  The body of this work is “The Call of the Aethyrs”, which is the result of a 30-day ritual scrying experience.  The ritual involves alteration of consciousness through chanting, then the speaking aloud of any visionary experience that unfolds through gazing at a magic obsidian mirror.  

I recorded the ritual experiences, which I published on my YouTube channel, Cosmic Dream Sanctuary. The introductory material and the appendix are mostly transcribed from supplementary videos used to introduce the series and answer questions.

In preparing this work for publication, I ran into a few major problems:

1. The voice of the speaker is not clear.  Sometimes, I am speaking as the experiencer of a dream-like journey.  Sometimes, I speak directly to celestial beings.  Sometimes, the beings use my voice.
2. The text sometimes seems scholarly, historical, or factual when it must actually be regarded more like a work of mythology, folklore, art, psychology, or religion.  I share “facts” about history that are actually more like rumors.  For example, we don’t know that Dee even used his obsidian mirror, but it is central to the narrative here.
3. It is not clear what sort of text this work is.  You might see it as a dream journal, a work of fiction, a scripture, a message, a prophecy, an invitation, or so on.  

As a solution to all these problems, I decided to do as little as possible to the text and make the least number of judgements possible.  Rather than worrying about voice, I transcribe what I said as simply as possible.  When there are quotes, they designate statements whose voice is clear. Rather than correct or note all my historical errors, I’ll leave them in and let you figure it out.  Rather than define the type of work, I’ll just let it be as it is and invite you to decide.

It is important for you to know a few things:

1. You can think of this book like a dream journal or fiction. Technically, this book would be categorized either as prophecy or channeled material.
2. Any historical fact should be checked.  Most of this book is a simple transcription of videos during which I spoke from an expanded state of consciousness.  
3. You should accept or reject every statement according to your own intuition and discernment. The visionary experience is best understood like a dream. It is impossible to flatten a dream into a single set of facts or perspectives. It requires participation to make meaning.  I believe the angels are more concerned with a journey of experience rather than a communication of facts.  The angels don’t want to you to blindly accept any communication, they want to you to think about every image or statement (even this one).

Thank you for reading this work.  I pray that the words change you for the better.  I pray that they open up portals in your heart and life through which you connect with the celestial realms so that you can nourish heaven on Earth.

John Dee Study

Introduction

The Book of Galactic Light is the transcription of a visionary ritual based on the work of Dr. John Dee.  He was a 16th century scholar and magus who focused on angelic communication for the purpose of healing and advancing culture.  

Dee held one of the largest libraries at the time: 4,000 books compared with the mere 300 books of Oxford.  He brought Euclid to England.  He advised the voyages of discovery to the New World.  He was advisor to Queen Elizabeth and he wrote with heads of state like the Holy Roman Emperor.

Dee communicated with angels through a scryer, most notably Edward Kelley.  Scrying is something like psychic vision through a crystal.  In their case, it is said they used the obsidian mirror that is now housed in the British Empire.  

Dee would pray and Kelley would enter the visionary trance.  Dee would record what Kelley saw and heard and would question him.  Their interactions were very similar to a modern-day hypnosis experience.

Dee and Kelley received a system of magical angelic communication that we know now as Enochian Magic.  Archangels gave them specific instructions for the construction of temple furniture and chanting.  When asked for more details, the angels said to just start putting together the materials, then they would know what to do.  We do not have a record of Dee performing this ritual.

When I explored the possibility of being John Dee in a past life, I connected with my higher self, who gave me guidance about next steps.  I was directed to perform the ritual as if it were true that I was John Dee and that the ritual would work.

I was told that I needed to study and prepare for the ritual.  As a student of liberal arts, just like Dee, I decided to put together a course of study that engaged the Western Liberal Arts tradition that I learned from my time at St. John’s College.  I was blessed to share this course of study with a dozen fellow-students.

Dee’s work is very complex and a pinnacle expression of liberal arts at the time. It takes years of study and dedication to fully appreciate, which I have yet to complete.  This course of study is practical and designed to prepare the mind for actual communication with angels through this ritual.

I am sharing the syllabus here as a way to invite you into your own voyage of discovery.  Just like Dee advised the early explorers of the New World, I hope that this work will offer some useful advice to the early explorers of the New Earth. 

You are invited to follow this course of study whenever you feel it would be meaningful.  You don’t need to read these books to appreciate the Book of Galactic Light.  However, it may be beneficial for you to understand that the Book of Galactic Light truly expresses 2,500 years of academic and magical tradition.

Syllabus

Session 1: Introduction

• Introduction  
  • Participant introduction circle  
  • Subject matter introduction  
  • Study intention circle  
• Lecture   
  • How to study together  
    • Readings  
    • Geometry study  
    • Seminar discussions  
    • Practice  
    • Circle discussions  
  • ET/ED Contact  
    • Current events  
    • Consciousness-primary phenomenon  
    • Human initiated contact is important  
    • Theories of contact  
    • Quantum hypnosis/healing  
• Seminar discussion on readings  
• Practice  
  • Meditation on the breath  
  • Visualization exercises

Dolores Cannon’s Convoluted Universe and The Three Waves of Volunteers and the New Earth. (2015, December 26). [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=94rLLrJC0ew

DuQuette, L. M., & Louv, J. (2019). Enochian Vision Magick: A Practical Guide to the Magick of Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley (Second ed.). Weiser Books.

Esbjörn-Hargens, S. (n.d.). Our Wild Kosmos! An Exo Studies Exploration of the Ontological Status of Non-Human Intelligences. Exo Studies Institute. https://whatsupwithufos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Exo_Studies.pdf

Hernandez, R. (n.d.). Summary of the FREE Academic Research Study. FREE. https://info@experiencer.org

Hernandez, R. (2018). Beyond UFOs: The Science of Consciousness & Contact with Non Human Intelligence. Foundation for Research into Extraterrestrial and Extraordinary Experiences (FREE).

Louv, J. (2018a). Ep. 37: John Dee and the Empire of Angels (Podcast). Ultraculture with Jason Louv. https://jasonlouv.libsyn.com/ep-37-john-dee-and-the-empire-of-angels

Louv, J. (2018b). John Dee and the Empire of Angels: Enochian Magick and the Occult Roots of the Modern World (1st ed.). Inner Traditions.

van Luchene, S. R. (n.d.). LEARNING THROUGH CONVERSATION. St. John’s College. https://www.sjc.edu/application/files/4515/9252/9740/Learning_through_Conversation_Summer_Classics_St_Johns_College.pdf

Session 2: Contact and Magic before John Dee

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture
  • Introduction to Euclidean Geometry
  • Proofs
  • Constructions
  • Post-colonial/material/modern rereading history
• Geometry
  • Equilateral triangle
  • Tetrahedron
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Visionary practice

Agrippa, H. C. (1531). The Philosophy of Natural Magic [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/eso/pnm/index.htm

The Book of Enoch (R. H. Charles, Trans.). (1917). [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/bib/boe/index.htm

Bryne’s Euclid Book 1. (n.d.). Byrne’s Euclid. https://www.c82.net/euclid/book1/

Esoterica. (2020a, July 31). Corpus Hermeticum - Introduction to Hermes Trismegistus & Hermetic Philosophy [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kHHTt6Yiv5U&t=1s&ab_channel=ESOTERICA

Esoterica. (2020b, September 25). The Three Books of Occult Philosophy - Cornelius Agrippa - Renaissance Hermeticism Cabala and Magic [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JWoparZ1xqg&feature=youtu.be

Euclid Book XIII. (n.d.). Euclid’s Elements. http://aleph0.clarku.edu/~djoyce/java/elements/bookXIII/bookXIII.html

Plato. (360 C.E.a). Phaedo [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/cla/plato/phaedo.htm

Plato. (360 C.E.b). Timaeus [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/cla/plato/timaeus.htm

Plato. (380 C.E.). Meno [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/cla/plato/meno.htm

Salaman, C., van Oyen, D., Wharton, W. D., & Mahe, J. (2004). The Way of Hermes: New Translations of The Corpus Hermeticum and The Definitions of Hermes Trismegistus to Asclepius (Now in Paperback ed.). Inner Traditions.

Session 3: John Dee and the Revelation of Enochian Magic

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Historical Overview of Dee’s life
  • Dee & Kelley
  • Enochian
    • Script
    • Pronunciation
    • Temple Specifications
    • Sigilium Dei Ameth
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Cube
• Visionary practice

Burns, T., & Moore, A. (2014, September 20). How to Sequence the Perimeter Letters on John Dee’s Holy Table by Teresa Burns and J. Alan Moore – Journal of the Western Mystery Tradition. Journal of the Western Mystery Tradition. http://jwmt.org/2014/09/how-to-sequence-the-perimeter-letters-on-john-dees-holy-table-by-teresa-burns-and-j-alan-moore/

Bridges, V. (1996). Complete Enochian/Ophanic Handbook. ALCHEMY and Enochian/Ophanic Magic (Facebook Group). https://www.facebook.com/groups/382253755496471/permalink/428080620913784/

Dee, J., & Casaubon, M. (1659). A True & Faithful Relation of What passed for many Yeers between Dr. John Dee (A Mathematician of Great Fame in Q. Eliz. and King James their Reignes) and some Spirits [E-book]. https://resources.warburg.sas.ac.uk/pdf/fbh510b22981421.pdf

Esoterica. (2020a, May 29). John Dee - The Monas Hieroglyphica - Part I - History and Context [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2meS9-YGYhU&t=1s&ab_channel=ESOTERICA

Esoterica. (2020b, June 12). John Dee - The Monas Hieroglyphica - Part II - Alchemy and Cabala [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lEwK1dmco3I

Esoterica. (2020c, September 18). John Dee - The Monas Heiroglyphica - Part III - Metaphysical Power & Symbolism [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LbxtuG6RT0w

Mathematics Online. (2020, February 15). How to construct a Tetrahedron (Platonic Solids Playlist) [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gSst4JMhSMI&list=PL14bv5vXK2WUoUSN7T8f8_HlQyW-qavSh&ab_channel=mathematicsonline

Peterson, J. H. (2002). John Dee’s Five Books of Mystery: Original Sourcebook of Enochian Magic (Illustrated ed.). Weiser Books. https://archive.org/details/JohnDeesFiveBooksOfMystery—OriginalSourcebookOfEnochianMagic

Rowe, B. (1998). Enochian Magick Reference, version 0.8 - An Enochian Miscellany - Hermetic Library. Hermetic Library. https://hermetic.com/enochia/enoch-ref

Session 4: Western Magic after Dee

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Western Magical Traditions
  • ODG/OTO
  • Spiritualism
  • Theosophy
  • New Age
  • Contact Modalities
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Octahedron
• Visionary practice

Blavatsky, H. P. (1920). The Key to THEOSOPHY: Being a clear exposition, in the form of question and answer, of the Ethics, Science, and Philosophy, for the study of which the … glossary of general theosophical terms. [E-book]. https://www.gutenberg.org/files/55618/55618-h/55618-h.htm

Campion, T. (2021, February 16). How to Escape the Confines of Time and Space According to the CIA. Vice News. https://www.vice.com/en/article/7k9qag/how-to-escape-the-confines-of-time-and-space-according-to-the-cia

Crowley, A. (1911). Vision and the Voice [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/oto/418/418.htm

Elkins, B. J. D. M. (2009). Ra Material: The Law of One, [E-book]. by Don Elkins, Jim McCarty, Carla L. Rueckert, James Allen McCarty, Carla Rueckert. https://www.lawofone.info/

The Enochian Alphabet - Language of the Angels - Vincent Bridges & Dan Winter. (2014, July 31). [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLtse9IUcGLlie_wa7Kb2BvMCAqee6J08N

Rekshan, D. (2009). The Alchemists’ Dream Is Now Acheived. [E-book]. https://cosmicdreamsanctuary.org/the-alchemists-dream-is-now-achieved/

Rowe, B. (1992a). Enochian Temples - Benjamin Rowe - Hermetic Library. Hermetic Library. https://hermetic.com/browe/etemple

Rowe, B. (1992b). Enochian Temples: The Lower Temple - Benjamin Rowe - Hermetic Library. Hermetic Library. https://hermetic.com/browe/lowertem

Rowe, B. (1993). The Lotus of the Temple: - An Enochian Miscellany - Hermetic Library. Hermetic Library. https://hermetic.com/enochia/lot-use

Wikipedia contributors. (2022, April 10). Spiritualism. Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spiritualism

Session 5: Sacred Geometry

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Sacred Geometry
  • Fractals
  • Crop circles
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Dodecahedron
• Visionary practice

Mandelbrot, B. B. & W. H. Freeman and Company. (1983). The Fractal Geometry of Nature [E-book]. Henry Holt and Company. https://archive.org/details/fractalgeometryo00beno

Melchizedek, D. (1999). The Ancient Secret of the Flower of Life, Vol. 1 (First Edition). Light Technology Publishing.

Plato. (360 C.E.b). Timaeus [E-book]. https://www.sacred-texts.com/cla/plato/timaeus.htm

Wikipedia contributors. (2002, June 11). Crop circle. Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crop_circle

Session 6: Monas Hieroglyphica and the Philosopher’s Stone

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Monas Hieroglphyica
  • Philosopher’s Stone
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Icosahedron
• Visionary practice

Bridges, V., Bridges, E., & Burns, T. (2018). An Alchemical Enigma: A Short History of the Rise and Fall of Sir Edward Kelley (1) (Vincent Bridges Posthumous Writing ed.) [E-book]. Teresa Burns. https://www.academia.edu/59804125/An_Alchemical_Enigma_the_rise_and_fall_of_Sir_Edward_Kelley

Egan, J. A. (2012). The Works of John Dee: Modernizations of his Main Mathematical Masterpieces [E-book]. CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform. http://www.newporttowermuseum.com/resources/2-The-Works-of-John-Dee.pdf

Jung, C. G. (2015). Psychology and Alchemy [E-book]. Routledge. https://archive.org/details/c.-g.-jung-collected-works-volume-12-psychology-and-alchemy

Waite, A. E. (1893). The Alchemical Writings of Edward Kelly [E-book]. https://archive.org/details/b24857300

Session 7: Decoding the Monas Hieroglyphica

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Shakespeare codes
  • Geometric code
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Cuboctahedron
• Visionary practice

Egan, J. (2010). The Meaning of the Monas Hieroglyphica with regards to GEOMETRY [E-book]. http://newporttowermuseum.com/resources/3-The-Meaning-of-the-Monas-Hieroglyphica-with-regards-to-Geometry.pdf

Greene, A. (2020). TO BE OR NOT TO BE… OPENED? – Shakespeare A New Angle. To Be or Not To Be. https://tobeornottobe.org/

Louv, J. (2021, August 19). Ep. 22: Alan Green on Dr. John Dee and the Shakespeare Code. Ultraculture With Jason Louv. https://podcast.magick.me/ep-22-alan-green-on-dr-john-dee-and-the-shakespeare-code/

Sledge, J. (2009). The Cabala of Being: John Dee’s Semiotic Ontology in the Monas Hieroglyphica. https://www.youtube.com/c/ESOTERICAchannel

Winter, D. (2012). Compressions, The Hydrogen Atom, and Phase Conjugation | The Imploder. The Imploder. https://www.theimploder.com/science/compressions-hydrogen-atom-and-phase-conjugation

Session 8: ET/ED Contact

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • CE-5
  • Hypnosis
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Hypercube
• Visionary practice

Dolores Cannon’s Convoluted Universe and The Three Waves of Volunteers and the New Earth. (2015, December 26). [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=94rLLrJC0ew&ab_channel=DoloresCannon

Elkins, B. J. D. M. (2009). Ra Material: The Law of One, Vol. 1 by Don Elkins, Jim McCarty, Carla L. Rueckert, James Allen McCarty, Carla Rueckert [E-book]. by Don Elkins, Jim McCarty, Carla L. Rueckert, James Allen McCarty, Carla Rueckert. https://www.lawofone.info/

Esbjörn-Hargens, S. (n.d.). Our Wild Kosmos! An Exo Studies Exploration of the Ontological Status of Non-Human Intelligences. Exo Studies Institute. https://whatsupwithufos.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Exo_Studies.pdf

Get Ready for YOUR Session! (2022). Quantum Healers. https://www.quantumhealers.com/get-ready

Hatch, C., & Koprowski, M. (2018). A CE-5 Handbook: An Easy-To-Use Guide to Help You Contact Extraterrestrial Life [E-book]. Calgary Ce-5 Group. https://ace5handbook.com/

Hernandez, R. (2018). Beyond UFOs: The Science of Consciousness & Contact with Non Human Intelligence. Foundation for Research into Extraterrestrial and Extraordinary Experiences (FREE).

Session 9: Healing the Apocalypse

• Meditation practice
• Check-in circle
• Lecture 
  • Blood magic suspicion
  • Acknowledgement of colonization
  • Invitation for healing
• Seminar discussion on readings
• Geometry
  • Merkaba
• Visionary practice

Bean, R., Piorko, M., & Lang, S. (2021, October 13). Deciphering the Philosophers’ Stone: how we cracked a 400-year -old alchemical cipher. The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/deciphering-the-philosophers-stone-how-we-cracked-a-400-year-old-alchemical-cipher-167900

Campbell, S., Healey, E., Kuzmin, Y., & Glascock, M. D. (2021). The mirror, the magus and more: reflections on John Dee’s obsidian mirror. Antiquity, 95(384), 1547–1564. https://doi.org/10.15184/aqy.2021.132

Jacobs, F. (2021, September 30). Did dark magic conjure up the British Empire? Big Think. https://bigthink.com/strange-maps/mudchute-omphalos/

John Dee Past Life Resonance Quantum Hypnosis with Sonya. (2021, December 20). [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-brvOQcmoVQ&ab_channel=CosmicDreamSanctuary%7CDanielRekshan

Lee, T., Saleh, S., & Malova, M. (2019). Dark Lines of London. Markosia Enterprises Ltd.

Preface

Instruction and invitations are given to you for your participation in this Celestial Ritual that opens the Galactic Golden Age.

This is the preface to the Book of Galactic Light, also known as Liber Lux Galactica. This is a set of instructions or tips to navigate this strange, complex, large offering of ritual experience, visionary practice, concepts, and invitation. Ultimately, this is offered as an invitation for you to go and participate on your own journey of discovery. If I do anything with this work, I want to inspire, invite, and perhaps even permit you to engage in a path of self-initiation into the magicality of your world, and to engage your own path of discovery, your own path of contacting the celestial, extraterrestrial, elemental beings. I would love it if, after engaging with any of this material, even if you think it’s silly, or strange, that you feel that much more inspired or that much more capable of engaging your own path of discovery, your own path of meditation, your own path of magic. 

There’s a few ways you can engage with this material. I would say, start with the introduction. In it, I tell the story about what’s going on in this book and why I’m working with it. If you prefer more bite sized bits of knowledge or concepts and invitations, check out the Appendix. In the Appendix, I provide short reflections based on one question to provide you with an invitation to engage your own path of discovery. I want you to answer those questions for yourself.

Those are a couple ways to start really easily with this material. Then if you feel inclined, I would invite you to read the chapters of the Book of Galactic Light. Each chapter is a different day of the ritual.  The whole ritual is a journey from the 30th aethyr, TEX, to the 1st aethyr, LIL. The aethyrs are different layers of consciousness, different layers of heaven, if you will. The work of the ritual is the chanting of the Enochian Calls, opening up these portals to the aethyrs, invoking the presence of the governors of that aethyr, and asking them to accomplish our prayer. 

From there, there is an experience of visionary scrying. In the ritual, I’m looking into the obsidian mirror and I’m describing what emerges in my psychic vision. These are intuitive experiences. I’m not seeing them with my physical eyes, but something is coming up and through and I’m describing him narrating it as we go. I invite you to engage reading these words as a visionary practice, as perhaps a guided meditation. 

In all of these things. I want you to be engaged in the path of self-initiation. I want you to be engaged in visionary practice. I want you to put forward a prayer and intention that is meaningful to you. I’ve included my own prayer and my intention as a way to guide my own work, but you don’t have to say those prayers along with me unless you want to. 

I’d invite you to read along and say yes or no in your own heart as I relate these prayers, you can do that. I’ve tried making them as universal and as specifically meaningful as I can. But it’s really up to you to say yes or no to those experiences. 

If you want, if you want to have your own experience, you can simply try chanting the Enochian Calls yourself.  You can listen to the video recordings of my chanting and listen to it.  You can relate to these words in whatever way is meaningful to you.

You don’t need to even listen to these Enochian Calls in order to have your own experience of connecting with the celestial realm, which is a source of assistance, guidance, kindness and healing for you. You don’t need any of this stuff to connect with your true nature, as divinity, source consciousness, as the universe having a universal dream, of which all the beings you encounter are dream characters. You don’t need anything in particular to connect into that deeper reality because that’s who you are already. That’s what you are. You are enlightened activity of the universe within enlightened activity of the universe. That’s it.

You can have an experience. I would invite you to go through these, day by day if you’d like. I invite you to resonate with the prayers and intentions that I’ve put forward and to have an experience alongside the visionary expression. I invite you to imagine as if you’re having the vision yourself. Allow the visionary experience to flow over you like hypnotic suggestions or a dreamlike experience. 

It doesn’t matter if you’re having the exact experience that I am. Allow the imagery to impact you and to have an experience within you. Allow yourself to have an experience and you will be guided. I would invite you to call on your own angels, your own celestial beings to help and guide you. Just as I was guided through this work, you will be guided in your own working, in your own participation, in this Book of Galactic Light. 

I don’t know how it’s going to unfold for you. I don’t know how you will respond to this work. I’m simply offering what I’ve been guided to offer in a way I’m guided to offer it. If you connect with it, if this inspires you in any way, I’d love to hear about it. You can let me know through email, through my website, or through setting up a time to chat with me. 

I’d love it if you would be so inspired to inspire others to engage their own path of self-initiation into magic, into the nature of our reality as a beautiful dream of a beautiful cosmic dreamer, of which you truly are source. I’d love it if you could share that information with other people and share the testimony of your own experience. Because it’s really important now, we are engaged in a much heightened experience of duality, of light and dark, of good and bad, of control, of being manipulated, of feeling like we are enslaved to systems of destruction of our environment and our cultures and things like that. 

This work, I believe, is some of the most potent medicine for our world now. It’s not what I’m offering you, but your own participation in that. The medicine is your own opening up to the deeper reality of your own divinity, your own experience as the universe, as source, consciousness, and Earth. You’re opening up in that engagement of that magical path within you is the medicine that this world needs here and now. 

I thank you for bringing forth that medicine with me. Because with that medicine, we can heal our society and culture and earth in ways that will be magical. The things we are scared of now, the destruction of the environment, the collapse of society, the control narratives of the deeper kind of conspiratorial aspects of this world. All these things will easily be solved right in magical ways that we don’t even expect when we apply this medicine. It is the medicine of waking up to our experience, waking up to the experience of this world as if it were a dream. 

I thank you for doing that because in doing that, you are making this world that much more of a kinder place, for me and for my children, for our family, because we truly are a family. All of us together: the light in the dark, the victims and the victimizers, the slaves and the empire. We are a family in this world together and by opening to this path of magic within you, you are bringing a field of love and kindness to surround our entire family, and that’s very needed.

I thank you so much for your presence on this path.

Introduction and Initiation

Invitation is offered to connect with Celestial beings for the benefit of all.  Stories and concept are shared as key to the ritual working.

I am presenting to you the transcription of more than 40 hours of video that I am calling Liber Lux Galactica, which is a phrase made-up language inspired by Latin. The translation would be the Book of Galactic Light. This work is inspired by the scrying sessions of Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley from the late 1500s. Scrying is a means of communication with extradimensional, extraterrestrial, celestial, angelic beings using psychic sight focused on a physical object. In the case of this presentation, I used an obsidian mirror, much like Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley used. 

Every morning for 30 days, I woke up at about 3:30am, I went up to my office, and I said prayers. I chanted the Enochian calls and then recorded what I saw and felt. The records are what I call the Book of Galactic Light.  The angels I communed with through the scrying ritual also call it the Book of Galactic Light, which was where I got the title. The angels want to be acknowledged in these experiences. They want me to say that I alone did not write this book and that I did not make it up. 

Although, at one level, I did make it up. It is an imaginal exercise, performed using the faculties of imagination. One of the things that is very important to understand is that all of these things are made up and yet they’re very real. I simply need to acknowledge that the angels are the beings I interacted with through the scrying stone.  The sense of interaction through the stone is actually an illusion. 

I didn’t interact with the beings through the scrying stone. I am a psychic dreamer and I have the capacity to see other realms just like everyone does. Everyone I’ve talked to or I interact with, when I present a safe space of listening, share their stories of where the paranormal or extraordinary breaks into their world. Sometimes it is a little thing, sometimes it’s a really big experience, whatever it is, and everybody I have ever met has some story of the supernatural. Just think of when the extraordinary or the divine or the bizarre has entered your life.

In that same way, I have had experiences of psychic visions, dreams, meditations, psychic mediumship, energy work, and of many different things. All these different things are part natural and part developed capacities. I’m sharing this with you because I am presenting a ritual that is complex, which resulted in this complex record of my ritual visions. The language of the ritual is extremely dense and difficult to work with. All I’m doing right now is inviting you to have an experience of engaging with this ritual.  I’m inviting you to let the magic of this ritual break into your life and worldview, just like I am sure you have had other magical experiences.

Actually, I’m inviting you to participate in the magical ritual of vision magic and of what we might call as an Apocalypse Working. I called for the apocalypse in this ritual.  Just like John Dee, I want the New Earth to come. This world that we live in is a nightmare. We live in an empire of nightmare of our own creation, and therefore I am calling for its end. I call for the New Earth. I do so with love and light in my heart.

I want you to call for the New Earth in your own experience. If this offering, the Liber Lux Galactica, can inspire you to explore your own path, that’s beautiful. All of the work I’m doing, all of this working, is empirical in nature. I didn’t know what I set out to do, I was guided to do it. In the same way, I know you’re guided to do something very special for the world. It might look like this. But it might look like something else. Whatever it is, I want you to be doing it now, from the point of view that you are all things, that you are God, that you have the power of creation within your heart, and that you can do things that you think are simply magical. I want you to do that because the world needs you to do it now. 

Because everything else is simply an illusion that keeps us stuck in this nightmare empire. Let’s break out of it. We can because there’s guidance, invitation, and there’s nothing holding us back except for ourselves. I offer this as my way of exploring our edges. I know that it is very important to have examples to be initiated into these things. We need examples to know that magic is possible. I’m offering records of this working, with me chanting Enochian and seeing all sorts of visions. I’ll offer as much as I can because it is very important for all of us who have the capacity to touch into the magical spheres and the magical aspects of our experience to offer what we can now. The world wants us to offer what we can. The world needs us to and so let’s do it. Let’s do it. 

I want to tell the story of how I came here because I think it’ll be helpful in humanizing a somewhat difficult, challenging, or complex experience. I’m not sure the best place to start, but I have a scar on my arm. You barely see the scar tissue on my inner left elbow. It is where the Enochian magic first touched me. The scar is from an emergency surgery, which was performed in a weird hospital room where the clock kept going 12:12, 12:12, 12:12.  I was sent there by a doctor named John C, which was the same name of the comic book exorcist whose movie I watched the day before. 

It was a very strange experience. I had a big ball or growth on my elbow. I knew there was something wrong. It didn’t feel right. So I went into the doctor’s office and John C said something like, “Oh, it’s tennis elbow. Don’t worry about it.” He sent me home and I went to bed thinking that I was fine.  But then he called me multiple times during the night. He said something like, “I think you’re in trouble, I think it’s a blood clot. If it moves, you might die. Get to the hospital right away. They’ll deal with it.”

I go to the hospital. They say it’s not a blood clot, that it’s an abscess. They said it was deep in my arm, which they needed to cut it open and drain all the pus from it. They started cutting open and it was deep.  They injected it with painkillers and cut it until I could feel the scalpel, then they would inject the painkillers and cut again.  They did this several times until they opened the abscess.

The doctor was surprised by what she found.  She thought it would be full of pus. What she discovered was what looked like ancient infected blood and it surprised them. It seemed like it was just teleported there. They considered it could have been from a cat scratch or something like that, but there was no actual wound on my arm.

They said that they don’t know what caused it, but they warned me that people who get abscesses like this might keep getting them. I asked what I could do to prevent it from happening again, but they couldn’t explain why it happened or how to prevent it.

Because of its strange and almost magical quality, I considered it to be a spiritual issue. I did a lot of spiritual things right before the infection .I had just come back from a trip to Europe that had two purposes.  First, I went to connect with the lands of my blood. I went to England, Scotland, Hungary, and several Eastern European countries, which is where most of my genetic lineages are from. Second, I also engaged in a Terrapsychological inquiry about Dr. John Dee, who is the source of the Enochian magic I am presenting here. 

Terrapsychological inquiry methodology comes from Dr. Craig C, who was my advisor at California Institute of Integral studies. Terrapsychological Inquiry methodology holds that the Earth is conscious. You can engage in inquiry about place, about psyche, with place through dreams, folklore, messaging, or observation of actual places, as expressions or creative expressions of the deeper intelligence of the Earth. 

I went to the British Museum to look at Dr. John Dee’s magic mirror and wax seals.  I went to Mortlake, which was his place of residence near London. I went to Krakow, which was where he first received the Enochian tables that are central to the magical working. I engaged with the places as much as I could on that trip. I imagined that I followed his footprints. I opened myself up to dream world. I really opened myself up to communication from him by visiting those places. Not much came to me when I visited all those places, at least not consciously. I actually think that book here is a conclusion to that initial inquiry 

After I got back from Europe and experienced the infection, I was overwhelmed.  I was scared that something spiritual or magical was happening to me.  I talked with my mentor in Core Shamanism, Teresa M, who hosted drumming circles and offered training in Curanderismo, Mexican faith healing traditions. I worked with her to address the inflection. We identified the experience as something like open portals to ancestral lineages. She invited me to shut the doors of those portals until I was ready to open them again. 

It worked. I didn’t get an infection again. Since then, I went this way and that way with my life. Seven years later or so, I got to a place in my life where I really needed to be honest with where I was with my heart, practices, vocation, and work. I got to a place where I no longer wanted to do the same patterns of working for money. Whenever I got sick of working for money, I’d leave my job to make art or practice hypnosis. Neither my art or hypnosis work was financially successful, so I’d just come back to working jobs.

I got to a point where I couldn’t continue the pattern of coming and going from full-time work. I decided to cut straight through the matter. I decided to be radically honest with myself in my motivation and vocation. I made a sacred prayer to be of service to others in alignment with my destiny, mission, and desire.  My vocation is to work with extraterrestrial, extra dimensional beings, and the contact that humans can have with those deeper realms of experience. That is my desire because it’s beneficial, amazing, and fascinating. Contact happens at deep levels of reality and we all experience it. 

 It is only the empire of nightmare, those aspects of our society that want to control us, that says we’re not in contact with these extraordinary entities and realms. Those are the only people saying that we’re not in contact. The indigenous people know. Many people know that we are in contact with Angels, Elementals, extraterrestrial beings, and so on. We’re in contact and they can help us in our world. They can help us see that the true nature of our reality is based on consciousness and not matter. It’s a big shift of perspective and we need some help understanding it. But once we understand that, our world starts to look different. Our experience starts to feel different. I now hold a tremendous amount of hope for our society, even where we are at now, in this nightmare experience. That’s why I am called to work with ET contact.

I said that prayer to be of service to others in that way because I realized that I’m well trained for supporting contactees, experiencers, people who have been abducted, have missing time, or are Starseeds. I’m well equipped to help them because of my education and experience.  Even though I was working as a software engineer, I was actually more trained and educated in extraordinary human experience. I hold a Master’s Degree in East West psychology and BA in the Western liberal arts tradition.  I’ve gone deep into Buddhist practices within the Shambhala Buddhist tradition. I’ve studied shamanism, psychic mediumship, astral projection, lucid dreaming, energy work, faith healing, and all sorts of different ways of practice and experience.  Much of my experience happened in a guided way, through simply following synchronicity and dream.

Immediately after saying the prayer, I heard guidance in my ear saying, “Search online for ‘CE-5 Revelstoke and follow what’s there’.”  CE-5 stands for Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind and was popularized by Dr. Steven Greer.  It is a protocol for human initiated contact with extraterrestrial beings. CE-5 involves meditating then reaching out with mind and heart to invite contact with ETs.  They respond through UFO sightings, telepathic contact, visitation of light beings, and a wide variety of other phenomena.

I followed the guidance to search for “CE-5 Revelstoke” and I found someone who had missing time experience and had the intuition a hypnotist would eventually show up in his life. His name is Dan, just like me. Dan’s missing time experience came from filming a CE-5 experience in the Atacama Desert. 

Missing time is when you can’t account for that time, which is kind of like blacking out from alcohol.  Missing time is associated with ET contact and is often explored with hypnotic regression. Dan was filmed going out to the desert at the start of his missing time experience.  He was gone for around an hour. He was filmed coming back. He did remember much of the experience.  What he did remember was highly strange, like seeing tree light up or feeling compelled to walk through thorn-laden desert surrounded by wild dogs

Working with him really opened my eyes and heart to the nature of extraterrestrial contact as psychic or psycho-spiritual contact. His experience has some very objective aspects, especially because there was some supporting video. The CE-5 experience involved hundreds of people and was called together by Ricardo G.  Ricardo and his collaborators received messages through automatic writing, saying this would happen.  They planned to get together through their psychic contact with ET.  There was a UFO sighting and Dan had his experience, just like communicated through multiple automatic writing sources.

I had the overwhelming impression that it was all real.  There is something in his field or aura that made me realize that all the stories I have heard about telepathic ET encounters are real in a very real way.  I had previously accepted the possibility, but never fully integrated it as a real possibility or as something that would be an active part of my life. But I saw the imprints and presence of these ET beings within his aura.  I never thought I’d actually be someone who uses psychic lingo, but the very real experience of psychically seeing them requires this language.  I saw within his field and his aura and it helped me understand what it means to read someone’s aura. It was like a Rosetta Stone experience. 

He asked me to work with him on his missing time experience. What a beautiful opportunity! I realized that a regression to his missing time might involve contact with these beings because they exist outside of time in specific ways. They are telepathic and psychic.  In typical past life regression, you can interact with the past life because of the psychic nature of the connection.  I realized that a missing time regression might not be a regression into physical memory. It might be a regression into a different space or time.  The possibility felt like a potent invitation more than a regression. It was an invitation for deeper communion. 

I realized I needed power and energy to hold space for that possibility because I was afraid of it. I was not sure how to relate to it. I remembered back to my arm infection and shutting those portals. I called up Theresa and said that it’s now time to open up those doors again. I realized that I could transmute the blood poison, if there was such a thing. I thought that because of my prayer to be of service to others, because of my practice, because of my grounding into family, into the Earth, into that way of life, that I achieved the capacity to transmute that ancient blood infection, which was somehow magically transported into my arm through engagement with the Dr. John Dee story. 

We did a beautiful ritual that my wife helped with.  It was a rebirth ceremony, in which I was tightly wrapped in linens.  These linens are used as part of the Enochian temple setup, by the way.  I felt reborn, which was important because opening the portals was an invitation to bring in the deeper aspects of my consciousness. Around the time of the rebirth ritual, I received a tremendous amount of information at a level below conceptual consciousness. It was a holographic, emotive, and psychic experience that provided me an understanding of who I was, who I am, and who I will be.

It asked me for commitments, like my willingness to do things like this ritual here.  It didn’t ask in so clear of terms, it was more of a feeling or intuition. It asked if I am willing to continue my practice and serve in this way. I affirmed. It felt almost like there was no choice in the matter because it really and truly was in alignment with my heart. 

Dan and I ended up doing the regression. He ended up having an experience of remote viewing what happened. It was one of the most fascinating experiences that I have had working with others. He asked to go very deeply into trance so that he couldn’t remember the regression, as if he slept through the whole thing.  He wanted to speak about what happened to him and then watch the video afterwards. 

We did exactly that and we got the information. But he had an issue with it and was unable to watch the video.  He has talked about it publicly, so I’m not sharing anything out of confidence. There was an immense invitation for contact on the video from the beings. The whole situation indicates to me that there’s a deeper invitation to make contact that we could film or coordinate sightings and things like that. Dan has done these things already in my life and with my family. He took us up to Sale Mountain at the end of August 2021 for a CE-5 event, which is really one of the reasons why I’m here doing this work now. 

I looked at the story of John Dee and Edward Kelley to inform my work with Dan.  It was relevant because Dee was something like a hypnotist and Kelley went into something like a trance.  They did something like CE-5 in reaching out to the angels and the angels behaved sometimes like ETs.  My own personal experience with Dee’s work, through the arm infection, seemed very relevant as well. I did the rebirth ritual to open up the portals because I felt there was a resonance between my situation with Dan with the situation between Dee and Kelley. I realized that there had to be some sort of karmic resonance between us and them because of the potency of the arm infection experience. 

We did the CE-5 on the top of Sale Mountain. We saw beautiful light ships move in the sky and all sorts of stuff happened. People received psychic messages and all had a beautiful experience. One of the most potent experiences I had was in the daytime and the experience happened after breakfast. Everybody went away from our campsite. I found myself alone. I sat down to meditate. Ten minutes or so passed and people came back.  My wife and a friend came back and asked if I saw what happened.  They described seeing a tic-tac shaped UFO slowly cross the sky, getting close enough for distinct identification.

I asked why they didn’t call me, I would have loved to see it.  They said that they did shout for me.  I didn’t hear them at all, which seemed strange to me, so I tried to remember what I was doing.  I was having an interaction with a spirit-type being that was right in my face, which had a sort of gravity to it. I learned how to recognize the presence of spirit from my psychic mediumship training. The entities will appear right in my face and have that sort of gravity.  It’s not like I see them with my physical eyes, rather it’s like I feel and know them to be there. I don’t actually do much mediumship and I had taken that training almost by accident, but it did help me recognize the interaction as meaningful.

The spirit said to me to make a recording about my thoughts and feelings related to Dr. John Dee, Edward Kelley, Dan and myself. It said to explore all of that further.  There felt like information flowed from the being to my consciousness, which in part was non-conceptual. 

I immediately talked to Dan afterwards, as we drove to Revelstoke and back. I just laid it all out.  I said that there was this guy John Dee who was from the 15th century, he had a magic mirror, he looked into it as Contact, and he was at the center of the British Empire. I have this arm infection and somehow we’re connected. We talked about moving forward with all of this, but where do you go from this point?  It’s a strange story and involves complex histories.

This is what I knew. I opened up to contact in a very real way. A spirit came to me, which in my fantasies, thought it was John Dee. I thought that the spirit of John Dee came to me then and blasted me with some information. He said to keep looking into all of this. 

I started looking into it and exploring it. I felt there was intensity to the experience. It was very, very intense. It felt like I was surrounded by a magnetic white light. I would wake up very early in the morning to contemplate and study. I read 1000s of pages and I spent a lot of time putting together the Enochian furniture. I started noticing the intensity of the white light only after major steps in my journey.  Whenever I came to a new realization or a new commitment, I felt a sense of immediate relief.  I was able to set aside my obsessive inquiry and be that much more present in my life.

One of the understandings I have of this situation is that there is past life or karmic resonance between myself and Dr. John Dee. There is no way that a blood infection could be transferred or transported through a magic mirror over the span of four centuries, without something like karmic resonance. I see a tremendous amount of resonance between the specific symbols and qualities of his life and in my life. I’m sure a lot of you reading this now feel a resonance with Dee as well.  

I need to let you know that I’m not claiming to be John Dee or anything like that, but I’m just saying that all of this work emerged from entertaining the notion of a past life of me as John Dee.  All this work has led me to a radically different notion of past lives that I held before it.  In that way, I went through a past life regression as John Dee, but now recognize that there is no amount of unique resonance between me and Dee that is not explained by unity consciousness.

I had to engage with this material at the level it was engaging with me. One of those ways was through past life memory or resonance with Dr. John Dee. I went ahead and did a past-life regression after I felt that I couldn’t move forward without addressing the resonance. In a way, I knew that this story was somehow blocking me. I knew that I wouldn’t be able to stand on two feet in this world here and now without going into the darkness, without going straight into the nightmare and facing it. 

There was indeed a nightmare aspect to the resonance. It is very important to realize that John Dee had aspects that were very expressive of colonialism.  It is important to acknowledge that John Dee had blood on his hands.  I’m not talking about blood magic rituals here. I’m talking about the very real blood of the indigenous population of North America. I’m talking about the very real blood of the wage slaves. I’m talking about everyone who’s been victimized within the British Empire. I’m talking about the destruction to our environment that came about because of the actions of the British Empire. John Dee inspired the British Empire. They say that he coined the phrase “British Empire”.

If you tune in to some of the hidden subtext using your intuition, you might find something for which there’s no evidence. But if you tune in with your feeling state, you might actually tune into a possibility of blood ritual performed by Dee. There’s a graphic novel called The Dark Lines of London that explores these notions. Fiction can bring realities that we don’t know yet into the world and explore them.

I think some sort of blood ritual may have happened to start the British Empire. I’m not offering this as a scholarship, I’m just exploring the notion. There is a very real fact that the British Empire was born up and out of Dee’s celestial contact experience.  There was blood on the hands of all those involved because of the impacts of the British Empire around the world. It’s not debatable whether or not the world is in a nightmarish state of existence. It is. The environment is being destroyed, people are being exploited. There are tremendous amounts of wars for empires, whose values we don’t even know, that are not shared with the people. 

I realized I had to go into that nightmare. Whatever that was, I had to do it. If I was John Dee, so be it. I needed to move on with my life so that I can be present with my family in love and peace and creativity. So that I can paint pictures and make flutes, which is something I really like doing. I chose to explore all these notions in a hypnotic regression experience facilitated by Sonya W.  Sonya and I met when I was seeking someone to practice quantum healing with.  She responded to my post because the spirit of Dolores Cannon encouraged her to work with me.

We had done a previous regression. I understood that Sonya had a historical past life with an actor named Montgomery Clift.  I reached out to Sonya because I thought she could help me move through the strange experience of identifying with a historical past life. I needed to explore it all from the point of view of thinking of myself as John Dee and Dan B as Edward Kelley, and that we needed to engage in some sort of ambassadorial remote viewing experience with the Galactic Federation.

The sources of wisdom within the regression indicated that I was John Dee.  I need to acknowledge that you can be many different things in many different ways. We don’t even know what past lives are. There is a sense that there is indeed a unifying consciousness throughout these experiences. But, as a past life regressionist and as a Buddhist, I don’t know how past life works, and I’m pretty sure it’s not through a linear experience. It’s not like John Dee died, then there were several other people and now there’s me.

It is sort of perhaps like wave interference patterns and amplification patterns and destructive and constructive interference patterns. I think it’s actually something like that. Yes indeed I experience connection with John Dee. But I also received information that I certainly was not the intelligence that encoded the ciphers and codes within his material, which was a relief to me. 

The regression told me to do this work. To do this ritual and to do it in weeks, not months. If it’s difficult, then I’m on the wrong path. I just need to do it. I followed that instruction. Through studying, I was asked, “What is this ritual?  How do I relate to it?”

 I started working with a study group. I called together a group of people to work with me to explore these matters. And that was very fruitful. Another person was directed to me by the spirit of Dolores Cannon, this was the beyond quantum healing founder.  The presence of Dolores’s spirit opened my eyes to the reality and gravity of my inquiry, at least at a psychic mediumship level.

I started working with this material. It took me about a month or two to wrap my mind around what Enochian vision magic ritual is all about. I had this understanding that was somehow used to invoke the apocalypse.  The whole situation was rather bizarre and strange.  My instruction was to do the work and to invoke an apocalypse.  How was I even supposed to do that? But I think I’ve done it, I think the apocalypse is accomplished, is accomplishing, and will be accomplished. Not just in a psychological sense. It’s actually real magic. The working I accomplished was guided by celestial beings.

The reason why I say this is because of the experiences I’ve had in working with my dreams. I started to put together the temple furniture and the ritual book with understanding and the guidance that if it’s hard, it’s the wrong path. I had dreams of pure white lights, oftentimes that I would wake up from just pure undifferentiated white light that had a tremendous amount of intelligence. 

I would just start talking to my wife at like 3 or 4am, about ancient magic, philosophy, and things like that. I had guidance around receiving information and processing through it, setting up the temple. It’s important to note that some of my actions were not necessarily in alignment with the direct instructions as provided to Dee and Kelley.  They were instructed to work with gold and tin, but I didn’t have any or even money to buy them.  I did have gold and silver paint, which is what I used.

The ritual items were made like an art project. It was made like an art project because I’m an artist. That’s who I am. I’m not a magician. I’m not a ceremonial magician. I’m not initiated into those things. And yet, I’m being called to offer initiation to you. I’ve been called to initiate myself into these magics. It’s important now to have a stream of magic that is active, alive, and grounded within tradition that is capable of being of service to us here and now. That is what’s happening now.

I got to a point where I realized I had to do the ritual before the winter solstice of 2021. People talk about the expedited Enochian Apocalypse Working as a 49 day experience. There are 49 Enochian Calls that form the basis of the ritual.  The Enochian language is basically a channeled language that Edward Kelley and John Dee received in magical ways from the angels. 

There are 19 Enochian Calls to invoke the presence of heaven or heavenly beings.  You chant one each day. There’s one that is silent and you do the 19th call 30 times. You do the last call once for each of the 30 aethyrs, which is a level of consciousness or of the heavens. Each of those aethyrs is associated with three or four governors, which are angelic beings.

Anyways, the ritual seemed to be 49 days, but I didn’t have enough time to complete it before the solstice.  I received the guidance to just do the 19 calls every day and to change the last call for each of the aethyrs. It was the same with the temple furniture.

I didn’t actually have two cubits square of sweetwood, which was what was indicated in Dee’s diaries.  I only had about a cubit square of pine.  I didn’t have enough time or resources to complete any of the furniture as originally instructed in the 1500s. I received guidance to just work with what I had, so I went with that. 

I now have a very beautiful setup of Enochian temple furniture that I’ve made from things that I had already. The table was covered in a linen cloth that my wife wrapped me in as part of the rebirth ceremony.  I used the cloth as part of the studio gallery space I ran in Oakland, California.  I put singing bowls on top of the cloth and people might lay down on them and have experiences. The beeswax in the sigilum dei ameth was beeswax that my brother bought to make figurines and candles.  We had a great time years ago and I carried the excess with me for years.

They guided me to do the ritual in this way.  I’m talking about this because I want to invite and inspire you to do something like this on your own.  It doesn’t have to be this ritual, unless you’re called to.  Just do whatever you’re called to do it. Wherever you’re invited to go, go there. Because it’s needed now.

I’ve talked a lot about my story. I should reflect a little about my relationship with John Dee and that past life experience. My understanding now is much more expanded of what a human being is. I now imagine that past lives involve something like constructive wave patterns. I don’t think I lived as John Dee because I am me now. The ritual showed me the true nature of who I am, who all of you are, what all of this is: it is God creating him- or her- self. All the time, everywhere, all at once. That is the true reality of our being. We are God. It is one. There’s no other truth besides that. Everything else is an illusion. 

It’s all one.  Everything is happening in mind or consciousness or heart or love. It’s not happening in the ping pong ball style of matter, with atoms bouncing off of each other. It’s actually happening in something like a dream experience. Everything is happening at once.  In that way, I can say that I am Daniel and that John Dee was John Dee. There’s some sort of connection between us, of course, there’s a connection. There’s a connection between everyone, everywhere, all at once. 

Does that matter? Does this past life matter? Can I say that I am John Dee? No, absolutely not, which was the instruction I got in the regression. It was all very interesting. Who am I? What am I? All these questions came up. I had to start the ritual with the understanding that perhaps I might invoke an apocalypse. I realized that an Apocalypse might actually be needed in this world to move forward to alleviate suffering, to bring us into the new world of love and light. 

In diving into all this material, I started to realize that the Apocalypse might actually need to be invoked. I started to think about how many thousands of people have stared into that magic mirror. But I don’t know how many people received mysterious ancient infected blood in their arm to be exorcized in ominous ways. I realized that my connection to the John Dee story might be unique or special. To honor the specialness of that potential connection, I had to invoke the apocalypse using a 500 year old technique given to very strange and complicated men by what appears to be devious angelic entities.

I needed to engage in the ritual from the point of view that it was going to work. Part of me kept questioning, “what if? What if? What if I’m the only one? What if I am John dee, what if I am John Dee? What if this, this arm infection shows me there’s something back there that needs to be addressed now? And that actually provided a bridge between the times where this working now can be effective? And what if, what if I don’t do that, because I’m afraid of the apocalypse or of feeling silly for believing these things?”

My higher self, through the regression, instructed me to perform the ritual as if I knew it would work and so I did. As someone who cares about the principle of nonharm, Cosmic Law of One, I want everyone to be happy. The sum total of my religious commitments is to be of service to others according to the principles of nonharm. It seemed important for me to do the work in this context.

I want to honor that Daniel who went before this ritual by appreciating the level of courage it took. I remember starting this work, and I didn’t know who I was going to interact with. I had a notion that perhaps I would say these Enochian calls and the obsidian mirror would phase out or disappear, and it would be a window to another world. I thought that maybe demons or evil ETs would show up.

I thought maybe it was actually angelic communication. I remember talking a lot about fear of God, about being respectful of the range of possibility. People do say that Enochian magic works and is dangerous. They say you have to know what you’re doing or something will happen you don’t expect. And here I was about to perform a ritual because past life memory told me to, the same past life connection that brought forth a blood infection that was mysterious. But I felt guided and so I followed the guidance.

I remember after doing the first day of ritual, with my heart pounding, realizing that it was not any of those things that I was afraid of. It was something like shamanic journey work. It was something like dreaming. It was something like the hypnotic work I do with clients.  I received a vision. To be clear, I didn’t see the visions with my physical eyes.  I experienced the visions in my heart and soul and I used the language of vision out of convenience.

I was not seeing physically with my physical eyes. I didn’t go to the places of my vision with my physical body. I had an experience that was assisted. The angelic forces, the celestial beings, really do show up in frequency.  It is a sort of wave pattern that shows up and all of a sudden, my own vibrations become entrained. There was some sort of order to the experience.

I was really relieved to have the experience of connecting with us, I was really relieved to have the experience of connecting with aspects of myself.  I was challenged to expand my habitual identity from my everyday self-perception.  I am definitely a human with a body and a person.  But there are also connections everywhere to everything all at once. 

It’s actually such a relief. Halfway through the ritual they started to tell me not to worry about things so much.  The angels said they were me and that they would support me, just like different parts of the same body support each other. The angels are us. We’re them. We’re God. 

That’s what I would love to leave you with.  It is just a sense of invitation, a sense of possibility, a sense of knowing where the journey might lead, which is to yourself. There’s no other place it’ll lead. There’s no reason to be scared. It will lead to a deeper connection with yourself in peace, love and unity consciousness. That’s it. If you are not embodying peace, love and unity consciousness at the end of any contact experience or any journey like this, and you need to continue on your path until you are there because that is the beginning, end, end ground of the path. That’s it.

So I invite you to a greater experience. I invite you to your own experience. And I will say thank you for being open to the possibilities, open to inspiration, open to this example. But thank you more for having the courage of walking your own path, or connecting in with yourself the benefit of your world. 

Thank you. 

Amen.

The Celestial Ritual

I performed the same ritual every day for thirty days.  I’d wake up between 3 and 4 am to complete the ritual before anyone else in my house awoke.  The only difference between each day involved the Call of the aethyrs and the Invocation of the Governors, which involved changing the aethyr and governors’ name in the chants.

I imagined that chanting the Calls opened up a connection between me on Earth and the Governors of that day’s aethyr.  I imagined that once I was connected to the Governors, I needed to make a specific request or invoke their assistance.  After invoking their presence, I would record the images I received in the scrying experience. 

I really did feel the presence of the images.  It was subtle but real.  I never knew where the visions would lead.  They were very insistent that I just say what I saw and felt.

I wrote two prayers for this ritual.  The rest of the material comes from either my Buddhist practices or John Dee’s work (interpreted through several authors).  All of the material is available online, so if you’re curious, I’d invite you to search for it.

I invite you to relate to my own ritual and prayers as an example or inspiration.  You are the authority of magic in your life.  I invite you to claim that authority by speaking your voice to the angels.

Outline

1. The Four Dharmas of Gampopa
2. Refuge Prayer
3. Lesser Banishing Ritual of the Pentagram
4. Prayer of Invocation
5. Opening Prayer
6. Prayer of the Ring of Pele
7. Prayer of the Holy Lamen
8. Recitation of the Holy Table Perimeter Letters
9. Recitation of the Holy Table Central Square Letters
10. Recitation of the Names of the Angels of the Sigilium Dei Ameth
11. Whisper the Holy Names of the Round Table of Nalvage
12. The 18 Enochian Calls
13. The Call of the Aethyrs
14. Invocation of the Governors
15. Closing Prayer
16. Lesser Banishing Ritual of the Pentagram
17. Chant of the Four Limitless Ones
18. Dedication of Merit

Prayer of Invocation

I connect with the white light of my highest self, pure source love. I call in the galactic energies from the grand central sun through our sun into my head, flowing down through my heart, through my root, into the center of the earth.  I invite the white light to rise up from the center of the earth, to my root, up through my heart, and to the top of my head.  

I acknowledge the directions: east, south, west, north, sky, earth, and heart.  I invite the white light to form a sphere protection around me and my human family.

I acknowledge my vows to be of service to others in alignment with the principle of non-harm and the cosmic law of one.  I pray that all my actions and their effects be in alignment with these principles and vows, with the highest and best intention for the benefit of all beings. Let any impurity or error in this ritual be transmuted into perfection and into the accomplishment of this prayer.

I make my prayers in the center of the great web of life.  I call in all my wise and well ancestors, my guides, teachers, and allies.  I call in all my relations to assist, guide, and amplify my prayers here and now. 

I call in my galactic lineages: pleiades, orion, alpha centauri, vega, andronomea, zeta, yahyel, and all the others.  Calling upon the Galactic Federation of Light, the Galactic Star Councils, the Lords of Time, Karma, and Synchronicity, and those who may accomplish this prayer now.

I call upon my earthly lineages: my mother and father lines.  The lands of my blood: of Europe and of North America, and of all the forgotten places.  Thus, I call upon all of the Earth human family.

I call upon the spirits, lineages, and powers of my religions and cultures: of the Christian faith and the Shambhala Buddhist practices.  I thus call forth the New Earth avatars of the Christ and the Buddha: us, the human family.

I pray for the New Earth.
I invoke the Harvest.
Let the empires be dissolved.
Let the instruments of war be repurposed.
Let the tools of enslavement be released.
Let peace, love, joy, and creativity reign.
Let us recognize that the Golden Age has dawned.

I claim my status as lineage holder, as prophet, priest, and mage.
I, Prophet of New Babylon,
I, Priest of Asclepius,
I, Voice of the Mage of the Shattered Mirror,
Thrice remembered and thrice born,
Here now claim all power and energy available for the accomplishment of this prayer.
Let this action transmute all history of violence, aggression, and service to self into the embodiment of peace, love, and unity consciousness.

I claim the ancestral blood magics of those who have gone before and I call upon the power of all the blood shed in empire. 

Let no more blood be shed for magic and empire, let no more blood be shed at all.
Let the old systems of magic, those of money and control and empire, be banished.
Let the power of the New Earth arise: love and respect of self and other.
Let all those who have suffered in Empire be healed.
Let all be initiated into the deepest and highest mysteries.
Let all discover the magic of love through the direct experience of the integration of light and dark in the lived history of our human family.

Let us be aware that life is a dream of our own making so that we may choose peace, light, and love.

Let us forgive the agents of empire
And the perpetrators of our suffering.
Let us love them as ourselves.

We, the one human family on Earth, declare ourselves sovereign and free.
We declare our basic dignity and goodness.
We raise ourselves up into the Celestial community.

Let all humans share equal rights and let us see our true place within the Earth family.
Let these basic human rights include freedom, health care, education, and equal share in the abundance of our Earth and our collective industry.
Let the military-industrial complex, the dark and covert councils, and the corruption of the false governments be dissolved through only the loving actions of forgiveness and acceptance.
Let our governments and collective systems truly serve the people and all of our relations including the animals, plants, the rocks, spirits, and all the Earthly expressions of the divinity.
Let our science, industry, medicine, education, religion, and culture truly be of service to the empowerment and embodiment of the divine spark within humanity.

We, the human family, declare that we let go of war, aggression, and materialism so that we now enter our rightful place in our Galactic Community.

I call for the transmutation of empire into the Golden Age.
I call forth the beauty, love, and creativity of the Earth human spirit.  

We are no longer slaves.  
We now live in the Promised Land.  
This is now the New Earth.  
We now join the Celestial Family.
This is now the Golden Age.

I pray that my family enjoys peace, love, good-health, and prosperity.
May our children grow in light and love.
May all those touched by this work be blessed.
May these actions be of benefit to all sentient beings in accordance with the principle of non-harm, the cosmic law of one.

Invocation of the Governors

Governors of this Aethyr, hear my prayer.
I declare the dignity and goodness of the Earth human family.
We declare the unity of our spirit.
Heal, guide, and protect us.
May all beings on this earth enjoy equal rights in accordance with the principles of non-harm and the cosmic law of one, for the benefit of all beings.

Raise us up into Celestial Community.
Let the New Earth arise in light, love, and unity.
Come forth, here and now,
Into this world and accomplish our prayer.

The Call of the Aethyrs

30 TEX

The Angel of the Lord appears, saying “Be not afraid.” The invitation of Love and assistance is offered. We accept in gratitude.

I saw a blue-robed figure approach. I saw a face emerge. I saw a vortex, a tornado. The blue-robed one presents a scroll, opens it, and lays it upon the circumference of heaven.

He points to the zenith, marking out another circle perpendicular to that scroll, and a third perpendicular to those both. The circles move and spin. He goes within and invites me in. I follow.

There is orange here. There is a great library. I see the color: orange, yellows, and reds. It is a great library. It is beautiful. There are many wings. From this point of view, he points yet again into the sky, pointing out the spirit of the Earth. 

I see a dragon surrounding it.  That dragon does three things: consumes the Earth, it loves the Earth, and it flees. All at once, the blue-robed one guides me to a tower where many have fallen. The sound of ringing emerges. The ringing of bells overlapping, forming beautiful waves of harmonic amplifications.

The heavens open. Thunder rolls out. There is a Great One, crowned with a three-layered crown, steepled like a church. There is much love here. 

He points to a woman across the water, wearing yellows and purples. She is ever-flowing. Living water from within her breast ever flows. These waters fill up the area around her and overflow through the heavens onto the Earth.

Many creatures of the Earth are present: the animals, plants, and all the variety of people: terrestrial, extra-terrestrial, and ultra-terrestrial. These people are immersed within the waters and are made of them.

There are many chains of lights now, connecting into the Earth. Many rays coming in and going out. I see a Great One within the Solar System: present, waiting, and abiding. As great as one of the Seven, perhaps even more alive and active, active in waiting.

I see a waterfall and beautiful plants. There is an angel here, naked, yet clothed in glowing light, gentle and kind. He caresses my ear and says, “Be not afraid for I am the Lord your God, come in the guise of an angel, a beautiful being. There is much love for the Earth and much capacity for growth and healing. It may be easier and softer than you dare hope. This is the message I wish to give here and now.”

He places a hand upon my heart and pushes me backwards, through the cosmos, up into the Earth and through the Earth and I am in a place of red fire. There are many beings, like gears of a very complex clock, twisting and grinding, in agony transmuted into ecstasy. The cries of which keep afloat the Earth in the cosmos. There is no being here who has not chosen to be here. Their wisdom is immense.

The Gentle One, the Gentle Angel, calls me back, once more caressing my ear. He shows me the cosmos in a wide sweeping gesture and says, “As it is within, so it is without.” Expanding now, vision in many directions, the entire cosmos floating on a sea of white light. The intelligence and spirit of that Gentle One is within and throughout.

In this light there are many connections like a mycelial network, extremely rich and very complex. These connections of light, of colorful light, hold glyphs of different shapes and sizes. I now ask the Gentle One what else I need to do in order to accomplish my prayer here in this Aethyr. He says, “Love and open your ears.”

I ask, “What is the message, if there is any?”

He says, “We are here.” They invite me back to the present. The vision is folding into itself and falling into my heart. 

Gratitude. 

Thank you, thank you, thank you.

29 RII

Visions of the New Earth, a great ship, a towered library, and our Celestial Community. There is peace and joy that we are now invited to partake.

I see a dark landscape. I see the moon melting into the side of a cliff and forming a doorway. There are two gatekeepers and they welcome me into their presence and invite me into the Earth. There is darkness here.

They turn on lights that emerge from the walls of the cave. Within is a pool of waters, and that is a large platform. Upon that cylindrical lectern or small table is a glowing figure, a dodecahedron.  They point to stars outside of the dodecahedron. Within it there is a glowing warmth of love and redness.

They take me deeper into the Earth. It has many caverns, made of crystal. There are many beasts within. Those angels take me to see a large giant. Half-man, half- beast, and half-stuck in the Earth, in a vast cavern. The Minotaur has chains on his arms. I see many small things: spirits. The spirits of this place rise up, cover the beast, and consume his flesh until nothing remains except for bones and chains.

These spirits coalesce into one great figure: a vast celestial giant who is towering over us in this cavern. Opening up the zenith of this cavern, the dodecahedron on its pillar opens up. The cave opens up. It is an egg opening up. The heavens open up.

The celestial giant raises me up through the shell, the open shell, and there is a whirling here of vast energies.  It is like a tornado. Along its center line, it draws me up and forward. Into a new and another world. It is wide, temperate, and full of life. There is softness and gentleness and kindness here. There is love. The people, in their hearts, are pure.

There are no secret bases of deceit or corruption. It is pure here, loving and true. These beings are all like bodhisattvas and live their lives together in this way. Those here now show me something like that platform upon which the pillar of the dodecahedron stood. This platform is on the floor. They use it to see many worlds, especially ours.

They feel the experience of the Earth like a glowing tapestry of light, color, emotion, feelings, and sentiment. Blending time and space together into this artistic expression, twelve of them gather around. They hold hands around the circle. They sing into being chemical films, silver underneath and gold on top, to hold this vision of the Earth.

I see a light in the sky that is not the moon. It is a blue sun and there are two others: red and yellow. I see the darkness of the cosmos and star fields as well. A Great Ship emerges. One that can cross the oceans of time and space. There is a great captain of the Lord God at the helm. They come with many trumpets and they declare their support for the dignity of the Earth Human family.

The sounds of their trumpets resound throughout the cosmos. There is a dragon here as well. It is an ancient dragon. They do not fight. The dragon encircles the Great Ship. It extends its great wings, flapping them and creating a great wind.

There is much joy here. There is chaos and there is joy. This is meant to be. The dragon flies straight into the center of the New Earth. It warms its core. The Great Ship, the celestial ship, continues now on its way. The Great Tall One holds me in his hands, close to his heart. He pulls up films that have covered my ears.

I see a tower into which he places me. The stars turn and turn and turn and turn and turn and turn and turn. Mountains rise up and mountains fall down. The course of the Earth and the waters move and shift.  Yet this tower remains. The Earth wobbles, the sky wobbles, and turns and turns and turns.

I now see the pyramids in perfection. I see a great blast of energies from the sky into the Earth. My feeling state is electric and abysmal with the power of shunyata. Violets and blacks, deep reds and golden light. This light goes straight to the ancient dragon within the Earth. It fills him up. This is as it should be.

Four angels, the archangels of the direction, they surround me now. They raise me up with the power of their wings, swirling and swirling. They conclude the vision by bringing me back here and now. Thank you.

28 BAG

New Earth shall bring together the Light and Dark, like the Lion and the Lamb. Visions of Christ, Satan, Angel, and Dragon confirm.

I see Saturn, the planet with its rings. In that dark star field, surrounded by and containing invisible luminescence. There are many things in the space around Saturn. It is living: the invisible froth. A being comes forth in violet and oranges and invites me into a space within that luminescence. I see a field of vast white light. There are corridors within, passing this way and that way. The being is leading me to the center of this plane of light.

There is a fountain of water here, of the living water. He bathes me in it. I see a giant angel, standing over, looking like Temperance of the Tarot. They raise me up. There is a headpiece on this angel, it is circular and covers the third eye in the forehead.

The portal is moving and colorful. There is darkness and light within. They tell me that I have been here before and I know these portals.

The Tall One, the one that looks like Temperance, invites me in. I go with him. Our bodies become one and we become all, stretching forth through that network, a corridor of light. This being shows me many worlds, distant in space, distance in time, and distance in destiny. These worlds form together into one body. It is one world. 

My heart asked for a vision to see the Earth raised up out of discord, in peace, and the accomplishment of my prayers. 

I see the Earth surrounded by dragons, spilling out from the caverns into the air and surrounding the Earth. Dozens of dragons. On each of these dragons, there are glyphs, a map of the stars, and a mirror of the cosmos. These dragons enter back into the center of the Earth. There they commune with the diamond crystal in the luminescence, the heat within the eternal fires. There is a transfiguration, transmigration, or transmutation of their form into celestial, diamond, and adamantine. They are full of power and energy, invigorating this world in love. I see now the Earth in a pillar of fire, of celestial fire, purified and purifying. Illuminating the cosmos like a lamp post in the darkness. 

Now I see a vision of the desert and of Christ in his temptation. Both Christ and Satan tell me they are friends and that there is love between them. Even though the temptation is there, even though one is light and one is dark. There is a working together that has been accomplished. 

Now I see the forms of Christ fall apart into a million smaller pieces, disintegrating into myriad droplets of light and spreading throughout the Earth. I feel those drops, vibrating in tune with the cosmos, through which there is no distance. The vibration of love and unity is the same throughout the cosmos. As such, the vibration of love and unity is the key to the network of corridors and the luminescent field. It is the love and unity of Christ. 

An Angel now comes to me and presents to me a robe of blue. Placing it on my body and shoulders, blue energy surrounds me, covering me completely, out of which or through which I see many things laid upon one another, like sheets of paper in a book. Image upon image upon image of that celestial angelic one, of the cosmos itself, revealing the many worlds within the one experience. 

They present me now with a rose to go within the heart. They affix it there in the center of my being. This is the rose of the rose cross. I see tendrils of plant and vine extend throughout this plane, forwards, backwards, left, and right. Whole kingdoms of plant, flower, fruit, and forest emerge up and out. Covering this Earth in paradise. I see all those myriad droplets of Christ energy within the hearts of so many people and it does the same. Explosions of plant and animal life. This is the New Earth. This is the Earth transmuted, healed, and purified. It is beautiful and Paradise. There is so much life here: above and below and on the surface in the waters, in the air, the spirits, and in the ethers. 

It is a radiant jewel of the cosmos. It represents the unification of many dark histories. They show me just as the Christ and Satan are friends, so too those dark forces of terror in this cosmos maybe friends with the light. Raising ourselves up to this new world, both the light and the dark. I see the Angel of Temperance. This angel takes me from that portal within her forehead and holds me in her hand, standing yet again in that celestial vision near Saturn. 

The angel reaches across the space and time to bring me back here and now to close this vision. Yet I keep within this world that connection to the New Earth vision.  

Just now in the aura of the Seer, there is much love. The angel’s face transforms to a vision of an ancient tall one. It is moving through many other visions of many other forms. There have been many of these things including the dragons. There is much love here. The Shining One comes forth, who is the Gentle Shining One, and embraces me. Such love and comfort. We are where we are and it is full of light. 

The Shining One says there are no more visions for today. There is love, it’s just love. The frequency of love is held and supported. He holds it up this world, this world here and now and the New Earth.  He holds it up to the space of the dragons, to the space of Saturn, and to the luminescent field. 

Thank you, in this space of love and light, I pray for my Earth Human family. Thank you. All those on Earth, those beings on Earth, let them know love, let them know this vision of the New Earth. Let us love one another, let us love those dark forces and accept them in this paradise like lions and lambs. Amen.

27 ZAA

The Shining One reveals the true creators of our world.  They invite use of the ancient Portal system by inviting release of the fictions of war.

I see a vision of the Earth. The Gentle Shining One approaches. There is a pool now in front of us. He asks me to go in like a baptism. He asked me if I will receive these energies, this light, and this water.

I ask, “What is this?” He says, “the Living Water of the Lord God.” And I say, “yes.” As I descend into the waters, I experience consciousness moving into the star fields and galactic vision, and yet I am present with the Shining Gentle One.

He wants to show me the many things that the many beings here in this system have created, here in this universe and in this world. There is a word he wants to use, it is like artifice, machination, or marvel.

I see vast ships and armadas. I see other configurations of buildings like pyramids, which are connected with the secret geometries of our universe. There are other things too, not just machines, but bodies, beings, and animals. All created by those who were created. The Shining One walks among all these things as a traveler might.

There are vast intelligences within the entire field, swirling like those I saw near Saturn. He takes some stardust and shows me its capacity for life. He shows all the vastness of creation and creativity of all these beings. The higher civilizations and technologies that have arisen, yet the ground from which all these arise, he’s showing me, it is life. It is love and it is light.

He is showing me that there is a differentiation that needs to occur, which wants to occur, between the immense ground of being, the potency of that stardust, and the initial source: love permeating all things. The difference between the ground and in which all things are and will happen, between the difference of the vast and the highly differentiated states. He is showing me the vast ships, empires, and varieties of worlds and beings, created in their own way, which requires a sort of pulsation. There is a going away from this knowledge of source love, a turning away from it, which allows for the creation of this differentiation like a sine wave. As it returns again and back and forth, like pendulum momentum.

These are the ages of time. He says that not just humans but those around us, the controlling Empire, both we and them, the victims of empire and the perpetrators, which some might see as a dark reptilian, we are on this journey together. We have reached this apex, the pendulum swing, together. It is creating this space and potential momentum. We are at the apex of the parabola and together we return to Source and together we will go into the Golden Age. Perhaps in the cycles of time, it may come apart and come again. 

He shows me the human form: multivariate, multi-layered, the reptilian within and the mammalian without, the light body, celestial, the hidden, and the other realms. He tells me that this is like Shunyata, light and dark, empty and full. It is only a matter of perspective with all these things.

The invitation is to move beyond the differentiation of empire and exploited, the differentiation between light and dark. It does not need to wait for the cycles of time, for it is built on a truth, it is built on the infinite love and light that he has shown me. 

I see now a vast skull, insects crawling out, worm-eaten, the rose emerges from its mouth. New life springs forth from the empty sockets of its eyes. Vines grow and rip apart the skull. 

The Shining One is here. I see the moon and it is hollow. It is full of creatures and beings. I see them falling out like fleas off a dog. I see a new world, a new society be born, with what remains. The New Earth is here. They are showing me an image of it. It is overlaid in some way with our own.

There is imagery of water, of a piece of paper, holding the image of the globe, set on the surface water and the depths. This is the New Earth. The drawing of the globe is what we perceive. There are corridors and channels and passageways being established. I see many working on the other side to establish the doorways that will allow us to live throughout this New Earth, this multi-dimensional expression of Gaia. There is diversity in this New Earth, not just in plants and animals here now, but in dimensions and possibilities and parallel experiences. I see a world owned and run in part by the reptilian and it’s beautiful. I see a world populated by our children of industry and that is beautiful. I see a world in tune with nature, a paradise we all visit. Looking into the other worlds, simply by changing frequency and perspective.

The technicians, the builders of these corridors and passageways and portals, want me to know that there is no battle and that this is not a war. Given the choice, we may choose to use their technologies, of passage and portal, from this world to the New Earth and from this Earth throughout the cosmos. We may do so, when we let go of this war because there is actually no war. 

There is no war between the light and the dark. Just as there is no war between the mammalian and the reptilian. Just as there was no war between Empire and the exploited. It is all One, it is all the Shining One. The Shining One invites us to choose which perspective we embody in that pendulum swing of light and dark and the infinite source ground divinity and creativity.

Now I see my watchers. I have seen them before. They see me now. Their ship is fast. It is like a Vimana, it is like a stupa. It stands outside this Earth, stands outside many Earths, looking down. It is immovable in time. It sees the many worlds and the many times. There are beings on this ship, there are beings watching. I ask them for help for those here on this Earth to transition to light, to raise us up into the New Earth and into Celestial Community. We invite aid and assistance, here and now to this Earth, to ascend. 

I see waves of light and dark in my physical eyes and a vast collection of energies in this mirror. I see a portal out of which comes this being. It is an original form, an original solar form, from deep within the sun, a being of consciousness, cosmos, creativity, of love and power. I feel awareness and recognition, to read the prayer in my heart, to assist me. It is and it is. 

The Shining One takes me to the top of a pyramid and holds me there. Grounding me, his hands forcefully and firmly on my shoulders, pushing down. He is wrapping his wings around me and the vision concludes. Thank you, thank you.

26 DES

Ministers of the Lord service portals near Jupiter and provide instructions to ascend with the Galactic Energies for the New Earth.

I see a star field and Jupiter. I see the Galilean moons and many more. I see a swirling and whirling eye, which is not the one on the surface. It is in the field of stars surrounding this planet. There are four guardians in the directions of the ecliptic. And one above and one below. 

The Shining One appears to me in the guise of one who is wearing green. He invites me within this vortex, within and through, and the angels assist me in moving through this portal. I feel their presence as I pass through.

There is a vast field of light with vast beings, tall and giant, ethereal as well. I see many shapes moving between them, pulsating sacred geometric platonic solid, and yet different moving and shifting as if they are singing the song of creation.

I see those forms as figures, those motas of light, of thought and of being, move back and forth. As some fall into a place that feels dark, there is a natural return, a flow upward, disintegration of those forms to constituent parts. It is like the dissolution of Platonic solids into the varieties of triangles floating back up into this space between these beings, to be formed again and into light. It is a respiration, it is a metabolism of creation.

I know there are 12 here. The Twelve, they all worship the One in love. I see now that One, in glory, enthroned, in a vast seat of power. He looks over his dominion of infinite variety. I see and know that he doesn’t see those distinct and degrading solids. He doesn’t see that transformation and the suffering and the tensions that are the applied thoughts of the angels, the thoughts of the Twelve, to be recycled. He does not see that amidst his glory.

And I ask “why, what of the suffering that we are experiencing?”

He simply says that he is the love and light, there is love and light and that there are indeed mechanisms, chains of beings, set forth around him to raise up those parts, to heal the wounded and suffering. He says that he does in fact see them because he is those parts.

He asks for deeper honesty on my part. So I asked, “Why have I suffered? Why has he not seen the suffering of me and my Earth?”

He says he has seen it because he is me, he is us, he is this Earth, he is the angels, all these beings. I see another face. It is an other-worldly, a Celestial Being. He identifies himself as Minister of this god. He identifies himself as the administrator of that portal, the Jupiter portal.

He is tall and slender. There is purple about him. He does carry a scepter. There is golden ornamentation. There is intelligence within, perception, awareness. Half the time he is bathed in the Light of the Creator and half the time he is here like the Dark Side of the Moon.

He is waiting for my message, he is waiting for me to express my intention and invitation. I do so now, “I declare here now the basic dignity and goodness of humanity. I, as a representative of the Earth Human family, I respectfully request and even command that we be raised up into Celestial Community. That our suffering be healed. That the perpetration of empire be resolved.”

He says that he has heard that request, that such a request will require vast solar and galactic energies to enter into the terrestrial spheres. He says that his ministers are ready to assist us, that they have been assisting us. In that it requires a request, we are required to draw it down.

I see a craft vehicle, with enough space for around two or four people to be in. It shifts form and yet it is coherent. He is showing me geometries. He says that this is the craft, construct these out of the geometries, and you will be able to receive the galactic energies, the solar energies through these forms. It is the Merkabah. Hold it in your mind as the energies come in, the craft will be activated, and will serve as a vehicle for this coming transition.

I simply see a vast starfield full of complexities, full of many things. The Plenum, the Earth, is an ornament of this Plenum. It is very important to understand this. The Earth is an ornamentation, it is like a cut gem, set within a beautiful cathedral that reflects all of its variety, all of the many aspects and directions, bringing them together, allowing for the experience of the whole in just this one part.

He is showing me the asteroid belts and the beings by the sun as well. This is a vast body, not parts. It is a vast body. He is telling me now, thought to thought, that my conception of the Earth as a spaceship, my conception of the Earth as a living being, yes, that’s true. Yet there is a vaster organism, it is the solar system, it is this galaxy. It is actually truly a living being.

When we recognize our part within, our suffering will be relieved, along with the perpetration of these awful empires and darkness of our time. We simply need to relax into being the body of this creator, participating in this vast cosmic experience that is ultimately of love.

The tall one, the administrator, the Minister of this Jupiter experience, Jupiter portal, says there are many ministers here to be of service. They enjoy when we pray for assistance because then they can take action in this terrestrial sphere. Therefore I pray for assistance on behalf of our Earth human family. Thank you. 

He places a red gem within my heart. It is the Philosopher’s Stone which I have dreamed of. He has simply moved it, settling it, settling it within. It already is beginning its communication with the root source, the Root Chakra, as a blue gem. Thank you. 

He pulls out the wings in my back, the ones I have worked on in that lifetime and beyond. He calls me to fly, he wants to make a stance, to stand tall.

Part of me wants this vision to close and yet it is not closing. What is the message? What is the vision here?

He shows me standing like an angel upon the Earth, an angel in glory, holding a flaming sword, piercing the Earth to the center. Above this image, the Angel in glory is the Great Central Sun. Energy is moving through this cosmos into this angelic vision into the center of the Earth.

He says you must do this Earth Humans, to pull in these energies and give it to the Earth. It is your responsibility and work to do this. You already know how. 

He gives me a vision of the New Earth. The New Earth in perfection. It is already here. It is more truly the reality of our existence than what we know. It is like the dark matter, the unexplained mass of this universe. It is there in the New Earth, we are about a page in a large book. It is like one room in a long hallway of rooms, the building of which is the New Earth. Working with the energy opens the door to a vast world and prevents us from it being locked. It unlocks us. The vision is complete with that.  Amen.

25 UTI

The Elohim inspire light body transfiguration through visions of their Celestial Home and their enjoyment of infinite diversity.

I see a dark forest under the stars and there is one that gestures to me to come within. This one holds a lamp within the circle of the light. Without it are all the creatures of the forest of the night, the insects, the nocturnal beasts. They surround us.

The one that came forward offers his flesh to be eaten. What remains is the shining light body. He guides me within this forest, this jungle, and there is a forgotten pyramid. It is covered with blankets of time. The Great One, the Shining One, here says, “Let this place be eaten away by time, let the perfection of this form arise in light.”

I see it being built and coming down. A thousand moments, a million moments, innumerable moments, flowing together. All the different varieties of how this place could be. The parallel realities present here and now too. Just like this pyramid, he invites me to let my body be consumed, transfigured, and transformed in the same way.

It is so. We are in our true bodies, in the deeper truth of who we are, in these shining bodies. They bridge the worlds, they bridge the moments of time. He wants me to come within the temple. We enter a portal, a doorway that is close to the ground. And we walk within.

It is both dark and luminous within. I feel the great arrival of a vast ship, a light ship. He said we will meet them, but first we must prepare. Within a chamber I see a bath of light milk. He tells me to submerge myself within and so I do. Now he brushes me all off.  Those remnants of the flesh, like the remnants of a burnt paper, just now floating up and away.

He points within my heart space to strengthen the geometric core within, setting spin the star tetrahedron. I feel that my body and my form is but a choice to stay within the human figure or geometric, the vortex, that arises from the spinning of this figure.

The Shining One himself is a kaleidoscope of many forms. I choose to look, there is much within. There is the vast universe, many of them, yet I choose to see him, now for the moment, as the Shining Gentle One, completely illuminated, pure white light. 

There are spiral staircases throughout this pyramid. We go around and around and around and around and arrive just below the apex. There is a platform on top. The pyramid itself looks like the Mayan step pyramid with a flat top. There is a vast disc, a craft.  Its three dimensional shape is very similar to the tsa-tsa. It is luminous and appears as if it were always there. There is no sense of travel but there is the appearance. I sense its gravity and greatness.

The form of the pyramid fits well with the form of this craft. The apex of the pyramid is at the base, the opening at the waist and the widest part of this craft. There is a bridge of light and beautiful song, harmonies, tones, and scents. There is a tall being surrounded by his consorts behind which perhaps a half dozen or a dozen being stand. 

They welcome us. He tells me that they are a community of light. They live in this way, in these bodies, the light bodies, outside. Slightly out of time-space are all these dimensions, are the parallel realities. These beings exist, in truth, in the vibration of that light body. In some ways, it unifies all the different aspects of time and space, possibility and space of karmas. They are deeply real experiences and from this space the many worlds are available. 

There are many connections and many portals. There’s a vast living ecosystem within. I feel it and that it is wise and full of love and kindness. It is happy that we are here and it is waiting for me to greet them. I say, “Hello, thank you, I’m here on behalf of my family to pray for assistance, to invite connection with the celestial realms and to invite the assistance of those who may help us, here and now, according to the principles of non-harm and the cosmic law of one, for the benefit of beings, to help heal our Earth and our human family and guide us into celestial community. I invite you to do this here and now. I grant permission as a human invoker.”

The craft receives my request and the Tall One lets me know it was received. This all is becoming part of its codes, its DNA as a metaphor, who it is. There is a celebration. There is celebration because there has been much desire for this.

They let me know that these luminescent forms, which stand outside of time and unite the many worlds, are the true and deepest form. That they are the greater ground of reality than the myriad illusions of time and karma and yet there are celebrations. Somehow this experience, this journey from that form into this world, into these many worlds and back again, somehow expands and creates immense diversity. There is an immense diversity here among those beings and there is an immense diversity of portals.

I see flows and energy moving deeper in the center of this craft. They are activating and coming towards the Earth yet they flow through the Saturn portal. First stepping down, there is a resonance with the planetary spheres and movements to enable it to come into our space here and now.

They want me to know it is not scary. They want me to know there’s kindness and guidance, that residing in this space beyond moments, within the foundations of space and time, it is not difficult, nor is it challenging, nor is it frightening. You do not lose yourself, you gain yourself.

I ask the Shining One, “what more must I do here, is there a message or action that shall be completed now, for the accomplishment of our intention??

He says, “Yes, we must go up to the top of this craft as we did with the top of the pyramid. We must look into the portal, this connection with a source, source energy of this universe, this multiverse.” 

There are other deeper forms here. These are our original forms of this universe. Yet they had an experience like us here in this world, going and then returning to source, having that infinite diversity, the unique experience encoded into the mysteries of God. They are now acting as the original patterns of this universe. I see these are the Twelve Elohim. And just as these forms and luminous ship form of mass and body is the true form of many worlds, of Daniel, so too are these forms, the Elohim, in that world of luminescence. All those on the ship, this mother ship, have reference to those. There is a flow of love energy.

The Shining One takes my shoulders and holds me and hugs me entering my body like stepping into a shadow. The vision is accomplished. Thank you

24 NIA

The Angels guide a tour of the subterranean realms.  Ancient portal beings offer knowledge of teleportation.  Slumbering dragons awake to New Earth.

I see a desert at night. There are bases. There are riverbeds. There is a beautiful starfield. There is a being here clothed in yellow.

He wants me to look at the river beds. The water is just about to start to flow. The Earth is yearning for that flow of water. It knows that it is coming. At first it comes underground, actually, and seems to come above. You can feel this flow, this energy. It allows for the flow of energy and electricity, where once there was just a feeling of being wrapped in cotton, there is now a feeling of clarity and connection. 

He wants me to cross this river with him and another one clothed in purple comes along my side. We walk together across this river. There is a doorway in the side of the mesa, simply carved like the Door of Emergence, and we walk through this door. There is a Plenum within. There is a different density and it is almost like swimming.

This door leads to many paths. We go straight in and down. There’s something within the Earth that they want me to see. I see a vast chamber. There is a circular pool on the ground, perhaps 100 feet long diameter, pulsing energy, flowing seething above this pool. It radiates out through those passageways and through those many doors. It is an intelligence that assists this system of portals and doors throughout the New Earth and the many worlds.

It loves being here. It loves, it loves. It tells me that that is truly the key, this vibration of love.

Now I’m curious about it and it reads my mind. It tells me that yes indeed it once had a history on a planet much like my own. There were many such beings and they came together in love. They came together in love and stretched forth throughout this world, throughout the many worlds. First encountered people, Ant People, and insectoids. They love them.

They encountered other beings and as they encountered each of these races of beings, those that passed the tests of love, entered within and communed. Creating a culture, an architecture and intelligence where once these expressions and tendrils of love, this complex being, appeared here and there, like fairy circles, they are now tied to this system based in the cultures and many races.

This invitation extends to the Earth Humans, yet again, to the Earth humans who need to hear this invitation.  For there are many who already know. We are invited into a communion of love and there are expressions to deepen and amplify and connect this love throughout the cosmos. There is a great yearning for that connection.

These beings say first to walk there in dream and in heart, and then the mind and body will know the way. The invitation is truly open. These systems that appear to be teleportation, these systems of passing through the varieties of densities and dimensions are open for those who can walk them. That invitation is completely offered.

They wanted me to see within the deep caverns of the Earth the whole worlds, societies and histories, which are not known here by my Earth family. The invitation from them is open too, yet more guarded. There are protocols to be followed for the safety of the visitors and the hosts. The Invitation is open.

They are showing me imagery of crystalline energy, which is the source of luminescence within caverns. It is very useful, this understanding involves a sense of compression.  It is a compression of a crystalline lattice in specific ways. It expresses the first wave, wave form expressions may then collapse into light.

They are showing me a sense of simultaneity of both being down there and up there, in the caverns and the lightships. There is a possibility and potential of this super imposition of spaces because of the consciousness of the participant within.

They want me to pass through the caverns. I allow them to guide. There is joy as I pass through these civilizations within those caverns. There are ancient ones within the Earth who are dormant and awakened.

They are always awake, they are always awake. And yet through the mysteries of time they slumber here. They are awaking and yet slumber. There’s something, their bodies here are prepared, or in stasis, their consciousnesses are awake and active in many worlds. These beings awake as the energy, as the galactic core, flowing through our system.

Their bodies must awake and then consciousness must come back, in the heart of these beings that inhabit them, in the easily straightforward way like turning on a radio. These are great dragons. They are full of love, love for the Earth, love for god, and love for all things.  They are fierce as well.

I invite them to awaken for the benefit of all beings according to the principles of non-harm and the cosmic law of one. I invite them to awaken to help heal, guide and protect us, to help our human family ascend, to heal and to enter into celestial, galactic, ultra-terrestrial communities.

The angels guide me to write glyphs on their foreheads. There are four dragons.

The angels say the work is done. They bring me back into this moment.

They are applying energies to my body here.

I see the aura.  It is done.  Amen.

23 TOR

The Celestial Shepherds, who guide our lives as Earthen animals, demand that we guide and protect our Terrestrial Family, in love.

I see two pillars and they appear as palm trees bound together. Tall pillars about five feet apart, perhaps 20 feet tall, like palm trees. They both appear as the tree and as a column. There is a doorway, a portal, nothing else is in this space. There is a being on the other side. He invites me. There are yellows and purples, and other colors. Lighter greens, like the colors behind the eyelids. He calls me. There are animals that are on the other side. I’m on this barren desert, and I cross over now, that feeling of which is sort of like crossing into cold water.

This one here shows me many animals. Above, the terrestrial animals, subterranean, with those in the sky. He references the vision of Peter, all these animals. Rather than saying they are all clean to eat, he is saying that they are sanctified. They are vessels for life. That we as a human family can recognize the consciousness within them. Just as we can recognize the consciousness within ourselves as divine, as sensitive, as intelligent. He demands that their blood not be shed in vain, without respect. He demands that our Earth human family rise up into its rightful place as caretakers of this world, where he loves them and he loves us. 

There is so much pain and there is so much slaughter in our daily lives. Let no more blood be shed at all. For it is not needed in this new world. All can be fed from the bounty of the Earth for the plants that rightfully and joyfully give their nourishment to the animals.

I asked him, I invite him into this world now, on behalf of our Earth human family, to help heal, guide, and protect us in order for this to be accomplished. Thank you. 

He wants to show me a path and I follow him. There is a gentle rustic hut, the temporary dwelling of a shepherd, and there is one within. It is a man like a shepherd. There is great love within him. His body radiates it. He invites me to drink a glass of water and I do and he does. Within his connection to many things, I see a swirling connection, swirling mirror of all things celestial within. There are many worlds, many universes, many experiences, all mirrored within.

The water is now in my body and it is vibrating and resonant with the field throughout this space, within and without, shares the same quality of resonance with this celestial vision and these connections.

He tells me to relax, that it’s okay, and that I don’t have to work so hard.

He takes me out of the hut. He walks me up to the top of a hill. We see the stars so bright and the Milky Way.

He tells me that our people have been through many of these places that we see above. There is a long and rich history of journeying. In that there is a plenum, a fullness, a richness of life in these many spheres and in many places.

That there is an ebb and flow of awareness, here and now, to this history, this longer history. He says that we have given ourselves to these animal bodies so that we may know this world and know ourselves in this way.

That there are always protectors. There are always caretakers and watchers. And that these caretakers and watchers ensure that our experience moves forward in love, that we will develop, that our history continues. He tells me that these watchers, guardians, and shepherds of men are now all saying that we, the Earth human family, that it is our role to guide and protect and serve and heal all those beings that we live with. Just as the celestial shepherds look after us, we must look after our terrestrial relations. 

He says that the offer of assistance is present. Actually, the assistance being offered is to have a call, to wake up, to recognize the true place of humanity within the Earth family. Their assistance is the call for us to rise up and take care of one another and those within this Earth. That is the assistance they are offering. They do not want to transgress their role. They guide us, so that we can guide the Earth, our Earth, because he shows me a vision of many other Earths, both beneath the Earth and alongside the Earth, connected. These many expressions of Gaia are connected by some deeper truth in connection and portal.

He tells me that the thing that must be kept in my heart and not said out loud. He shows me that there are many bridges across this cosmos from star to star and that these will be accessible to us, the Earth human family, when we start to walk the paths of our Earth, the paths of New Earth. When we start to walk the paths that exist in the many worlds and through the many worlds and deeper realm of truth, the essence of this Earth. When the interiority of the Earth, of Gaia, is matched by the exteriority. When our paths and actual roads start to line up with the natural ways of things, and correspond with those worlds that are perhaps more enlivened by the natural joy of being here on Earth, less subjugated to the Empire of mind. 

When we walk those paths, those paths exist in the many Earths, the true pathways of the New Earth, and then we will begin to see the passageways to the stars, to the able to walk those as well. He is glad that we are here and he sends me on my way down the hill a little, around a curve. 

There is a cavern opening, there is a dragon within. I approach the door of that cavern, sensing a portal, sensing passage, a threshold. I crossover. The dragon wings are vast and great and full of flames and surround me. He has a vast glowing heart that is fierce and loving. His aura has an atmosphere of communication around him. It expresses an ancient history of constructing this world, of flying the passageways between places, burning them into the heart and mind and flesh of this Gaia, who has many, many journeys with his family who now dwell in sacred places throughout this Earth, feeding this network of passages. I asked him if he would awaken and help us, guide us, and protect us, the Earth human family, to help bring us into this New Earth.

He says he will and he will allow the energies of his body, of his heart, to express more and more through the passageways, the dragon passageways, and his siblings, his family will awaken, are awakening, and have awakened. They will open their hearts. 

I see now the Earth encircled by dragons, pulsating in sacred geometric forms of luminescent flames, laser light. It is glowing like a jewel in the stars. And there are many voices of praise like the angels in heaven.

The flames and adoration in light extend through those bridges to the worlds above, the celestial world. They resound and reply, each with their own heart frequency, allowing their own energies to pour into the Earth like waters imbued with the frequency of their heart, each different and it is beautiful, the harmonies. They enter and the dragon guides those fluids, the celestial fluids, into the center of the Earth and allow Gaia to drink deeply what she needs. 

She presents herself to me in the form of a fertility goddess, a pregnant and curvy large woman. She is in labor and her cries are ecstasy. She knows that she will birth a beautiful New Earth, which it is already done in truth, is, has been, and will be. Thank you.

The vision of her starts to recede back, the celestial vision, and I’m now with the dragon again.

It offers to purify my bodies through flame. I say, “yes, thank you, thank you.” The vision concludes. Thank you.

22 LIN

The Caretakers of our Human animal form invite us to identify with the soul that spans our many lives.  Portals open as we discover the truth.

I see a boat at night in a river, in a dry place, with stars about. There’s a tall being within and he has the head of a dog or jackal. He invites me to come into the boat and to lie down, looking up at the stars as we move. We move through that river, flowing, flowing, flowing, and there is a portal to go within the Earth. It flows within the Earth very easily. He is showing me that there are two paths, a forking path that is not of the river path, the riverbed, but of the frequencies and the vibration. 

We pass into the cavern, the sacred space. It is light within, very light. The river flows and flows and flows until it reaches this landing place. There are circular fountains around. We get out and there are many people, moving back and forth. This is a landing place. They go to their world, to their lives. We are there. He actually stands above them and I stand below them. He is taller than them and I am shorter than them. They are dressed in robes of many colors. 

There is a joy, a clarity, of everyday life happening here, a sense of the joy of the marketplace, the lightness of a marketplace that is joyful. It is people sharing and trading the works of their own hands and hearts. It’s very joyful and light. There is a city here of happy people: temples and buildings and dwelling places and the like. 

The Jackal-Headed One invites me onto the boat again to go deeper within. For there is a realm of suffering that he wants me to see as well. On the other side, a place of darkness. We’re down the river some, passing through barriers as well, arriving into that darkness place. I see gray bodies, twisted and contorted in strange postures of moaning and agony. The tall Jackal-Headed One tells me that everyone is free here: free to stay and free to go. I ask him, “why do they stay?” 

He says, “these are not bodies, they are not trapped here. This is not what it looks like to you.” He says, “they’re not suffering in a way that you might suffer. Seeing this is purification. This is expansion. This is experience. This is a calcification process, a process of burning to make it stronger like steel.” 

He invites me to continue on our journey and I go. We flow into a vast space, a cavern, it is so vast that it feels like we’re outdoors. There is a canopy above us, a roof that looks like sparkling stars.

I see within this flat space the waters flattening and becoming shallow. I see the river forming a calm pool, a lake, within this vast cavern. In this vast cavern, there is a density of light. It is vast: 500 feet wide and 500 feet in diameter like a sphere. There are gradations of density within it and it is light and it is dark. I do not see it, yet in the vision I see it, just as I now physically do not see with my physical eyes the vision and yet I see it in them there, so too I see this and do not see this.

The Jackal-Headed One takes me and ushers me through the barriers of that light. I see beings within: tall and many colored, intelligent. You feel the gravity of their bodies as if they are of a different density. There is a quality to their bodies that make me want to place my face against them. Remembering early childhood memories of being held by my mother and father, skin to skin, warmth and love. There is an emanation there, a sense of fleshliness like living light. There is an ecosystem within this vessel and this density of light. There are spaces that are larger within than without. There is metabolism within the whole ship. There are plant expressions of life.

I wonder why I’m here. Those tall luminescent beings are much taller than even the Jackal-Headed One. They take me to their council and they are looking into a vision of our Earth. They say that they care. They want us to know that they care. They say that their form, the luminescent giant form of loving life, is our true form, who we were, who we truly are, and who we will be.

They say that they span the many worlds. That in this system of universes, they stand the same. They are the many, many beings, composite, compiled, across many universes, many Earths, they are the same. They are like the center of a circle from which all radii are drawn, that is how they relate to us at the circumference.

They say that the doors are open. The communication between the worlds, the many worlds out here at the circumference of that circle. As we stand now, we’re at a point at the circumference and we can talk to our neighboring points and things like that, perhaps draw an arc line or go straight through the center with their assistance. To see a version of ourselves and our world that are opposite of us on that circumference line. 

One caresses my head with a gesture of kindness and compassion. There is a pleasant aroma. Part of me wants to collapse into its loving arms, to be held like a child.

They are showing me a vision of what is within the ship. What is within that sphere of light, the density that stands outside of our space and time? I see many different vessels, full of many different beings. These are the genesis of the variety of species. They have been working very hard and it is a loving effort on their part. They understand that we may not understand how loving this is, that this indeed is how our forms have been created. 

They want us to know that we need to address our concepts, our understanding, of how we are created in order for us to relate to them in a way that is not conflicted and does not bar the doors and portals that are lovingly created for our use. They say that in our world they have been painted as monsters and they are not. That we believe it because of our scientific understanding, the dogmas of creationism and evolutionism. Those are both incomplete. The notion that our forms arose out of primordial chaos and that we are the pinnacle of that progress is false. Our forms have been crafted through the loving efforts of technicians and craftsmen. All things in this universe have been. This is not the first universe, this is not the first multiverse.

And so, their efforts to work with our form are an expression of art that we participate in as artists, not as victims, not as clay, but as co-creators. They are doing what is their role like a parent to a child. They want to work with us in this but they cannot when we are so fearful and so aggressive with them. There are many beautiful servants and many beautiful forms here. All act as expressions of the kindness and love of a parent. 

It will reflect, in some ways, back to us our aggression and fear. They say that one of the major issues here is our identification with the single individual body. Just as they are beings that emerge out of the harmony of the many worlds, so too, we are truly beings that emerge out of the harmony of our many lives. A deeper branch, a deeper trunk, from which our lives branch out.

That is the perspective, which is the identity, from which we may understand and engage their efforts. That wisdom is always ever present within the individual body. A simple tuning of an antenna brings in those frequencies of the deeper self.

They say that just as those beings in the city of the dark, those in the city of the light are free to come and go, yet choose their places to be in. So too, we have chosen to be in this place of the dark. That it is as simple as standing up and walking to move up and away from the darkness of our own experience, that fear and paranoia, the aggression that we experience. That when we let go of the notion of our human species on this Earth here and now as the pinnacle of existence, the end product of progress, and we let go of that notion, our experience truly does expand. It can be unified with vaster intelligences and, they say, all the way up to the Creator.

They say that they are prepared, that they have been prepared, for this moment of birth, the birth of the New Earth. They have been prepared and they are prepared. And they invite celebration.

One takes me into the center of the ship, the exact center, and then holds me by my shoulders tightly, as if wrapping me up in long blankets and linens.  He spins me faster and faster and faster and faster and there is a swirling.

In that swirling, there form tunnels into my head and to my root. In that spinning and in that connection of when those tunnels are made like the vortex water in a drain, when those touch me at my crown and root, then a vast powerful life emerges from my own body. It is a consequence of this spinning, it is a consequence of consciousness. It simply emerges like the light, the light from the compression of those crystals in the vision several days before, simply arises as light.

They placed me back into my physical body with that sensation that flow. Connected into my root and heart and head.

I see them with my mind’s eye here and now, not in the vision, but in this room as those portal beings. There are many, many, many, many conduits and portals within this room. They exist within them. It is as if there is a book of maps, each page a different map, all stacked up all around us. Just choice and a shifting are necessary to be connected with those many networks.

I ask if there’s any other message and they say that simply this experience of that vortex, the connection to the Merkabah, that that is a form to be used to invoke this experience of light. 

I invite them into this world to help heal, guide, and protect us.

They receive the invitation and they say they are here. That there’s no more need to invoke them. There is a need to align ourselves in such a way that we can see and work with them. By aligning the identity of ourselves and the concepts of our mind with this greater world, this deeper reality.

Again, I’m in that boat. I see the starfield. The Jackal-Headed One helps me up and out. There is another One to be seen. There’s One in Purple. He walks me up a hill, the Jackal-Headed One. There is One robed in purple.

He has an amulet, golden necklace with a redstone. The form that he presents is not his true form. He is a creature of magic, a creature light and dark, and of knowing. He is the incarnation of a star here. He identifies himself as Ra-Theos.

He walks into my body and I allow him, for I recognize him as myself.

I see with his eyes many, many worlds, and many different aspects of each of this world. I see vast strong conduits of light from the Earth up. There are flows within, imagining like the flows of the schools of birds in the air flying together. Movements of light and conduits, conduits of light. I see the pyramids in their perfection, amidst columns, powerful columns of light, going straight into the Earth.

I see movement of ships, of light ships, here. He tells me that this is just a moment for our frequencies to meet, a seed being planted in this vision. He says that one day I will see in this way again. He brings me back and says to me that the vision is done. Thank you. Thank you.

21 ASP

The New Earth Community invites recreating our culture in alignment with the heart of the many worlds.  Assistance and technology is offered.

I see a disk. It comes from the night sky, upon which a luminescent being is standing. There are qualities of orange and green. He invites me onto the platform. It is a dais. It rises up and we stand between the terrestrial and celestial spheres. He points out to me all the flows of the Earth’s waters, the airs, the animals, the plants, and he says that there is a much greater vision. He is not a he, nor a she, and is both, holding all qualities of duality within. He watches this Earth as it flows and moves in this space between heaven and Earth.

He takes me higher. He shows me that there is a layer in the world, between the Earth’s atmosphere and space, which is like a shell. There are many beings that move in that density. They hold the Earth in an embrace of love. They receive energy from the Sun. They helped move it throughout the entire world. He shows me an image of receiving more and more galactic and solar energies coming in. These beings, the Sylphs, are receiving and distributing that energy.

They want an invitation. It is a communion of love between the Sylphs, the sublunar realm, the edge, those that live there and those that live on the terrestrial. These supra-terrestrial beings want communion and communication with the terrestrial realm because they can help move that energy. They receive that galactic solar energy. They want to communicate it down. It is important to build temples, they say. It is important to build the obelisk, the stupa, and the pyramid. They invite those energies. 

There was such a beautiful communion and community at one point in time. They are proud of it and they yearn for such a thing again. They call for living beings, living buildings, that touch the sky, for that communication to occur. Beautiful places on the Earth, where they can touch in. 

They say our buildings are dead, the skyscrapers, such arrogance. They do not live in the way that our buildings need to live. They need to be built with love, with spirit, weaving together completely connected materials. Materials connected still with the Earth, with the vision of the builder, the heart of the builder, to encode the intention of invitation. They say that the Earth and they will work with us to build those spaces. They say that when our buildings fall, it is only to give us space and time, capacity and power, to build the living buildings, to raise the living buildings that will serve us and serve the supra- and sub- terranian worlds as well.

And I am here now, still on that platform, still watching the Sylphs dance in the sky.

The one I am with invites me to prepare myself, for we will rise up. There are vast beings, as well, who live in the spaces between the planets. Whirling energies, of beautiful clockwork gears of toroidal vortex, shifting energies. My vision becomes very diffuse. I see many things in space. In space around the Earth, energy flows of energy. A sense of being yet not being. I call for more focus and I feel the heart space of the One who is with me. 

There is coherence there. It is expressed as a crystal in this heart. The crystal, somehow its lattice structure communicates all this diffusion. It is here because they are there. It is definite and here, physically established crystalline lattice. It is one side of that coin, the other side of which is the swirling dance of diffusion energies. There is something within that crystalline lattice.

It is a sort of point. A sort of structure, a seed. He places it deep within my throat and into my body. Thank you. Now he turns on the dais and we move towards the light ship. It is vast, vast yet again. Not as big as the other one we visited.

There is a committee who welcomes us, three beings: one tall, much taller than I am, one slightly taller, and one shorter than I am. They welcome me. They want me to come inside.

I had seen the craft as a sort of shimmer of light, perhaps with a quality of sail full of wind, yet made of light. Within, there are two qualities that notice. One is the clarity of the luminescence, I see through it to the Earth. The second quality I noticed is definite technological and physical expression. Definite corridors, rooms and being. 

They take me into the center although I have been here before, I have seen this space before, the luminescent room through which one can enter into the surrounding corridor and connect into an observation room, a control room to move and interface with this ship. Another space, a communal space of eating and being. There are other rooms in this vessel. 

We are here in the center of pure luminescent fields. Within that pure luminescent field is a seed, yet again, dark. It is like a seat in the shape of an egg: white on the outside and dark on the inside. 

There is a being there, a being that I’ve recognized and I’ve seen before. The being I’ve called Dar-Enos, but it is not Dar-Enos, it is something like Dar-Enos. This is a Shining One. I asked, “Who are you?” 

He says, “I am you. In one way or another, we will be together, sharing a council, sharing the collective expression. Here now, there is a greater coherence in the realms from this place. From this place there are many yous, there are many Daniels, who come on behalf of humanity, to make prayers, for there are many many worlds.” He is the same. The form that is presented in my mind as a man something like 44 years old with short black salt and pepper hair and a sharp goatee. That is an image of one of our lives, so long ago, that of Dar-Enos, the Atlantean, who this being called Father.

They want me to know that the work has been continuing. Just as we on the Earth are descendants of the Atlanteans, there are many different realms of descent. They continue their work just as humans have continued their generations. It is now time for reconciliation.

They say that there is a continuity between the expressions of civilizations. The rise and fall happens in a greater context. There are those that remember and those that maintain. This is one of them. There is access to the technologies and the wisdoms. There is an invitation for reconciliation and communication from their part. They wait and watch, and wait and watch, and wait and watch, and wait and watch, and they wait and watch. It is who they are, in a slightly different sphere, where time has different dimensionality, a different topology, which runs in different ways.

It runs in different ways because the beings on this vessel are all capable of meditation that brings the gravity of time into their own bones and essence. It moves the world around them. It moves the time around them. They change their densities and it shifts the flow of time. There are points of intersection such as this, where there is communication.  They are waiting. There is a vast fleet just waiting. Many many many, many, many, many, many, many, many beings have chosen the path to wait until the karma of that Atlantean expression has been purified through the eons of human generation. 

They want us to know that our Earth human family is much vaster and more diverse than we could ever know. That we are truly one family with the animals and plants on this Earth and the spirits within the Earth and the skies. That there is one family of all the sentient beings who live in and around this beautiful Earth. We are but one expression of this intelligence.

I see an image of Devil’s Tower, a natural pillar in connection with the celestial and the terrestrial. There is something within it, underneath, and it appears octahedral and luminescent, with colors of bright white, yellow light yet tinged with a green. “There is a seed underneath,” this One who is called Dar-Enos father says, “there are seeds throughout this Earth, there are caretakers of those seeds, crystalline beings, energy. The ultra-terrestrial beings living within, subterranean, those cultures that honor those things. And there are beings on this land, the terrestrial, whose culture it is to maintain, love, and nourish the energies around these seeds. The seeds yearn to be born, to germinate. It will grow, grow, grow, connecting the subterranean realms up to the realm of the Sylphs, forming a canopy and a network.” 

I see mycelial branching patterns, roots extending deep within the Earth. The seeds connect within the Earth like through the mycelial networks, and then branch up in Heavens. They form a canopy of network branchings.

These are the temples, these are the living buildings that they want to be built throughout the Earth. That will be built. The space itself will call this fourth. That gravity, the gravity and density of this vision calls that forth, the vision of that network, that beautiful connection, the sort of fruiting body of the intelligence of the Earth, a crystalline aspect, the aspects in the other realms. They all hold this pattern within them. All of it, the space itself. We feel it in places, it is there and present. 

The image will be communicated, the image is communicated in a frequency, and it is there. There’s an intelligence there. There are capabilities there. The blueprints are there. Nobody has to invent them. Just walk there, just walk there, tuning in, open hearted. They will come and communicate. There are elementals, there are guardian spirits, there are human spirits encoded into these experiences. They can speak and communicate. There is capacity there as well. 

Our role, the role that is given to the terrestrial Earth human, is to do that walking and tuning in: walk to those places, tune into those places, receive the visions, and provide the participation of the celestial galactic, ultra-terrestrial, subterranean, energetic, and angelic community, invite this galactic community to express itself in our worlds here and now. They will show up and help. It yearns for this. The invitation is necessary for there is no way for the Earth, in its current manifestation in the terrestrial Earth human imagination, there is no way that we can actually receive those energies, the galactic energies that are expressing themselves through this solar movements, the solar energies, without this greater network of support. 

Yet it is important, very important to understand, that we are only one of many Earths that compose this New Earth. That there are some who are much stronger and more resilient than we are. We can call on their aid and assistance just as we will provide aid and assistance after our transition to the New Earth. Nothing is in danger of death here. The suffering is only a choice for the benefit of the journey.

We are free. There is love. There is joy and peace. I am back now with that One in the Shining Room, the luminescent room, with the creation of the Atlantean. He is glad I’m here and he invites me to place my palms upon his palms. There is a gentle circuit, a frequency, a communication, a tone that enters. There is a field of coherence, we are sharing a field, a magnetic field, a magnetic energy field of sorts, which is to entrain my aura to recognize that frequency as key. He works with the seed that he placed within me, aligning it and attuning it to this energy body.

There is One that is present now. I recognize him as the green reptilian, the priest of Asclepius. He says that he is here and wants his presence known, that we will work together and there’s no reason to fear. That he may be an ambassador between our worlds, between the cultures that have been somewhat difficult to deal with, to find coherence. That there is ultimately love. 

That is it and they bring me back. Both of them pour energies into the aura, my aura. There is a sealing of energies, a communication of frequencies that I physically feel in my arms.

These beings create an energy configuration within my body, within all my bodies. The mental imagery of this is one of death, in a coffin, buried perhaps like a mummy, arms crossed and rolled up like a seed. That is what they impressed on the body and the aura. This is a seed frequency, a seed frequency that will move forward, which will germinate in perfect time. That was the communication. They held me in that frequency of the seed so that my fields could entrain to it and remember it.

They want me to let everyone know that the invitation is open on behalf of the New Earth and those many varieties of beings. It is open, they will work with anyone who has a heart to be worked with, who simply wants it and invites it. Perhaps not these ones particularly but the ones that are most relevant to the work at hand. That there is nothing special about this experience, nothing unique or uniquely present here in the field of this one Daniel. There’s history and capacity and desire and destiny. But the level of interaction and invitation is open to all. There are many, many, many, many, many beings in this world who all yearn for the connection with their own Earth humans. It is family and this is simply family connection, family of souls. With that message, the vision ends. Thank you.

20 CHR

The nature of Empire and Blood Sacrifice is revealed to be machinations of the Elder Galactic Seers.  We may leave behind War by becoming God.

I see a gentle figure, again in the darkness, under the night sky. He is carrying a lamb and he sets it forth in front of him. There is a sacrifice and blood spills. Red covers up that lamb and flows up into that figure’s garments. It is a red vision.

I see vessels from the sky. I see orbs descending around the sacrifice like flies. There is a scent to the blood and it is rich. Those that descend feed upon it, consuming it, first its aromas and then its essence

As they feed, the One who sacrificed the lamb draws a circle in the sand around them all, like a magic sigil. They are bound there in the column of lights and the time slows. Those orb beings are now visible. They look like tall reptilians, six of them, different skins of greens and light gold and bronzes colors. They are strong, with forceful tails, sharp talons, and faces between the look of a Komodo dragon and the human being. And they have fed.

They have fed. The One that sacrificed that lamb tells me that these ones here are here because of the sacrifice, because it is given. He wants me to see how they feed and who they are. He wants me to come within that circle and, in trust, I do. Those six stand alongside me, encircle me, and speak with me. Mind to mind for I am not an offering to them.

There is another communication here. Imagery of war, of human war, of slaughter, and of manipulation. Our blood has been shed by ourselves not for a purpose beside the rituals of those dark councils, the bankers, the governments, and the war-lords who no longer have the capacity to reign here in the New Earth. They show me that our blood has been shed for less purpose. That there is indeed here, with those strong reptilian, a sense of honor, a sense of respect for the container of life. Without consent, without offer being given, they do not take and they do not shed the blood. Unlike those wars and therefore those dark councils between the shadow aspects of our governments, the banks, the universities, the dark covert councils are cast down and rendered powerless.

They want me to know that this is but a form that we see here now, in relation to us. Those spirits of the six reptilians, as representatives of their family, span the densities. We see them only here now, the third to the fourth, feeding on physical matter, on astral, and spiritual essence because that is their nature just as it had been our nature to feed on the flesh of animals. Yet there is an invitation now to move beyond.

They have done so. They are now happily within the fifth density and beyond. There is no longer need for them to feed on essence in this way. That is what the Tall One tells me, the Angel of the Lord. That it is a choice of us, the humans on Earth, to call forth which version we choose. Knowing that any version we choose respects our own choice

The choice is easy and may be made and sealed in by simple actions of no longer consuming others in the way that we do not want to be consumed. By respecting our Earth family, the plants and the animals and the rocks and the spirits, those that live in the air and in the ground and in the waters, simple action of respect. When we cease to treat ourselves and our Earth family like sacrificial victims to the God of ourselves, when we cease to do that, there will be no choice and no opportunity for those forceful and powerful aspects of these reptilians, those other star-faring darks species in service to self, there is no room and capability for them to be received into the Earth. When we choose a different way. That is what they want to tell me.

There is a cracking open as if this whole thing were an egg. Luminosity arises up and out of this circle. We are now in a different dimension or density, a different frequency. Those powerful Reptilian beings are now orbs, sacred geometric, their colors: purples, deep oranges, bright light red. and white.

They move now throughout this world. They are connected to the dragons deep within the Earth. Backwards in time I see them as those dragons. Forward in time, I see them within the human form, I see them as a framework or a lattice upon which the human mammalian experience is overlaid. Their expression is through us as well. And we are them.

“There is no deception in this,” the Angel says, “this is true.”

We are like them, consumers of sacrificed essence, because we are them. Yet there is an added complexity here in that we do not know ourselves to be as such. We have not known ourselves to be as such and therefore, project these images into our nightmares, to the moments between moments, sacrificing ourselves as victims to an empire of which we are simply a colony. An empire whose sophistication, power, and might dwarves the Earth and our human institutions and one that spans the densities.

They are in our world in a way of aggression and war and glory and power because we are in the world by way of victimization, slavery, and colonizations. We are in that vibration and therefore they are in that vibration. We are tied together forever. There is no way to win this war. There is no way to break that cycle.

The Angel wants me to be very, very clear that the ancient galactic wars will not end. That there is no battle that shall be concluded. There is no victory that humans can enjoy over those dark empires. There is no satisfaction to the memory of violence that we have experienced, shall be experienced like glory or victory. We are not creating a world of light alone.

“Because if we do,” the Angel says, “we will be left as a shadow of who we truly are.” There is no need to fear that darkness or those aspects that have been in service to self. There is no reason to fear those vast empires. Our enemy of old, of the ancient galactic wars, because we are all One. 

As we shift our capacity to be something more than victim and something more than victimizer, we create space in our life and world for them, the ancient enemy, to live with us in harmony. For there is no challenge, there is no war, there is no hatred and suffering in that realm. Not because of Paradise, in its nature as Paradise, but because of our association and identity shift from individual body, to collective, and to God. Bringing in a sense of unity consciousness, that step up in frequency and density brings the unification of the light and the dark, the Lion and the Lamb.

There is no challenge there. There is no issue there. There is no war there. There is just love and peace and unity, deeper embodiment, deeper presence, of love and of knowing.

Those six reptilians, they want me to know that they are here actually to help. They are here to be of service because they have learned, just as we need to learn as a human family, how to love one another, how to be of service to another, and that these are truly being of service to ourselves. They have learned that. They are willing to help us learn. The angels say, “stop calling on allies of light to fight the dark. That is not needed. There is no need for a galactic war to be expressed within your solar system. Stop that nonsense.” The Angel of the Lord says, “stop that nonsense right now.”

“If you call on the angels of light to fight the servants of the dark, you will rip apart yourself, your soul, and the Earth. New Earth will not be open to you and you will live another aeon in war. Stop that nonsense. Now!” is what the Angel of the Lord says. An aeon of peace, of love, of creativity, of joy, a golden age is here and now. And you will share it with these reptilians. You will share it with those ancient enemies of the galactic war. For before being ancient enemies, you were both the same creator god.” This is what the Angel of the Lord says.

That Angel caresses my ear and my body falls to be held by those six strong reptilians. They hold me, they form a hexagon around my body. I see lines traveling between them, like lines between vertices of a polygon. They are drawing a six sided star within my heart. Their hearts pulsate light, their tails bring in such power of the Earth, up and through their hearts, and their roots are very vast actually. I allow that form to spread more and more and more and more. They are teaching my energy body what that is like. They are very skilled teachers. They are very skilled. They can move between densities very easily. They are very powerful allies. Thank you. 

I want to know, I call on the Angel of the Lord to explain to me the nature of the sacrifice, why it was needed. These beings are so kind.

He says, “it is necessary, it is necessary to show that these reptilians respond to that sacrifice, they follow law. There is honor. That contrast, the vast contrasts of our experience, is their experience. The experience of the senselessness is the honorlessness of the human wars against each other and the Earth.”

Those six take me to a place I’ve seen before, the home that part of my soul once lived in: Alpha Centauri. They take me there, to a vision of the past, it is no longer. The glory, their civilization

There is a vast world, a big world, several times the size of the Earth. There are flat and rolling hills and within there are caverns. There was a moment there in that world where they chose to stretch forth and conquer. I see it as a collective decision made by the individual, all of them, each of them. 

There are wise ones there who could see so far. They use the others like pyramids, standing at the peak, held up by a great foundation of many souls. They could see and can see beyond space and time.

Those Seers sent forth that world into the Galaxy, knowing the journey of that war, knowing the ultimate result in the sublimation of that empire into the unity of galactic consciousness.

There are Pleiadians here too. The Elder Pleiadian. They chose this path as well. They want me to know, those powerful Seers of those ancient galactic races, they see me now and they want me to know that the war that is fought is not a war of species.

That it is an intention, a dynamism, that set forth these tendrils of developing consciousness throughout the galaxy. If any war needs to be fought, it is with one’s own illusory self and attachment to one side or the other. That the reconciliation that needs to happen does not happen between the factions of the light and dark as expressed in the galactic wars, but happens within the soul of each being. It is a reconciliation, not of the light and the dark, but of the dark within the light and the light within the dark.

Each of these Elders Seers betrayed a density, a whole expression of their civilization, to allow for the integration to occur.

The Law of One was not as defined then. There was still exploration and experimentation and they stepped over the bounds of choice and committed their races to this journey. They’re all now committed to this process of sublimation and transfiguration and they offer aid and assistance here now. They are bound to it.

A new representative of each comes forth. One of the Pleiadian and one of the Reptilians. They handed me a book together. This is the Book of the Galactic Light. There is much love in the field.

They let me know that the forms they present themselves are simply reflections of my own imagination. They’re offered as a kindness and yet there is truth within. There is a truth here being expressed. They give me the book and I receive it and it comes into my heart. There’s so much there. Invitation is so vast, so vast. Thank you.

They send me into a star and I am received by intelligences there.

This is one of the first stars, they received pure energy, so strong, primordial from the galactic center. There are flavors of the last universe coming through. Secret atoms. They say just bathe, just bathe in this frequency.

It was in the star that some of the early decisions were made for how to express in this world. Setting forth cascading patterns of light and dark and their interaction. That game is almost played up. It’s actually at a decision point and may continue on or conclude.  And I, in this space, invite its resolution to love and light and integration. I speak for those I speak for, those I have called upon. That we, the human family, declare that we let go of a war, aggression, and materialism. That we let go of this false dichotomy of light and dark, that we may receive ourselves as full beings, as these creator gods. That we choose kinder and joyous Golden Age expressions, that this is what we choose. That each being on this Earth is respected\ and free well respected. We live in a web of life and that’s what we want. To be of service to all. That’s all we want, equal rights. It’s what we call for, we want to be part of the galactic family, to have deeper contact and communion with the spirits. Please help heal, guide us, and protect us in this transfiguration, this ascension. Help us forgive each other and those light and dark forces within ourselves. Help us. Help us.  Thank you.

The Angel of the Lord brings me back, brings me back, brings me back, brings me back, all the way back to the start of the vision. That lamb is there. The lamb is there.

He lets me know there was no sacrifice. That this was the magic of the vision. The lamb is alive just as consciousness, awareness, source, love, awareness, deeper self, shunyata is always alive.

We enjoy eternal life. He says that because we don’t remember that, we cannot see the illusion within the sacrifice.

The vision concludes. Thank you. He folds my hand like this and lets me know that our true nature is that eternal life. Shift to that perspective. Thank you. Thank you.

19 POP

The Angels invite the invocation of the Council of Saturn, who grant their assistance.  The technology of personal teleportation is revealed.

I see three angels, three messengers, come forth. One in front and two behind in an equilateral triangle. There is a hidden one below and a hidden one above.

These form a geometric pattern. They would like me to go inside. I do so and I feel energies within: spinning, swirling of light. There are things that fall off my body: heavinesses and impurities. They’re left behind on the ground and as they do we move into a different realm. Tuning up slightly our frequencies, we are still present in that space, yet in another.

 There are large vast intelligences here in this space. I feel them as a pressure, a push and pull upon me. The Flower of Life is a beautiful image, these interlocking circles of intelligences here and this realm push upon each other. There is a sort of pressure and tension and that creates a capacity for movement within.

Those angels invited me to try out this way of travel, thinking, feeling, and communicating with all those beings. It is like a communication of love, a message sent throughout them all. They are ecstatic, those beings in that realm are ecstatic and they receive such communication. That communication is actually very frequent but their experience of time is different than ours.

There is a path forward and I let myself move towards it. I see a Sphinx. One comes up and he’s small, perhaps half my height, of dark color. I bend my ears to hear him.

He says, “the mysteries of creation are within and without.” He invites me to sit down and they do so. He says, “be calm in body and in mind.” He invites me to turn inward and there is an Ascended Master present.

This being is like the center of a circle and I sit on the circumference, looking out. So that when I turn within, I can see it and that is a rare experience. I give this being permission and invitation to speak with me, to express. I use the image of wearing clothes, stepping in, as if I were the clothes or channel of this luminous being.

I wonder what happens next and that being, that intelligence, the Ascended Master, says to me, “We go to Saturn. There are councils there that need to be addressed and our voice needs to be added.”

I let him, knowing that my role here is simply to receive these images, to speak aloud what is happening. There is a simple transition from that image, being with the Sphinx, the small one, and the large one. Into a space just above the rings of Saturn, it is almost as if it’s on a moon that feels as if it is a circular disc, toroidal in nature. Yet there is within it a sense of a corridor running along its circumference and spaces within the center very similar to that space that I’ve seen before, the large luminous spaces of those light ships.

We walk along the corridor and I see a diversity of forms. I feel a diversity of forms and they exist within and without this structure. We pass, take a left on the circumference corridor, and we go into the center, towards the center. Between the circumference and the center, there is another circle. We pause there, entering into a space between.

Then he pauses at the door, sensing within. We received the invitation. There are many beings watching this council. I see imagery of the audience and theater. Yet I see a circular table as a center place. There are tall beings here and a variety of beings, a diversity of form. There are angels here too.

This indeed is simply a moment, a place of harmonic resonance of several different dimensions and densities, like an overtone on an instrument. I see the physical space and I see the energy perturbations and the expressions therein.

They examine me as Daniel. They read my intentions and motivations. I must say to them that I am here on behalf of our human family. I’m here on behalf of my relations and family and children, to ask for healing, guidance, and protection as we transition to call forth the New Earth. To ask for help for us to cast aside the suffering and wounds of empire. To help us heal so that we may bring forth a Golden Age and receive the galactic energies yearning to come forth. I’m here to pray for that assistance and ask for it, it is what I say to them, according to the principles of non-harm and the cosmic law of one. 

There is celebration with that request because it is the completion of a cycle. They grant that I may continue on this journey. They say that I may continue on to the completion of this journey and this ritual. That their assistance is given and granted. Further, their assistance is given and granted in this world and will flow forth in many ways, as much as they can. They encourage others of Earth family to make such requests. They are there listening and waiting.

They show me things that I’ve seen before, a long time ago before coming to this system. They show me the portal that I came into this Earth system through, that vast swirling dark and light field, giving forth. A machine, it was a machine, that encoded specific densities and resonances within my own soul field to create that magnetic binding. The binding of gravity so that the gravity of this Gaia speaks to my soul on death and incarnation and movement. It is coded now, it has been coded, and that was the transition moment. That was a machine, the source.

Then they show me places with my body. These are like chakra points, like intersections of ley lines, that hold this specific frequency as resonate with this Earth field. And that if I so chose, I could receive the solar celestial energies and frequencies of other systems through the portals and my third eye and bring them forth to encompass my own physical body. Then those specific points, those grounding points that hold the frequency through my body, come into the frequency of love with the new solar energies. The energies that are desired, that are focused on, and that enables a teleportation, a shifting.

Those angels, who surrounded me in the beginning, placed what fell to the Earth back into my field. It draws me back. Thank you, Council of Saturn. It draws me back. So gentle, thank you. Thank you little one.

This is complete. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

18 ZEN

Our Celestial Family presents as Yahyel Andromeda, offering visions of technology and assistance.  Likewise, with Gaia and those within.

I see the heavens open up. I see the heavens open up and I see a large mothership, an ark emerge. There are clouds that come alongside it. It is luminous and large. It spans much of the heavens. The plants respond underneath it, they feel its presence. There is a yearning and there is an activation of the energies within, a reverse gravity.

The mothership has many layers like a step pyramid. It has the shape of a cylindrical step pyramid. I see alongside of me spirits of the Earth and those Wise Ones who understand what is happening. They come out to see the visitors from the sky. Those within the Earth too are aware. They come to join us. Those from within the Earth, tall and luminous forms. 

The mothership appears to land but not, appears to open, letting out a ramp for us to come in. This is a portal that is not entered into the Earth but it creates an appearance within the mind. It offers an experience of moving up that ramp for our minds to be okay with a sense of immense gravity bending the space time around it.

I walk in and I see a tall luminous figure who appears humanoid. Yet its form is of flame. There is angularity to his chin. It greets me and I keep seeing a strong V-shape to its face.

It speaks on behalf of the mothership’s inhabitants. It is a being that exists in the higher densities and dimensions. It expresses into the terrestrial sphere, the three dimensions of space and one dimension of time, in our density, the third and fourth densities. It expresses itself in that way through intermediaries. It resides here. Its appearance now is even an appearance, a projection, or a manifestation.

It shows me a communication, mind to mind, an image of the interior of that mothership.  There is life there and cycles of life. There are many beings. There is a gravity that is like a world.

There is a sense of expansion and a capacity for exploration. There are many doors through this mothership to places and times throughout the many worlds.

I ask why he’s showing me these things, what it has to do with my intention, and to invite the aid, assistance, guidance, and protection of beings here in the Aethyr, for the benefit of beings here on Earth.

They show me that this is a different way to live, a different mode of being. It is a different set of technologies, a different set of rules within this universal experience that we all have. There is truly a capacity to live and relate to the world in a different way.

They say that they are all here now to offer assistance to the human family. They are sharing a list of criteria. 

• Invitation must be made. 
• Permission must be given. 
• Intentions must be set.
• Belief must be there. 

Once these elements are in place, connections may be made and assistance will be given. The way that they can assist as many as they can. They are showing me images of healing. A sense of frequency and treatment of a light body. They offer assistance and bending probabilities, assistance in prevention of accidents, attraction paths of destiny, instantaneous manifestations, and knowledge. 

I ask where and who. They say the ship is originally from Andromema.

It holds much of the wisdom from that galaxy or that system, from that world. It holds many different representatives, masters, and families. There is an indigenous population now growing on the mothership.

They say I recognize them as Yahyel Andromeda. They’re grateful for the cries and calls I have made to them in song and chant and light language, “yayel andronomea oh cucura sanai, akshara andromeda yayel. asharana a hehehe ararara rerere rororo andronomea asara sarasaia akashanai oh cucura asanai hey a yayel andronoma heyheyhey o curana ocurana akasharara rorororo rerere yayel ya andronoma ocurana he.”

They are showing me an image of two cylinders of extremely dense light. These two pillars, about a foot and a half tall each, an inch in diameter or two. They are set deep within the mothership and the interaction of those two densities creates a tension field. The crystalline structure that’s established within the mothership, it’s up within the engine rooms or the propulsion systems. Those two cylinders create a bending that adds to the lattice of those crystals. The crystalline lattice is being bent. This creates energy expression, that bending of the crystalline lattice is what produces the energy of light. 

So that, in a sense, is what powers the ship. The crystalline tension field is as power to the ship internally and yet it is such that those of two density fields can move. It moves slightly. There is singing involved, and frequency, which is heart to heart singing. The hearts of the pilots of the mothership are actually within the whole system, which is a unified intelligent collective system.

The frequency is delightful. It is open. It’s like a fresh breath of air. It is like lilacs in early spring.

They say that there is no problem here. The issues that are experienced here on this terrestrial sphere are not experienced there. There is no need. There’s no hunger, there’s no aggression. There’s joy, creativity, play, and love in service to others. They do not fear. There’s no fear. There’s no war. There’s no need for defenses.

Because the beings within that light mothership can sense and feel any perturbations and lower densities. It moves in a different way, it relates to matter and the ethers in a different way than those whose density is locked within fields. It is like working within a mirage. It’s like being afraid of the video game villains, those monsters. There’s no need for the gamer to fear them

They are patient and they have seen eons pass. They can span the rise and fall of civilizations, Earth civilizations. They are showing me that it is like waves upon the peaks. There is communication between the civilizations here now. They are showing me that we are at another peak in the development of civilization. 

There are two opportunities. One is to experience the apex of civilization here now, then recede into another dark age. Then we may rise up into the possibility of another golden age. Second, is to step off this cycle here now. This is the opportunity to step off the cycle here now. They are letting me know that it is much like the process of enlightenment.

In the process of enlightenment, you do not become one affected human being. You become all and every one. Your experience dramatically shifts and, in that way, we are invited to a New Earth. We are invited by way of frequency change, vibration, the portals, lightships, and transfigurations.  

They are showing me that there are indeed truly two paths. One of entering the dark age and one of entering the Golden Age. It is a choice that each soul may make. One is prepared. There is love and kindness in both paths.

I say, “I choose the path of the Golden Age. I choose the Golden Age for those I speak for, my relations, my Earth human family. We choose that path. We ask for aid and assistance to make that choice of reality.” They say that it is granted and the assistance will be given.

Belief, intention, and invitation. Those are the criteria.

They are saying it is time for me to leave. But before they see me out, they show me a sphere. It is a sphere on which bands are spiraled. It is like red and blue, it has a feeling to it, not so red and blue, it’s an earthy metallic rusty kind of clay, a quality of fine material density. And yet there is a feeling to it, you feel it. There’s weightiness to it, like the quality of a fine ceramic teapot.

I ask what it is and they say that it is a sort of battery that I can hold in my energy. They place it slightly below my root chakra and say that it can serve as an assistance device. It is similar to their propulsion system that they showed me in those two bars. They say it will move up and down as needed in the body. Thank you.

I open myself up for any final messages and they show me an image of light ships emerging out of this mothership to cover the Earth instantaneously. There is a beautiful Flower of Life pattern emerging in a luminous grid. They are showing me imagery of solar flashes being absorbed in that luminous grid. It easily redirects that energy in a perfect way. Those lightships are now entering the Earth and redistributing that energy in a kind way. Slowly in a perfect path or pace or cadence of integration for our Earth family.

They let me know that the rules of physics, the physical laws of this world, are not limitations to them. That they exist in a different realm and have a greater capacity. This is a hyper-real expression. They’re saying that they have the capacity to move and shift, that this world is essentially an unreal illusion that they have control over. 

Yet they will not act upon that. That it is much more interesting to work within these rules. They are actually bound in a way to act according to its rules primarily because their enjoyment of their density requires that. That the enmeshment of karma between densities is too much for them, and that there has been history of this, yet, that is being resolved or has resolved. 

In that way, they invite us to rise up our densities rather than bind ourselves to the lower densities in assistance for they lose then their capacity to be of assistance. They’re saying that those who have gone before are very similar to those who have come to the Earth and produced the Nephilim. It is very similar to that higher density entering the lower densities and finding themselves bound. 

I am curious how they can show me that vision of life ships covering the Earth in a grid and not understand that as an intervention. They say it’s not an intervention if it meets the criteria of belief, intention, and invitation. There are many things that can happen in terms of their technologies and assistance in a field of belief, intention, and invitation from the Earth human family to them.

They do yearn for that to occur, that invitation. I wonder how close we are, how close we are. They say that we are very close. That they are on the other side of many of the portals. They are that close. The densities and the veils are indeed thinning. Thank you. 

So again, I open myself up to any more communications or visions. I say thank you. One in orange robes comes forward. There is a flaming sword. There is an image of that one, swinging the sword in front of the door of the mothership. Three more joined. These are fierce archangels.

They’re here and they offer their assistance as wrathful expressions to burn away anything that holds us down, anything that binds us to that lower densities. They are willing to take action on our behalf. I receive and I ask for assistance on behalf of the Earth family.

I see inside of their forms a thousand different visions. There are many-eyed ones. I see through the eyes of a rabbit, I see through the eyes of a man, I see through the eyes of a child, a woman, an elder, a tree, an Angel, a light being, a fairy, an elemental, and a Sylph.

All those like overtones and harmonics, being expressed by this single intelligence and coordinated by these singular intelligences, which are the angels and the archangels. Thank you.

They hold me strongly in their field. They work with the chakras above my crown. They plant something within to be a counterbalanced to the one below my root. It’s like a gem. Blue in color with something inside, pale yellow. It is luminous. Thank you.

They say that these now act as the vertices of the star tetrahedron, of the Merkabah. Thank you.

I open myself up to any more communication. They push me down through the Earth like an elevator. I see a dark field. There are light beings within, taking the form of mycelia, looking like neurons.

The Earth herself expresses through that network. The intelligence of the Earth herself is present. Thank you. She is offering assistance. She invites us to invite her to work with her and to be held with her in this way. Just as the two points within the aura, below the root and above the crown hold the vertices of the Merkabah, so too she invites a sense of holding the field for the Earth humans being matched by the celestial family, those motherships, allowing the collective Merkabah of the Earth human family to be held within those fields. She does this for us. She invites this. Thank you.

I see the reptilian inhabitants of the subterranean caverns. They too would have us know that they are allies and relations. They are fierce. They are like animals in their ferocity and strength of body. Yet there is consciousness, intelligence, empathy, and capacity to relate and communicate. Thank you. 

I open myself up to any communication that would be a benefit here now. The Archangels call me back. They lock arms around and there is a flow of energy. They bring me back. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

17 TAN

Detailed visions of the New Earth reveal the importance of architecture and culture.  Angelic and ET assistance is offered for our Ascension.

I see gentle fields and kind light. There is peace. I see forest, there’s water that runs through. It is idyllic and pastoral. I see roads that follow the contours of the Earth. They appear like blood vessels, branches, or flows of water.

There is an outpouring of energy from the environment, from the space around. There is a sense of relaxation and joy and luminosity inlaid within the fabric of this world. Just as the torsion or tension fields upon the crystals were shown to produce energy, so too this sense of relaxation and joy and openness creates a radiance that is palpable, and is used in consciousness. 

The inhabitants here have capacities that are natural. They are like in the Book of Acts with healings, prophecy, and miracles. It happens because there’s a field of energy that surrounds and connects all beings here. There’s nothing here that is out of alignment with that flow within natural fields of energy. Nothing here interrupts it like the rectilinear skyscrapers, mega highways, and the scarring of this Earth. This place has a sense of purity, joy, and connection.

Being there is sufficient. There is no sense or need of progress except that which unfolds within the self and the community within the Earth itself. There is no sense of needing to solve problems. It is being and playing and expressing and loving.

One from the village comes down the road to speak with me. I see purple robes trimmed and green. I see orange.

He tells me that this is how we live in the New Earth, how some live in the New Earth. Living a life that is fulfilling, in a local way, in harmony by enjoying family domestic life.

He’s showing me imagery of the meeting halls of their cultures. Much is in the home, much is in the local community. There are those that come together to study and discuss and communicate. There are those that go abroad through the stars or through the Earth in order to explore and discover and be of service. Yet most here are simply at peace, in harmony and joy.

He takes me to the forest. He shows me a gravestone buried underneath layers of age. He shows me that this is from my time.

He tells me that there was a great journey, a great transformation. Many, many people left their places and moved and moved and moved until there was peace and harmony achieved within the in-between spaces of each human being. It is not simply the physical place, but the place between humans, how we relate with one another. The physical configuration of our society impacts the sense of density in humanity, the packings of their auras and things like that, packing them in cities and towns and working with those densities. 

He says that the humans here have found peace with a greater proportion of the natural world within their own auras. They actually feel themselves to be an expression of the Earth, an expression of Earth consciousness. He is pointing to akashic crystals deep within the Earth that store the memories and essences of those soul lines that are expressed in their world. They clearly have open channels between those akashic crystals and the beings who are now here. Some just live, some do not remember, and some work with Seers. Many remember what has gone before and what will be.

He says that the disillusionment, the dissolving of those rigid structures of empire, colonization, consumerism, that destruction and that chaos, of falling apart, the natural ripening of our society into the fertile ground out of which theirs arose. That is one of the greatest blessings. The stranglehold that some of those dark factions of humanity has loosened. Just as waking up, just as a limb has fallen asleep is painful to awaken, the best thing in the world is to move it and feel that pain, which is the pain of awakening up. 

New blood, new energy, and new life. They say it is completely assisted, they say that the transformation was easier than imagined. There was a period of darkness and chaos, but the emergence was almost instantaneous. Once the configurations of humans and Earth, once we started to bring in the vibrations of the Earth into our consciousness and open ourselves up and the capacities to flow. It is like an electrical current. Slightly more open than closed, there’s all that is needed. Those guardians, those watchers, those angels, and our star family, the hearts of humanity, the pure divine heart of humanity can express itself through the individuals and through the field of humanity when each of our members becomes slightly more open and closed. And that is it.

I see vessels coming from the sky, a light ship, it is one in three. It comes down into that village. There is a place for it, a place for it to come down to. Those around me understand that it is merely an appearance of descent, that is used to signify in the physical world what is about to happen, which is the meeting of terrestrials and extraterrestrial beings. There is joy like welcoming family because that is what it is.

Those beings bring trade objects. They like the work of human hands. We like the work of their worlds. It is joyful like a farmer’s market experience and traveling traders. There is technology there that is massively dangerous and powerful. There is no fear that it will be misused. Everyone has enough. It is more about art than necessity, more about expression and creativity than about satisfying needs.

The needs have been met. There is so much more to do than fight, toil, and be exploited. It might simply be being in the warm sun, exploring natural surroundings, playing in the water, loving, and so much more.

I see an angel now who is fierce and cuts through the imagery and the vision of this future. His eyes are fierce and lock onto mine and I see a third eye like a seed in flame. Ever burning, never burnt, he is wreathed in flame. There are celestial fields surrounding him. He has a flaming sword.

This one says that he is a guardian of Eden and has been for eons. He questions me as to who I am and by what rights am I here. I say to him, “I am Earth human. I am here on behalf of our family. And I have declared our rights to be here, out of our basic dignity and goodness. I make invocations and invitations on behalf of our Earth family for this world to come to pass, for the gates of Eden to be opened.” 

He feels into my heart and senses into that vast web of life that surrounds and supports me. He takes his flaming sword and places it in the water. It is quenched. The flames diminish and there is a stone that comes from his third eye. It is now in his hand. It’s a dark density. He places it within my field, first in my hands, and then he guides them to my forehead. He places it within.

I ask for healing, guidance, and protection on behalf of our Earth human family in order to enter into this New Earth, Garden of Eden. I ask, “Will you help us?” He says yes. 

There is his counterpart, his consort.  This beautiful woman of purples and blues, with bright orange hair. She sheathes her sword and the flaming appearance diminishes again. She expresses love and welcoming. They are happy.

They say the doors have been opened, that the appearance of the flaming angel and the diminishment of those flames into a loving kind image, is for my benefit and those who encounter these visions. The doors have been opened since 2012, which are the Doors to Eden.

They say that it is just simply up to us to shift our own frequency and understanding in relation to the Earth. It is up to us to tune into that frequency. Right now, the frequency is of chaos, static, and control. Yet nothing prevents us from shifting that frequency to love, creativity, and abundance. They will help us do so.

Those extra-terrestrials, as well, those traders, offer their assistance. They come from a close star. They are the Sirian.

They let us know that the choice to raise our frequency is something like the choice of a boat to rise with the rising water levels within a canal. There’s freedom of motion, there’s capacity to move within constraints and yet this thing is happening. 

There’s no reason to be concerned. For in this moment, right as the waters rise, as the frequency raises up, there are moments of chaos and difficulty and of suffering. Yet those that suffer and die now will return with a stronger connection with the Akashic Fields within the Earth. The veil has thinned. The new children do not suffer amnesia like we have.

And so we stay in this chaos and difficulty when the New Earth is open to us. We stay in the Old Earth in order to experience the kindness of letting our stories conclude. We play out the attachments we have to our own suffering. This is the kindness of the New Earth. So that we may embody this knowing and gratitude much deeper.

They invite me to expand my perception and I sense the dragons within the Earth. Peaceful. I sense the Sylphs in the sky. Peaceful and loving. It is harmony. I sense the fullness of the space between the spheres: Earth and the Moon, the moon and the sun. 

I sense the beings within the Earth. They are still our Elders, even in this New Earth. Yet, they come, visit, and guide. They will be some of our greatest allies, they say, in this transition. They are here with the experience, the technologies, and the capacity to guide and protect us as this transition to the New Earth unfolds.

I’m curious about Old Earth and they show me images of a separation, of a mitosis.

For those that choose to remain in the lower frequencies. For those who choose to be more closed than open, more attached than explorative, more self-centered than working with others. This openness is all that is needed to enter the New Earth. An invitation, a confirmation, a permission, a deep expression or affirmation is all that is needed to enter the New Earth.  It requires only the desire to enter the New Earth. 

Yet there are those who may not experience such desire. They will go on a journey that is appropriate to them. Thank you.

 I open myself up to any more communications or visions.

The town’s spokesperson of that village, who is the village leader and the one who met me, comes forward. He just says, “we can’t wait to see you. We’re looking forward to this reunion, looking forward to these moments on New Earth.”

I see some distant watchers, who are pleased as well. Thank you.

One is present who I’ve met before by the name of Meisha, a Mantid. I see his face, his eyes, and his many visions. He is pleased with the vision of the New Earth and the unfolding therein. I ask Meisha to help us by saying, “Please ask its species and its relations, according to the principle of non-harm and Cosmic Law of One, to help Earth Humans here and now. I invite these beings to raise us up into celestial community, to be of service in alignment with the principle of non-harm and the Cosmic Law One, on behalf of our Earth Human Family into this space, into the space of the Earth here now, into this time here now. I form a bridge, allowing this bridge of consciousness to extend that permission and invitation, in recognition of the architects of our genetics. Come back to this world to work with us, as partners this time. Perhaps his great-grandfather and adolescent grandson, but even so, in partnership, that is the invitation.”

Meisha acknowledges it and provides imagery of movement: toroidal fields in spiraling specific ways. He has mechanisms and machines that have such sound and gravity. Their motion creates a loud and low vibration, like the sound of a rainbow.

That is sufficient. Thank you. Thank you all. The vision closes.

16 LEA

The Dark Magic of Empire is illuminated and broken.  Galactic Wisdom is the source of true magic, of which all are invited to partake.  All is Love.

I see before me a cornucopia. It is on the table. There are many fruits and vegetables, the bounty of the Earth overflowing.

There are tall giant beings surrounding this table and I am small. I am tiny, smaller than even the fruits on the table. These giant beings look down upon me. Some pick up fruit. There’s communication. There is a feast happening. The table itself is set in a temple on top of a hill. It has open walls like an ancient temple.

From this view, the world may be seen. The whole world is underneath this Heavenly Abode.

I’m invited to change my perspective, to will myself to grow. I expand and grow, stepping off that table. Then I join the south side of that long rectilinear table, upon which the Cornucopia sits. There are beings alongside me: two to my right and two to my left, four across the table, and one on each side. There are others too, lurking in the chamber, towards the edge and corners, like servants.

I look to the beings across and see in their faces a galactic vision: cosmic star fields and celestial movements. Each has a mask upon his face and the one I look at has horns. There are other shapes and qualities filled with the star fields.

The communication wishes to happen. It yearns to happen, yet there is a difference of frequencies between me and them. I call myself into greater alignment and I call on those who guide to help me to hear and see what these beings wish to communicate.

They invite me to hold their hand. They all hold hands around this table. They allow the passage of intelligent energy to flow through us. There is a field of energy building. There is a rising of vibration.

In the abundant Cornucopia and the whole table, there is now standing a vision and a portal to the Earth, with the Moon encircling her. There are Celestial Dragons encircling her as well, with the Sylphs beneath.

I see many lightships, flitting this way and that. They show me an image of Earth like a fruit ripening, ripening, ripening, and then going past ripe. Then bursting forth with abundant life like maggots and flies, yet without the sense of pesky. It is a beautiful image, this bursting forth of life. It is a moment of metamorphosis. 

They let us know that we will see this as death, but it is not. We will see the experience like maggots, insects, and disgust and yet it is not. It is our true nature: luminous and full of power and energy. It is exponentially different than it was before. It is a bursting forth of a thousand million lightships. It is a bursting forth of capable intelligences, embodied within the Human body, in this lifetime and not in some future moment.

They want me to say that those who read these words, here and now, have the invitation to participate in this New World, which is an absolute transformation.

They said, “look to your grandfathers and grandmothers and the transformation that they saw. That is a fraction of what is to come.”

I say yes. I accept this invitation on behalf of our Earth Human family. I say yes to these beings. I invite them and permit them, in love and light, according to the principles of non-harm and the Cosmic Law of One, to assist and be present in this transformation. They give me a piece of fruit like a melon to eat and it’s delicious.

I go to the Lurking Ones to ask them what they see and feel or know. They say that there are those who live in the dark, that their domain is the dark processes under worlds, which is the experience of alienation. One here is showing me many machinations upon the Earth: inventions, automatons, machines, tanks, and skyscrapers. He says, “These may be left behind. These sorts of things are useful and limiting. The deception of this last Age brought power and energy outside of the conscious embodied being, which is the conscious embodied spark of divinity, connected to this galactic wisdom.”

He says that our world at this moment is under a spell of illusion, that these objects are ritual objects: the car, the telephone, the computer, the straight road, and the tall building. These are ritual objects of one of the largest magical workings in the history of this world. It is a magical ritual that ensnares the human spirit and binds it to matter outside of itself.

The power of this ritual is strong because of illusion and not because of its own strength. It convinces that which does have power, which is a conscious mind, heart, and soul together. It convinces the conscious being here that it is not powerful and it is not connected. It convinces them that it should be served by the Earth in the bounty of the Earth.

This is what this One from the underworld says. That spell may be broken and yearns to be broken. That the Earth Gaia will receive us with open arms like a loving mother. That there are frequencies and intelligences within her that may provide the satisfaction to any technological desire. That there is a truth of teleportation and telepathy. That the power of consciousness is miraculous within this world, but it is only within the true and real experience of consciousness, residing in alignment with the identity of truth and not of illusion as truth, is that we know our bodies and minds are expressions of this Earth Gaia. That we are more than these bodies. That there is a vast and powerful network of intelligences and energies and powers to facilitate. That the technology is already present and given. That the work to access it is the work of the heart.

This one wishes to be named as Hephaestus, finding deep resonance with that god.

He is showing me the perpetrators of that magical ritual and the illusions. These are like the bankers and the dark councils.

I call on all those, who are here and now in this space, to destroy that magic: money magics and false Empire. Whatever power there is, let that be cast down, let that be transformed onto to service-to-others alignment with these vows and principles. Let the illusion of this money system be dismantled. Let us as a human family come into alignment with the natural abundance of Gaia, so that we may reconnect with the ancient technologies already inlaid within the Earth and our bodies. Thank you.

One comes forward who uses the technologies of this Earth, those given technologies. This one comes forth in a lightship through time and space. This one lets me know that there was a transition it experienced, which much like the one we are about to face.

This one says that it is much easier than expected. There is great fear about loss, death, scarcity, and things like that. But moving through that and tuning in to the frequencies that are already present and presenting, which are the waves of galactic energy being received by this Earth, transmitted downwards to her children.  These frequencies are the ones that will lead us to the use of these ships.

The light ships, the portal networks, the ability to communicate, and these things simply require that you be more open than closed. Not naively so, but with a sense of discernment. Tending to love more than fear. That is the only secret. That is the only act that needs to be done in order for this to be accomplished.

The Tall One from the lightship invites me. There is a shift of frequency and we are elsewhere now. We are now floating above the Earth.

I see that communication of lightship, which once was in the vision as the maggots bursting forth from rotten fruit. There is joy in the movements of these things and the Earth herself is happy. She experiences visitors from other worlds and is happy about it. There is a sense of openness about the experiences and about these beings coming back and forth.  They have always been here. 

There is now a greater sense of capacity to vibrate, which is the capacity to resonate with that vision. From this perspective, I can see many worlds and many Earths. Some are quiet and dark. Some are joyous and full of movement.

This greater perspective, which is that of the New Earth, has a greater gravity than all of these. It is the sum total of the many Earths. The one in the ship lets me know that it is myself. It is tall and does not look like me because that is not the message today.

I asked what the message was. He says love. Gaia wants us to be happy, to be embodied, and to be kind. She holds many gifts for us. We may learn to love each other and ourselves through receiving this field of love that is always present.

I invite more communications and vision. And I see Saturn. The decision has been made in that Council of Saturn.

I see images of the Sun, allowing and pushing forth energies. I see the Earth receiving these energies, activating all of her children. That is the decision, which is to let these energies unfold. I see them emerge out of that place in Saturn and surround the Solar System, holding, containing, and providing structure. It is guided. This is assistance.

The Shining One comes forth. He looks me in the face. He explains to me that this working and transition is in some ways already accomplished. Because it will be accomplished and it has been from many perspectives. There is kindness and love in the communication. Thank you, thank you.

He allows energy to move from his being into mine. He invites the connection and visions to close. Thank you.

15 OXO

Human use of Celestial Technology is explained and invited.  Let us release our attachments to violence and accept this loving offer.

I see a toroidal field. It is centered on a figure and is flowing. There are energy perturbations surrounding this figure and the toroidal field. They’re living and crisp like the electric energy surrounding a sacred moment. I can tell that this being in front of me can make appearances in many different ways: human, other than human, extraterrestrial, light, and figures in fullness.

I see this being in front of me and I see there are cords. These are cords of energy leading up and down, relating to the Earth and relating to the sky. There’s a source of energy here, it is bringing forth energy into this world. It is a free energy experience. Simply opening up and mirroring the reflection. It is a reflection of the cosmic processes. This is what the universe looks like. This is how it works.

There is much more beyond this universe. The mysteries of our creation may be simply explained, stepping outside of this universe. This is something that I am unable to do at this moment. But the One before me has and is and will.

I ask the space for healing and presence for myself, to be a clear channel, to receive these visions. Love, light, unity for the benefit of beings and my relations. I pray for that here and now. I need assistance and I ask for it here and now.

The One before me is Metatron. He takes me to the top of the pyramid, which is truncated at the top. We stand over the Earth. We survey it, seeing the vastness of the heavens. There are beings, the Sylphs, who live there between the Earth and the sky. They set out dominions and territories. Like cells in a dish, adjacent to one another. It is a vast system like a skin. I see tendrils of energies rise up into those beings from the Earth like jellyfish tendrils.

There are others here, at the top of this pyramid, four others. They stand at the corners of this platform, holding space. These are the archangels. It is as if the bodies are composed of eyes. They are a perfect reflection of everything that is, bringing forth different qualities of the entire cosmos, reflected in the slight variation in their colors, presence, and number.

I see a large disk coming down in the skies. The angels recognize it and call it forward to bring it down. Those beings, the ship itself, the disk recognizes the angels. It comes down as if to land upon the pyramid. There is a different space within it, much vaster. There is cavernous space within this disk like a mothership.

There are plants, animals, energy beings, and all sorts of beings on this disk. They say that the Sylphs help them. It is a communication between that ship and the Sylphs, who are beings that move the energies in and throughout. 

They say there are two choices in terms of the path forward. One is as a progression, cutting through, and ignoring all those beings that do indeed do that here. It is using technology like the airplane, the rocket, or the computer. They say we’re missing a piece. The piece is an interaction of consciousness, an actual link between the two. This technology unfolds in that dimension that is not limited to the three dimensions of space and time, as are the devices so mentioned. 

One path is staying within that physical realm, sub quantum realm, which is this macroscopic realm. It causes violence to aspects of the living cosmos. This is why we do not see many of our neighbors and family, because our way of life is violent to them.

In the other path, is working with the living, the consciousness, and the entire living Cosmos. It is communicating with those beings, moving through them and with them in a dance. There is consciousness within the very essence of these ships, the very essence of these places. It is not a mystery that these things can move in the ways that they do, because it is thought. The craft is thought, the space through which it moves is thought, feeling, and consciousness. It is communication between the two, between all beings, just like friendship and play.

I want to know how to work with that technology. They say to get to know the world. That the rocks will teach us.  That the Earth herself wants us to know.

That this technology has been available to humans throughout our history, recorded or otherwise. It is in part how the great wonders were accomplished.

I see a volcano spewing forth fire and a being standing within and glowing bright in a pillar of smoke. This being is Wrath. It is ready to bring down this world that does not serve. It is willing to bring down all these edifices of violence. The Earth speaks through this being.

It says to me that it is not so much the actual physical expression of these technologies, it is not so much the fact that there are pollutants, rectilinear roads, skyscrapers, and all those things that are destructive to our environment and the harmony of this world. It is actually more so the fields of consciousness that are generated: the fears and the anxieties on one hand and, on the other hand, the sense that it doesn’t matter, the sense of blatant ignoring and taking. The sense of entering a beautiful natural space and seeing it as an object, resource, and capital. It is the seeing of humans as owner, pinnacle, and as triumph of progress. This is what clouds the Earth and makes us most offensive to our community. 

They said look to your own mind and the heart and how these actual technologies have been developed. Look at how the actual history of human life has unfolded. It is not by decree, it is not by cleverness, and it is not by human will alone. But human intellect as expression of deeper mind and heart, in concert with the vast realms of inner consciousness, vast connections with this Earth, with all those beings, even our galactic relations, this is how our lives have unfolded here on Earth. Therefore, the invitation is to shift from the illusion of history into the reality and conscious connection with all those around us.

They said that it’s okay for us to be using technologies. Its okay for our society to continue on the path it is on of usage of these things like fossil fuels, so long as we actually truly shift our conscious relationship with ourselves in the world. Because of those shifts, the pattern of the new world is held within our hearts. As expressions in alignment with the Earth, we are a focal point of manifestation. That is why it’s very important, it is a quality of heart and the images that we hold in our minds that focus and create this world that we’re in. That is why it is of utmost importance to connect ourselves with the Earth, in love, with all those beings who surround us.

The one in the volcano, the Wrathful One, simply says, “open your eyes and open your heart and open your ears to the vast symphony, harmony of the spheres of the Earth. Listen for more moments than you meditate on your fear. Open simply for more moments than you close down. Explore and play and create with nature for more moments than you consider exploiting her. That is all that is requested. It is not too much. The rest will be handled by this terrestrial and galactic community.”

The Shining One, the one who came forth first, who is Metatron, smiles. He smiles and communicates around the mysteries of time, saying that once that decision and the intention is set, to be kind to oneself and to open this way, that the dimensions of time and space and the future and the past and the present all shift.”

He says that the beautiful New Earth and those perfective beings within are us, are this world, will be, and has been.

My language is insufficient here. It is important to know, he is asking me to know, that the actual thing, the thing that needs to be communicated here now is that in the decision, the setting of the intention, the building of the rapport, and the expressing of it and all those things, simply the setting of the intention creates the space for the future versions and streams of this self. Setting that intention to create a gravitational field within the flow of the future probabilities, that when certain harmonic points are created, are in the probabilities and those levels, as a shift up as a sense of future probability comes into the world, then can retro-actively support and guide us here now. The positive feedback loop is exponential in nature.

The one in the volcano is sitting down like a Buddha.  There is peace. He touches the Earth to remind us of that moment of enlightenment. Because that is what is being called for, our entire society, terrestrial Earth humans, to wake up to the truth of their connection with the Earth. It is full of love and beauty and support and capacity. That all the technologies that we are yearning for, and this message comes with extreme force and emotion, that all technological developments actually will be given. 

There is intelligence in the field. Their patterns within that field, just like one can sense into the form of a tree within a seed. So too, do all these beings, the Sylphs and the Elementals, who exist in the spaces between space between space, these portal beings, they all carry information within their fields about how to use them. They teach how to relate with them and construct technologies that work with them in a respectful way, where they inhabit and express themselves through the technologies. 

They are saying that the technologies we are using are false technologies. They are toys. They are violent in nature and aggressive. It’s okay. Don’t worry about stopping their use. It is fine. But realize what they are and understand that they, without mindfulness, will serve as a prison for our consciousnesses. They make it impossible for us to tune into the incredible intelligence and patterns that are presented to us through the community of all these things.

The invitation is to set aside those technologies for some moments every day. To explore the notion and experience of a living Cosmos, full of intelligent and conscious beings that respond and make contact with you. You live in this field, you open up a field of possibility and invitation. Enjoy creativity and play. 

Free from that fear and constriction. Free from the patterns of aggression and violence that you do every day to all these kind and wise supportive beings.  They easily and quickly forgive us for our ignorant actions. We simply need to open up, which is the invitation. 

I see a tree, the World Tree, connecting heaven and Earth. There are many many different types of beings. It is happy.

Metatron seals my hands upon my heart and kisses my forehead. Thank you. The communication is complete.

14 VTA

Vision of Pyramids in perfection.  Compression of time is explained.  The Celestial Community is invited in Christ Consciousness.

I see a forest and trees. It is like a wall of jungle and as it approaches the plains, there is a barrier.

I see the night sky and everything is luminous. There are beings in the forest. There is water that runs nearby. There are accessible caverns. One comes forward wearing purple from the sky, an angel comes to my field next to me. He covers me in a robe of multicolored light.

He takes me into the forest, which is dark. It is the dark woods and all that it means. I see the eyes of watchers. I see and feel and sense the many unknown things of the darkness.

He takes me deep within the woods. There is an ancient pyramid, a ruin forgotten in the woods and the jungle, overgrown. There is something within. He invites me to see with the eyes given me by the rainbow garment. 

I see this pyramid in perfection. It is one of the Mayan. It is important for me to know as the angel says. I see commerce between this pyramid and the cosmos. I see a going back and forth of light ships and elementals This is the vision of it in perfection. There is something within, it is like a lightness and a darkness. There is a duality within and it’s very strong. The interaction in the field between that light and dark creates a gravity field, a density. It holds this pyramid in perfection.

The buildings in the vision, the angel says, are like moments of chrysalis. These are cocoons for the spirit of a vast and powerful consciousness. This is an example of an ensouled building or a building that renders itself into a soul and exists outside of space and time, within it and throughout it.

He shows me a serpent flying like a dragon around this pyramid. It is of the images of Quetzalcoatl, the bearded serpent. It flies to the heavens and eats stars. There’s the image of Babylon, riding a beast in the heavens and giving birth, like in Revelation. The serpent does not eat this child, but brings it to the top of the pyramid, and places it within. 

The child itself is gigantic, the size of that pyramid. It goes in and through, into a space beneath that looks like a cavern in a deep body of water, connected in many ways, a network of subterranean waters. This child’s energy, that frequency of the celestial child, is now in this subterranean realm of light and the dark. There is intermingling and dissolution and movement throughout the whole network of this light frequency.

The angel is here, showing me images of time, many eons of time. This angel wants me to know that its understanding and its experience of time is like that of a book. It is like a librarian holding a book. We are on the page. He is inviting me to see beyond the page, beyond a single word linear flow. He is showing me, in the metaphor, how upon study of a book, that linear stream of thoughts or concepts is now something else. You can move backwards and forwards in time, looking at it this way or that. After reading that book, you can assign codes like the decimal system to organize it. 

These codes, which are the codes of time, allow a mathematics, they say, an adding, a subtracting, and the multiplications. That the linearity of Earth time is experienced by the angels in multi-dimensionality like the linearity of a story may be held within the mind of the creator or the reader as something like an eternal hologram experienced every single time anew. That there are rules whereby these experiences may compress down into specific numbers and specific letters. These may be manipulated and moved to gain knowledge.

It is important for me to know, this angel says, because this is how their consciousness works. That there are vast periods of time between moments of interaction and contact, which for them are compressed. These are implied by the moments that express the curve or linearity of the four dimensional experience. If, for instance, a straight line needs to be drawn, it may be defined by a point and a magnitude and a direction or two points and that the writing out of every single point between the beginning and end of that line is not needed. That the wave may be expressed in an equation and not fully experienced in its linearity but fully encompassed by mind and heart. This is what they show me.

It is important because there are conditions by which that equation may change. It is important by which the experience may shift. We are capable of creating situations much like the ancient Mayan pyramid, at some point shifted into the pyramid-in-perfection experience, that is like a moment and a shifting of the equations.

We are called to such a moment now. There is aid and assistance and power of the angelic and celestial realms. They invite deeper communities with the extraterrestrial, subterranean, the multi-dimensional, light beings, the sylphs, and the elementals. They say that there is a community of beings here and that we are a part of them. They are a part of us. We work together. In that way, we may accomplish the perfection of this world.

Those points are like overtone harmonic points on a string where many of these aspects of creation line up in human experience but also in the experience of the world and of the angels. 

Their realm is eternal and less changing than ours. They have many eyes for they see all the things at once. Like the well-read librarian. That is why they say that the human experience is very important. Because newness and creativity unfold. That we are meant to work together in this unfolding.

I open myself to any more vision or message that they have for me. Gabriel comes forth bringing in a vessel of water. Looking within, he sees the world, the dreams of this world. They were once a fish and now something else. Christ, Christ, Christ. This one wants me to know that once Christ was offered like this fish in water in that cup, a single fish. Now it is offered as humanity-in-perfection, as the Christ consciousness, ever present, as perfection, eternal invitation. 

I receive that invitation. He offers me the cup, communion wine. I receive. In this space I pray for aid, assistance, and guidance on behalf of our Earth human family. I demand that the librarians and angels of this space recognize the human condition now. To provide assistance, guidance, and healing so that we may accomplish Christ’s perfection within the historical moment. I invite this on behalf of the Earth Human family, in accordance with the principle of nonharm and the cosmic law one.

The Angel acknowledges it and leaves. I know it is going to communicate, to send that message through creation. The aid, assistance, and guidance is offered as always, freely accessible to those who ask and we have asked. 

There is a sealing now of the directions. The vision collapses into glorious light. The Archangels of the directions are inscribing glyphs at each cardinal point. This forms a shape like the Merkabah. It is moving and moving and moving and moving and moving and moving and moving and moving and moving. That swirl is something like the center of a galaxy, is what they show me. There is a light center and a dark center and both work together in counter-rotating perfection. I see the spiraling like the arms of the Galaxy and I see spiral energies moving up and down perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic. This domain is extremely vast and there are many places of lights and many of dark. Creation ever flows.

The angels say that this could be our perspective if we only let go of that which stands in our way, that which attaches us to the suffering of this world, to time. They show me a consciousness that is as vast as this galaxy and even more. It is in all things and has created this world and all that is in it. Because it is them, it is it.

The sweet angels tell me not to hold this in my mind, for that is their role and we are one. Thank you. They bring me back to my body.

They seal all that knowledge into my body, my mind, my heart, and my soul and of the unity consciousness. They treat me like a sweet child. They tell me that we don’t need to hold on to so much of a burden in this world. They tell me that my expectations of myself, of my capacity as an Earth human to hold this field of consciousness, those are admirable expectations but those are unrealistic. That there is actually no need because there is a field of unity consciousness existing between the angels, humans, elementals, and all beings. 

I do not need to hold the eternal vision of the multiverse within my own mind. But simply know that there are elements of God, like the brain of God, and that I am perhaps a finger. That there is communication and love between the two. They say that it is not an issue of rapport or power, it is not a matter of what you might think to contact the angels or experienced this unity consciousness field, it is simply a knowing of what is, that I am God, that they are God, and that we are God.

It is like knowing oneself or willing oneself to move. There is no discord between the left and the right hand. My heart wants to remember the past of my childhood and it does not by will alone, or by becoming the brain, but simply by knowing what it is, and being that. And so they invite me to be human. I say thank you.

The vision concludes. They want me to communicate the invitation and the confirmation. It is open, the doors are open. They are there, the angels, as well as many other aspects of creation of God and of divinity in this world, of which we are one type of participant. We are invited to come into the Celestial community, this cosmic dance of consciousness and of love.  There is no issue with us coming into that fold, as by nature of awareness of it and participation in it, all of the challenges, attachments to war and aggression, simply may dissolve. There is intelligence, love, healing, and empowerment within this field of consciousness. Thank you. The invitation is open, they say. Amen.

13 ZIM

Visions of primordial dragons and modern ETs illuminate 5th density unity consciousness.  All Celestial Wars are 3rd-4th density.

I see a cavern. I see a dark cavern. It is a dark void space. There are remnants of reflections of the cosmic star fields. Yet, this is a space deep within the Earth or even, perhaps, a void space or an abyss. There are beings here. This is a space from which the Earth emerges and from which space and time emerge. In a way, there is a creation happening here that brings forth the light of the universe and, yet, this darkness is here. There are creatures that are large, vast, and powerful within. 

They move like dragons in that velvety blackness. There are many of them, writhing this way and that way, creating a field of movement. This is a space upon which the phenomena of this world are projected or held up like floating rafts upon water. I see pathways emerge within that field of writhing. There are flows of energy, movement, patterns, and paths.

There is communication between these beings. There is experience as well. Although between this world and that world, there is not much communication. These writhing beings understand that upon them there stands this projection of consciousness, these three dimensional forms.

Yet there is rare communication. One comes forward, up and out of these beings. I recognize this as an angel yet his form is presented simply as a geometry, which I see with my third eye as full of eyes. Yet I see with my third eye simply a point, simply a geometry. It came from within one of these worm-like writhing creatures in the abyss.

The angel speaks to me in a form of energy. It pushes a channel of energy into my heart center, pushing out through my palm chakras. There is a communication that reaches my central channel, up and down the thin tendrils. That is it. That information is like the communications here, is what the angel says to me. 

There’s information in that field, in that communication of energy. There is light within. I see imagery of trees, childhood of Earth, of seasons, and the cycle of human life, animal, and plant life here on this Earth. That blast of energy was dense, dense with images. 

I call for clarity in the visions and assistance from the angels. That point becomes a human figure robed in purple. The angel’s form is simply a luminous and glorious starfield. It hands me a jewel that was once the geometry this angel inhabited in that moment before. He places it in my hands, guides my hand to my third eye, and he places it within, like a sacrament.

That allows a distance between me and these abysmal writhing creatures. I can see them and they come into more focus. They’re dancing. These are the early creatures. These are primordials. Before the stars were born these were, are, and shall be.

I see within the writhing a child. That child is Gaia. There is love and protection. These are the beings that keep her in space moving. Their dance is the intelligence of the gravity, the magnets, and the physical expressions of movement in this world. They experience not as natural law but as creative dance, as expression of their primordial instinct, divine expression and divine spark.

In the image, I see Gaia as Earth in space. I see many different races, the extraterrestrials and extradimensionals. I see many of the cosmic family interacting with her. Yet these beings see all of them, all the Earth, and star family as one.

Their perspective is much more distant than ours or even as Gaia. Somewhat more like the angelic perspective being offered through the many eyes of those celestial beings, these primordials. It is like a distinction between insects, one versus the other. All essential, all important, all part of this cosmic dance. And yet the difference of perspective is staggering.

They want me to know that there are many densities and layers of this Earth and of this experience. The whole experience of war, both terrestrial and celestial, the whole experience of history, of these journeys of civilizations, they rise and fall within this ground, held by the primordials and administered by the angels.

The angel is very insistent here that they show me this vision not for despair, but for a deeper invitation for divine identification. They offer me a metaphor or an image. Imagine oneself as a leaf, a summer leaf turning into autumn, soon to fall. The destiny of that leaf is to decay and nourish a tree, the tree itself will grow and die. And the ground of the Earth stays the same. It’s an expression of that. The leaf is an expression of the tree, the tree expression of the forest, the forest expression of the ground, and so on and so forth. There is an eternity there.

The identification with the one part is truly false. We are not things, so much as patterns of motion within this world. That is true for the single human life. Yet the invitation is for a deeper identification with the Earth, with divinity, and the primordial. In truth, in this metaphor, the angel says, you are not the ground. You are the ground of consciousness in which all this arises. The physical experience of the tree, the mental imagery, the capacity to parse the time, past, present future, the awareness, the awareness of awareness. All of these things point to the true nature, the true essence, the reality of our experience as divinity. This is the secret of creation. These angels, humans, primordial, terrestrial, celestial, and all these beings are truly simply expressions of one mind through patterns of motion that are eternal. Ever changing yet ever present. Ever changing yet ever constant.

I open myself for further messages, further visions from this realm, from the angels. They invite me to say my prayers to the primordials. I say that I am here to declare the basic dignity and goodness of the Earth human spirit, the unity of our spirit. To pray for the New Earth. To ask for healing, guidance, and protection. I call on these primordial people to help us, to help Gaia, to help our entire system make this prayer. 

Calling on the assistance of the angels to make that communication, they hold up a lens to my heart and invite me to radiate that energy. I see a change in the pattern of the movement of the primordial ones. That is an acknowledgement. Thank you.

The angels give me the option of coming back to the body or having a conversation with one in a light ship, who is present as a guide. I invite the conversation. The angels take me from that abysmal and dark place. I am again in that field underneath the stars, a wide open space near the pyramids in perfection. I see the light ship as a shimmer and the portals open. There is one that welcomes me, who is tall. I recognize him as the Gentle Man.

He welcomes me into the ship. I see many forms. The ship itself fluxes and moves. It is a form, it is a projection, and it is flowing. The stability exists within the Gentle Man. He is taller than I am and yet the same size. The stability emerges from the center of his head like a portal.

The interior of the ship stabilizes into that which I have once imagined. At the same time as communications occurring, the Gentle Man letting me know that it is simply a projection of imagination. That the ship itself and that his being is like a point of light within my world here. That the communication through this visionary experience can take any form we desire. 

It stabilizes into that craft. We are in the cargo bay. I see that one-way mirror reflecting everything back and I see the table upon which I sat once, conversing with this being. I ask why it is here.

It tells me it is here for the purpose of communication and for the purpose of explanation. I open myself to messages from it. There’s a feeling of love. The field around his mind is radiant. It is difficult to make concepts up and out of and communicate. There is a sort of atmosphere of many images, like a thousand dreams collected from the aura of dreamers and pinned down into a single place. They are blending together, moving and flitting.

Underneath these dreams, there is a form that looks like a Tall Gray. He tells me that yes indeed that that in part is his true form. Yet those are simply vessels of different frequencies that already exist. There is an expression of the angelic frequency within his being. That is where the recognition and the communication and the collaboration between these angels and him are arising here and now. He lets me know that his intelligence and consciousness is that of God and the universe. That we share the same consciousness. Ourselves are the same. 

It is the same as those primordial, the terrestrial, the extraterrestrial, the elementals, and all of these beings are the same. Yet the expression within this world, along with the capacity to act within these three dimensions of space and the dimensions of time, work with the bodies with the energies and the patterns of motion within. That initial communication with this being gave me all that information and more. Saying that their original forms were indeed created. Those are the Grey, the short Grey.

There was a flowing in of consciousness. He says this happens even with rocks, the motions of asteroids, nebula, swirlings of water, movements of air, geological patterns, the magma within the Earth, all of these share motion and because of that and the connections, the universe of being within the field of consciousness, that all these patterns cannot help but express the deeper divinity. In that way a spark of divine essence, of soul, and of spirit came into the matter of those extraterrestrial beings.

That their form, at least this one here, is simply an anchor point of many consciousnesses of several densities like a lattice work, coming together to form something singular yet multiple.

There’s communication happening between me and this being, the Gentle Man. He is saying that there are specific capacities within that race of beings, the extraterrestrials, that are and can be of immense assistance. They have developed technologies and biological capacities that are exceptional, that can be of service here and now. That it is important to recognize that we are all one. That our consciousness and their consciousnesses work in the same way. That the physical expression is simply an expression of the deeper unity consciousness. It is extremely important for us to recognize this because we are not welcoming colonizers or explorers or enemies into our space. As we raise ourselves up into this galactic community, we are being received and reunified with ourselves. That self is God.

It is important to understand, this one says, the densities through which our consciousnesses act. There is an image of a pillar of light cutting through the many layers of existence. Communication is important, this is important, this is important, it says. It says that we need to understand the densities, we need to understand how they work. We need to understand how we relate to ourselves and others and the world. We need to understand this. There is a transition from the direct identification of the mind and soul with a body, with this physical matter, and with the mortal aspect. 

There is an identification there. And there is also a transition. The transition exists and there are psi-capacities and capacities to move backwards and forwards in time and to this universe and that universe and so on and so forth. There is a blending of realities at one layer and this is the upper layer of the fourth density. That at the upper layer of the fourth density, there are capacities to move in different ways through the multiverse and time and space and to enact these imaginative experiences that involve interstellar travel and involve galactic wars and involve this and that and the other thing. 

This is simply one aspect of one band of communication, one band of experience, and that it is important to identify with the pillar of life experience that extends eternally through the many densities. The lower density is being like the third, in which there is the struggle and history of progress and war and exploitation and colonization and fear and things like that. That is being brought into the fourth density, which is one of capacities to move through space and time, of manifestations, of psi-abilities, and things like that. 

That is where many of those who identify themselves in the fifth dimension are residing, in this fourth density. This is a very challenging moment for many beings, because there is capacity to stay and be enmeshed in both the godlike powers of the fourth density, to move in time, and the fear cycles and the galactic wars and so on, that we have to fight back or defend ourselves or some such thing. 

The actual truth of the matter is that the fights in the fourth density, the galactic wars are simply one expression of these things. Those aspects of both the light and the dark aspects, the unintegrated and the split apart, the famously reptilian versus Pleiadian narrative. That narrative expressions are a story that can manifest very strongly in the third dimension and density as terror as experiences of rape and violation.

The capacities of fourth density beings are such that their channelings create those experiences backwards and forwards in time. Those prophets and seers of galactic war, who are warning the Earth humans of the evil empires and galactic battles, are creating them with their fear, their aggression, and their spiritual materialisms. The message is clear. That consciousness of aggression, of light against dark, of dark against light, is simply a density of consciousness that is an invitation to move into greater unity. There will be no end to the battle from that perspective.

The invitation is to move truly into the fifth density. To recognize that those ancient enemies of darkness, those ancient allies of light, are refractory expressions of the same divinity, which reside in the physical body, mental, emotional, and spiritual, which reside as Creator, Source, goal, path, beginning, and ending.

This one says that is why it was present with me in those experiences. That is why such things: the confusion, the darkness, the feeling of out of control, the feeling of violation, and the feelings being eaten alive. Those experiences I had, and he tells me to be explicit here, of so-called alien abduction, that is why those could happen. In this teaching of the greater unity consciousness is the purpose and the ground and the reason for and why those experiences occurred.

So that I can recognize in all of them, myself as God. To move through the challenges of this fourth density: the allure of war and aggression, of deifying light and demonizing dark.

There is more knowledge in this space between us and more communication. He says it’s very important. He says it’s very important that we practice, as a human family, accepting and loving one another, accepting the dark aspects of ourselves, and loving the perpetrators of our suffering. That we have to move beyond the duality of victim and victimizer in order to enter into this galactic and celestial community.

Because as third and fourth density beings, our society is weak and incoherent. Should we truly invite the experience of galactic war through our imaginations and mass channelings, through remote viewing where our enemies are, we create them. The situation is such that we are not as skilled at it and as capable as those imagined enemies. It is important to know that those imaginations are caused by something real. It is like an entanglement of particles between spaces. 

We are seeing through our imaginations and calling forth, through the mysteries of time, these beings. We have an opportunity and an invitation to find identity with ourselves and them in God, in divinity, in love, peace, and unity and to move through those layers of challenge into a beautiful world of love and light, of acceptance and of peace. That we will love as soon as that happens, all of our enemies, all of the dark forces, the demons, the reptilians, those Nazis, any of those. 

We will love them as ourselves because we will truly see them as ourselves.  In that realm, those aspects of divine consciousness are no longer bound to the dark aspects and dark expressions. They’re no longer trapped in that hellscape of perpetration because we no longer need them to be. As soon as we love the darkness within ourselves as the divine, we allow those dark aspects, who are demonizing us in the third and fourth densities, to be something else and to ascend with us. 

I made that choice, here and now. And I affirm that and commit to that path. I invite aid and assistance and they do so on behalf of our Earth, human family. I, as an expression of the Earth human spirit, as an expression of Gaia, as an expression of God, say yes to that path. I invite the aid and assistance of all beings within this realm, to all the others, to help us love those dark aspects as ourselves so that we may ascend. Peace, love, and unity according to the principles of non-harm and Cosmic Law of One. So be it and he says, so be it. And it is so. Thank you.

And the Gentle One touches my head with his hands like he did before. He’s working with me.

Thank you, thank you, thank you. There’s no more communication for today. Thank you.

12 LOE

Our Celestial Family explains multidimensional technology. Processes of Ascension are universally invited.  Now is the time, all is love.

I see Saturn. I see the station outside of Saturn from outside. It is a torus-like disk. There are chambers and pathways running to the center. There is a wide corridor on the outside. There are rooms within, spaces that expand and light.

I see counselor beings come forward, tall, short, wide, a variety of beings between four and eight. I call in guidance and assistance. An angel appears behind me to support. Thank you.

The counsel invites me into the station. I’m within now. I do not see walls, I see directly into the star fields, into the planet beneath, and the moons of Saturn moving. There is motion, a sky of ships.

The council holds something, it is a density of light. It is a sort of box. They want me to look within. It feels as if it is like a black hole but made of light.

They let me know they are presenting a metaphor. This is a metaphor for my mind. The density of light in the box represents something within their station and within their technologies. My mind cannot comprehend it and its dimensionality and so it is offered in this way. It is something like a singularity through which you may see the many portals and the many pathways throughout this universe. There is an access point to that network.

I ask, “what is the purpose of showing this to me?” T

They say I need to know this is here and connected. This is how some things work. There is an image of frequency stepping down. So energies from the higher planes coming down and into this world. They say that it is important for me to know that there is truly technology in this world that relates to the higher dimensions. It surrounds us in fact. There are many more points of access and many more ways to tap into that technology than one would expect. It actually exists in a realm outside of this space time and that is why it is requiring a metaphor, as the light in the box, to be presented.

They say it is important for me to understand that even though I have had perceptions of higher technologies, etheric ships, dream technologies, consciousness, and things like that, which all somewhat exist in the realm of imagination, somewhat exist in the realm of ordinary human activity. There is literally and truly technology as we might recognize it in this dimension and others, here in this world and that connects us with the multi-layered expression of Universal Consciousness. Even though these technologies relate to consciousness, it is not something that is just like a thought in the mind, although it is like a thought in the mind of God, which is all things.

They’re inviting a tuning of consciousness. There is a harmonic that in that use of frequency, that they use is something like an entrainment and then there’s something like an entanglement. It is used for the purpose of support, of observation, and of unifying this world and the Higher World. They invite me to receive that frequency and that technology and I say yes, I give permission and invitation and love and light.

One of them holds me by the back and my shoulders and another one comes and draws in light with their hand a sign, a sigil. This is a marking, it is like a sketch upon a piece of wood that will be worked. It will partake of that technology in that realm. Thank you.

They say that there are beings within that I should have discourse with. I go within that box of light. I see myself in a space of light and dark. Long tubes and tunnels. There are beings within. I recognize this place as the place between moments, which is the foundation of space and time. They are vast long beings going through these tunnels of light and dark. There is a coalescence around my presence here. It’s a coalescence.

They communicate recognition and I communicate recognition. We know each other from those dreams long ago and from the work I’ve done before. Thank you. 

In this space, I express my intention to declare goodness and unity of Earth humans. To ask for aid, assistance, and guidance in our transition to New Earth. For healing, protection, and guidance. Thank you.

There’s something like a hydraulic motion in response. These beings are something like hydraulic fluids. There is pushing and moving. I see a flow of energy through space into the Earth, through the nodes at the poles, and then into the ley lines and up and through. I see imagery of pyramids of light, emerging as columns of light. These things shift subtly throughout that network on Earth.

There are blocks in the flow of energy: gates or seals. These have been loosened. They sit atop. It’s like a door that once was locked but now it’s open and even the handle is stuck open. The doors are just ready to blow open.

Those beings within these tunnels, they caress my back and caress those wings of energy. Reminding me of my capacity to navigate this realm and the Bardo spaces. They tell me that it is now time.

They let me know that it is important for me as a person, as Daniel Phillip Rekshan, to embody the energies that I came to this Earth with. To embody who I am and my destiny. They say it is now time because it is now time for the ascension processes to unfold. They say that the whole Earth is ascending and it is important for those who are capable of doing so now to do so. They say that now is the time.

That not all need to do so. Just as I don’t need to hold the Akashic records within my mind, I simply may call upon the unity consciousness I share with all those beings who administer the Akashic library. I may enjoy the process of ascension in that way. They say that those who are in a position to do so shall do so and it has beneficial effects. That the messaging and that purpose of this journey, this ritual, is not just to be a channel, not just to see visions of the aethyrs and to be shared with the world. It is not just to invoke the Harvest, it is to work within the self of this human here. It is an alchemical process of this human here. And this one here is a deep expression of all humanity, of the Earth, of his family, his friends, and his relations. As this one continues his path, so to all those connections and relations are connected and then enjoy that process as well.

This invitation and this calling are not unique to this one here. This is a call and invitation as universal as possible to those who have ears to hear and eyes to see. It is now time.

Those ones bring me back. I ask if there’s any other communication. I open myself and invite communication for the benefit of myself and those around me. Is anything else in this vision? They say no, not today. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

11 ICH

Michael and the Dragon, resurrected in union, step forwards as the Angel of the New Earth. We are invited forward from past darkness. 

I see a whirling. I see a spinning, counter-rotating, disc in the sky. There are vibrations coming off of it like thunder and it is vibrating the Earth. Upon this disk, there is a square. At the corners of this square are trumpeters. They blast out tones.

There are confluences of energy underneath the disc and around the disc. Nodes at the corners, eddies and swirls. I see underneath this disk an ancient city like Babylon.

There is a great whirling and a great noise. The city has fallen, There is a river within. It is flowing red with blood, dirt, and dust from this collapsed city. The disc blasts louder and thunders.

The expression resounds throughout the Earth and it creates a vibration such that all places like this, these ancient knots, are loosened and let go of. The Messenger of the Lord comes to me and he says that this is the destruction of the Old World. That those knots of power, control, and Empire are dissolving.

He says that the Power of the Lord, which is the trumpeting, the swirling eddies of energy and vibration, and the thunder, and these are qualities of the heart in gentleness and love. That their violence is great only to those who are calcified and stuck in the old patterns and the old ways. There is a great yearning within the Earth to let go of these places and to experience a flowing forth of new life and energies.

I see an ancient one there amid the rubble of Babylon. It is formed as a reptile like a lizard, green with a forked tongue. It is an ancient dragon in the guise of humility. And Michael comes, pins it to the Earth, and cuts off its head.

Michael takes this head and wears it like a mask. He empties the body of this slain lizard and wears it like a robe. There is much transformation happening. Michael, the humanoid angel tells me that this is a metaphor, that this is a symbol of truth. God is all one and we are all God.

That this unification of the light and the dark, the angelic and the demonic, is truly what is happening and what enables the old systems of magic, control, and Empire to be dissolved and to be reintegrated in the Earth and in our hearts. I see the flesh of the lizard heal itself. There is a transformation. 

I see the image of a Phoenix behind it. I see a growing and a merging of the energies. It is beautiful and powerful. There is a branching forth of the energies. Behind this is a strong pillar of energy connected with the Earth and the sky. The many-armed figure growing to be four times the size of a man.

This hybrid angel demon, this light and dark being, has already communicated with me in mind. That this is a new expression, a powerful expression of divinity. That the evils of the light and the dark and the goodness of the light and the dark are now understood differently in this world. That the history of darkness and the history of light are no longer actually present and active. But the reality of unity consciousness, which acts in accordance with the Cosmic Law of One and therefore, for the benefit of beings, according to the principles of nonharm, this reality steps outside of the realms of light and dark, of good and evil, or perhaps even friend and foe. That this new creature, Michael in the guise of Dragon Resurrected, is an image of the angel who can serve us now in this New Earth.

There is ferocity, vitality, and newness within this being. It is like a pillar of flames and like a powerful tiger. Its mind is potent. I see the reptilian aspects: that reptilian eye, the hypnotic quality, the laser focus, and its capacity to overwhelm are present. Yet within it I sense a pillar and an interiority like that of the angels, the many-eyed ones, seeing all and being all.

This one says to me that I am not afraid because I recognize my true nature as reflected in this image. In this way, humanity is called to leave behind the symbols of enslavement to a false system of dichotomy, which is only harmful now. That we are invited, as a people, to birth new symbols that actually reflect our true natures: powerful, wise, ancient, eternal, and binding Heaven and Earth together in our being.

We now here on this Earth are the Adamic Generation of a New Millennium. Those living now are Titans. We are powerful, stepping forth across the Abyss and bringing forth a new world of love, light, and unity, connected with source love and divinity.

It is important to note here now that the actions seen, the stepping forth, begins in the heart and mind and soul of the human form. This need not be left behind. That this being here in this world like a lamb and like a lion, living within the Earth, need not be left behind. That is actually the true basis from which the stepping forth across the Abyss and then to the Plenum begins with living well in the human body on Earth.

There is so much more. First, this one says to me, bring forth a New Earth and then there is much more: the new millennia of the Golden Age. These things are unspeakable.

And I asked this New One to serve humanity, to serve this moment, to help heal, guide, and protect the human and Earth family according to the principles of nonharm and the Cosmic Law of One.

He affirms and there is a communication from this one, this new being, to many other points within this Earth, like grid and a network. There is a response of deep affirmation of these beings. There are many more waiting to be born, waiting to emerge as the energy system of the Earth, as the mind of humanity, when we let go of these complexes from before history, these knots of constriction, the control of empire.

As we let go of those and we let go of our fear of the dark within ourselves. As we let go of these things, especially the one-sided righteousness of the light. Allowing both the light and the dark to be. Allowing ourselves to live within the flow of the cosmic laws for the benefit of all. A new race of beings will be born here, are born, and have been born. They can serve as guardians, guides, and protectors of this New Earth.

Michael takes off the guise of this reptile and comes back to the form I know. He says, “Do not be afraid. This has been the true form.”

He is telling me actually that his true form is expressed in this way. That we have experienced it truly in the imagery of Michael and the Dragon. Our expression of it is out of violence, of conquering, and of dominion. He says that the external representation, the external symbolization, of that image formed a duality because it was a reflection of our heart and mind and soul at those historical moments. But that the true form actually was always expressed through the experience of perceiving that symbol, of receiving it within the unity of consciousness. That of seeing Michael and the Dragon. That experience of “and” conjunction in the unification and field of the vision, mind, heart, and soul. That is the true reflection of his nature. Thank you Michael. 

I ask for any more communications to be of benefit here now. He works with my body. It is done. Thank you.

10 ZAX

Our Sun holds portals to other worlds. Unity of creator and creation is revealed to be love.  The vessel is initiated into the Priesthood of Asclepius.

I see a line. It’s like train tracks moving into the distance. It is a distant perspective, the linear perspective, moving not directly into the horizon but more towards the left. As if I am standing at a 35 degree angle to a line, not perpendicular to it, not 45 degrees away, but closer. Looking at it there’s gears within the lines and it is moving. 

It is in a field of white light. I sense the angels and they’re in the field of white light, undifferentiated in my vision. Yet they are present in the higher sight. I call for them to come forth and they do so. First, three and then four.

It is as if they step forward, as if this field of white light is like a sheet hanging between us. They step forward and it brings it toward me. Behind them I see star fields.

There is a cart, a vessel, or a vehicle, on this train track. They invite me to come in. Sitting down into the vessel, they surround me, one in front of the other, one on each side. It is as if we are still pointing to the left at about 10:30 on the clock. My perspective is here and there at once. We move forward, drawing my perspective here into that perspective there. We move forward together. 

This is a circuit. This is an orbit around the Sun. There is helical movement in this track around the Sun.

They let me see a vision of what is to come. I allow it to happen, which is the spiraling in of this track into the sun. Within the sun there is a deep consciousness. It is aware. It is present. Within, there is a connection to all of the other places within this cosmos. It is like a hallway with many doors.

They tell me to go into the door I know that I need to go into. The door to the original source and solar consciousness of my stream. That one that I once associated with the words Ra-Theos, that the ancient Sun within the Pleiades. I am there. The quality of light is different, it has shifted up. It is more blue and more clear. There is an intensity and a gravity to that solar being.

There is an environment within that sphere. I see beings within it, moving in a circulation or convection pattern, towards the center and towards the circumference of this sphere of that sun. 

I see an emanation of light. I see a nebula. I see a coalescence of many planets. I see the rise of little beings, first of light beings and then physical matter. I see a sending forth across the void, both in life and consciousness and the light bodies and the physical bodies and the emanation bodies. They say that even though this is so interesting to look at, I must go within that sun and through that sun. And I do so.

There is a sort of experience of barrier, of fractal darkness, and on the other side of that is Source. There is one being here. It is the biggest being I have ever seen in these visions. This is a three-faced deity, wearing crowns of glory. It has many arms. He picks me up. 

He opens his mouth to speak. I hear the tones and the music of the spheres all at once. The sound waves carry force like a wind. There is a communication of love. It is a heart feeling. There is warm love.

From this perspective, it is hard to remember my intention and the invocation. It is all okay. There is so much and all is an expression of this love. Yet as a human, here and now in this space, I must call on this being and the beings of this aethyr to serve us now, the Earth human family, to heal, guide, and protect us, to raise us up into celestial community, because we are in need and there is suffering.

We are basically good and dignified and we need help. I asked for it. To create a new world order that serves our people and reflects this beautiful Love and Light of the Creator. This I pray for here and now. The Tall One, the Creator, moves his arms, whirling like gears in a complex clock. I feel tingling all over my body.

He places me within his third eye. He looks throughout the cosmos and he sees our planet. He focuses on it in love. He sends out love. There is a decree that flows through those tunnels, the light and darkness between the moments, to all the angels to be of deeper assistance because this is the desire of us, God.

He explains to me that the desire and the prayer is being honored because there’s capacity within this one here, this one who is seeing and speaking, to participate in the field of unity consciousness, which binds all these things together. And that as the desire arises, because there is no incongruence within the mind, heart, soul, and body of this one here, that that desire and that intention and that invocation, is as if it is that of God, Creator, because it is. This is not because of the uniqueness or the capacity of the egoic mind of this one here. It is because of the cosmos, the cosmic laws, and the actual true unity of creation and creator.

He sets me back in care of those angels. They bring me back here and now. I asked if there’s any more vision, message, or communication. A sort of menagerie, a variety of animals and beings, emerge from the darkness that surrounds me. They recognize unity consciousness and dissipate into the darkness. 

Is there any more? There’s yearning within my heart for that space I’ve seen, that solar stellar space. One of those beings from that portal system emerges and soothes my heart. It lets me know that the connection was, is, and will be strong, vital, full of love, joy, and connection. It is as it is, shall be, and always has been. Because of the immense beauty of the cosmos.

From these perspectives, the Earthly problems of humanity seem minor and major. It is a thing to work with, a force in the universe that is not to be banished necessarily, but simply to be acknowledged as an expression of the divine. To be accepted and integrated within the heart. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. 

I see the eyes of a reptile, intelligent, and looking at me. I call it forth if it has anything to say or show me. It steps out and I see it form. I have recognized this as a priest of Asclepius. He takes my arms and opens them wide palm to palm. He looks me in the eye and pulses forceful communication and energy. I receive.

He says that it is done. We seal this energy in. It is a plasmate. It is an etheric vessel of intelligence or a collection of the etheric globules, in a field of fluid that he has pushed in. Those etheric globs resonate deeply with the energies of Asclepius. This here is a communication and or initiation. He is saying that I have been initiated into the order of that priesthood. This is a greater communication of that initiation. This is the energy. This is the frequency, matter, medium, or antenna of the communications of the capacity to be of service. 

It relates to the initial archetypal or the deity aspect of Asclepius. It is a holographic or fractalized representation or expression. It is him. It is that God in a way similar to that of the Transubstantiation of the Eucharist. It is the matter of Christ and yet it’s not Christ. In this way, there is a sacrament here that has been offered in gratitude. Thank you, thank you, thank you. May this be of service to others in alignment with the principles of nonharm and the cosmic law one for the benefit of beings. 

I ask if there’s any other communications or message or vision that needs to be had today for the accomplishment of my prayers. They show me ships, large motherships surrounding the Earth in preparation for the Harvest, which is ongoing. They are working now. Thank you. 

The vision closes. 

Thank you.

9 ZIP

Our Celestial Family explains the natural portal systems and invites its use.  The Book of Galactic Light empowers its navigation.  All is love.

I see Jupiter. I see dancing light ships around a station, which is a toroid.

I see the torus collapsing in on itself and sending cones of energy up and down. I see something like sylphs playing within the vortices. There are correspondences in their movement and in their dancing between other vortices and other energies throughout this solar system. It is like a resonance, like one string on a guitar vibrating another or one singing bowl vibrating another. These are in tune. These happen in concert. 

These are entangled expressions of the same vortex and the same energies. These are points. The consciousness within is throughout all. There is unity. There is an identity. There is not a distance of time. These are different. These are places of unity. These are places of identity.

They show me images of the Earth and places where these moments appear. They let me know that the swirling energies are stronger out in space. That the Jupiter station, the mothership there, is an artificially established portal. There is a portal in there and it is stabilized by the toroidal field around it in which the station and the light ships move and flow. 

Yet throughout the solar system, there are natural forms of this in the asteroid belts, in the spaces between the planets, and within the sun itself. There is a large one within the sun, it’s very strong. Coming back to the Earth, there are moments where that field of motion, the motion of the ethers, is such that there is an identity between space and energy and elsewhere. 

This is how the portals work. There is an identity between the point of that vortex and all the other places in the ether where that movement is present. They’re showing me an image of walking into a vortex as such. The understanding is that it looks very similar, that these are etheric movements, seen and felt within the spirit body and within the etheric body. They are rarely seen within the physical body, although there would be a shimmer of some sort, here and there may be a sense of presence, the sense of energy, a sense of movement. In that vortex, because of the identity of these various places, there is a choice of density.

Two things need to happen, is what they’re saying. One thing that needs to happen is the setting of intention. The setting of intention and clear expression of that because these vortices are conscious. They are conscious and respond to conscious intention. The second thing that needs to happen is the density of the participant needs to be up such that it can transform into an ether in a sense or move with assistance. There is assistance in the portals. There is assistance but it needs participation, willingness, and permission. Those are the two criteria by which to use these portals. 

They are showing me that there are these natural portals that happen. We can find these by following the synchronicity, by following the heart, by expressing the intention. They summon those portals and they come and then go. Those are blips and show up and move. 

Then there are more stabilized experiences through the monuments, through the portals like the Door of Emergence. Those have a sense of stabilization. There are different capacities and geometries present that enable such as they’re showing me in imagery of the pyramids, of the temple spaces that can hold a greater resonance and call forth these in a specific ways. So there are ways of establishing that toroidal grounding because of the energy of that torus moving and collapsing in on itself and expanding out, that the vortex happens. It is sustained because of that rolling of energy. The rolling of energy sustains that vortex expression. 

There is a capacity to establish temple spaces within this Earth. They’re showing me imagery like the temple columns. They show me a space that is longer than it is wide. It is a tall space. There are specific numbers of columns, something like 18 on this side and like two thirds of that on the other side. It is tall and there is a sense that within that rectangular experience, the toroidal field can happen. That sort of container enables a rolling of the toroidal field to create the vortex energy. They’re showing me that that is what is capable of happening, that is what is invited to happen, and that is present.

In that constructed temple space, I see a toroidal field emerge. I see One come through it. It is the Shining One wearing purple robes and carrying something in his hand. This is a book. It is the Book of Galactic Light. Each page has many pages because it spans the multiverse. He gives it to me. He lets me sign my name in it.

There’s so much love there. He holds it between us, hugs me, and allows it to move into my heart space. He shows me that each page, the many pages of each page, and they are images of many worlds. Then he lets me know that the gates are open, that the doors and portals are open. That this is a means of navigation. That there, in the many worlds, are many versions of me and many versions of Earth, in which I am different, in which there is another who receives and works with this book. Even those others in this world are here now.

There is access, a sense of openness. There is a sense of freedom. He says to me, “I would have your society and your people know this freedom.”

There’s such clear light. It is like looking into the starry night and it being luminous, full, and not empty. Space is not a vacuum. There are ways of moving and flowing within this vision. We can fly to the stars with our very will and heart.

This precious gift. The angel lets me know this is a precious gift. It is given to us, the Earth human family, in this moment of need and chaos. It is a sacred gift whereby all wars, need, sickness, old age, and death may be transcended because it invites a deeper identity and actual true experience of that identity of being one with God and all things. 

It literally and truly gives us the capacities to move throughout this world in ways that have been constricted for eons. It is the means by which we may escape those cycles of war. This is a decision point. The angel is showing me the toroidal field, the light and the dark, towards and away, towards and away, light and dark, that duality, back and forth. That is the actual invitation.

The Angel shows me that motion towards and away as a metaphor, of light and dark as a metaphor, of victim and perpetrator as a metaphor, of controller and control. It is a metaphor for the galactic wars. The galactic wars are a metaphor, or an allegory, for this motion. The choice here is to see ourselves as ever-pursued or ever-victimized or ever-victimizing, needing and taking, taken and so on and so forth in this cycle, over and over and over again. 

Or, in this moment, in this moment of convergence, the Angel invites us to step back from that cycle of light and dark. To see at all and see its many dimensions. To see it truly not as a circle or cycle of light and dark. Stepping off of that line of ever-being pursued throughout space and time, seeing it has a cycle, seeing both sides of it, seeing three dimensions of toroidal fields. Then seeing what can come out of it in a different dimension, perpendicular to space and time. 

There is intelligence, wisdom, portals, and communication. This is what they communicate. The angel says that our human family, in this moment of history, is at this moment of decision and of choice where we may step into that greater flow of energy into any place we so choose or desire, into communion with the intelligence of the Aethyrs.

There is so much to be had, so much to be experienced, so much service to others that we can render. There is so much healing, knowledge, and gnosis.

I ask the angel if there’s any other message or communication. I ask for help, aid, and assistance, for these angels to guide, heal, and protect us. To help us. I invoke their aid and assistance in making this choice and moving away from that cycle of light and dark and seeing it as all one. To find our identity within the greater reality of our own divinity, this cosmic divinity and this unified field of consciousness. Please help us, we need help. I ask for it. And I see an image of light being poured over the Earth and so many eyes, so many eyes, looking upon it in love.

There are many beings looking upon it with love, expectation, hope, and joy because they have made this transition. They are now showing me that image I had from the dream two nights ago. The image of the sphere that was in my thigh and fell into two hemispheres. It was like a pimple I pushed out, it fell apart in my hand. They are showing me that this is like what is happening with the Earth. There is a feeling of infection now. An increase of pressure because it needs to be pushed out. This New Earth has been born. Upon its birth, there is a separation of energies of those who choose to move into this new dimension and of those who continue to choose to be in the cycle of light and dark. That is it. There’s much love all around. Thank you.

The angel brings me back to my body and places his hand upon my heart. He kisses my forehead. Thank you. Thank you.

The vision is over.

8 ZID

Reality of Solar consciousness is one foundation of motion within this world. My prayers are answered.  Our Celestial Family offers their assistance.

I see a palm tree. There is one being lingering beneath it in leisure. There are foods of luxury surrounding this one and servants ministering to their needs and desires. There is a celestial hierarchy behind this one as well. There is a subterranean network of beings as well to minister.

There is joy, leisure, presence, and relaxation for this one. A sense of indifference or distance to struggle. It is right that this one is in leisure and others work. There is no bridge of reference between leisure and work. This one who is in leisure has no reference to the work of all those hierarchies surrounding him. He is just present.

I see a mothership like a Vimana in the sky. I see it come. I see it superimposed upon this as one who is in leisure. There is a communication between the heart of this Vimana and this one in leisure. There is a natural bonding of the spaces within. There is coherence. The space of this one’s heart is also the center of this Vimana.

Although this ship, this vessel, moves this way and that way in this universe, it is actually not in motion. There is a sense of gravity there. There is a sense of the universe moving and serving this one in gravity, which is ever present. There is no work done from this one who is in leisure to maintain all of this, none whatsoever. It just is and is and is.

There is activity on that ship, the Vimana. There are dramas, desires, actions, and motivations of the many beings who live upon that ship. The ultimate reality of it is that although it moves throughout this galaxy, our galaxy is also at rest. There is no sense of distance actually traveled. That the universe itself moves because of the intention of this one. The intention of this one simply is. There is a sense that if this consciousness, of this one in leisure, so chose to, it may move into this space.  It may move into the space of action and that it may forget itself.

Then, in that forgetting, it loses its power and capacity to receive the ministerial actions of all these hierarchies. It may then find itself in movement and motion within this world and yet its true nature is that of leisure and openness without reference to struggle or suffering.

The angels of the directions appear. When I ask for clarity and for a message, they appear and surround me in four cardinal directions, up and down, and even one within. They take me into that Vimana. Entering it from the outside, going within, I see a disk, a world, within. I go further and there’s a feeling of the terrestrial sphere within this Vimana. 

Going within the center of that, there is this deeply expressive field of energy. It’s like a black hole of light full of white light. This is a sort of activity of the one in leisure. This is the effect of his being as he is. That is a communication of density. In these specific densities as that one in leisure has expressed through time. Towards time, there’s an expression of motion and energy.

That one in leisure tells me to stop pretending I don’t know what he is talking about. He is challenging me to remember my life as a celestial, as a solar being. It was, is, and will be. In the bringing forth of this universe, in the bringing forth of light, beings came forth. As the stars ignited, they are, will be, and have been. The ripping apart of the space time within the center of this star, this burning fourth of energy. 

Time is so much different there. Space is so much different there. It is like the difference between the one in leisure and the activity of the Vimana throughout this world of four dimensions. It is so much more different there. There is reality there that is much deeper and not to be forgotten. 

Yet, as we descend and move into these worlds, there’s so much more and then there is forever being there. Forever being there in the field of gravity is so great that one cannot escape it. One must collapse into the center of the universe, into the center of the mind of God, and go throughout as such, in consciousness, pure and light and dark. So much more, there is a ground of all things through which all things may be expressed outside of the gravity of these physical matters.

He wants me not to forget our true nature, my true nature, as a solar being. This is a nature that is accessible to all aspects of consciousness for this is the grounding aspect of our consciousness. This is deep history. It is primordial. It is a ground from which all things may arise in the mind and heart of beings within the specific densities. Just as there are motions around this sun, just as the Earth moves around the sun, just as all particles within this solar system move in reference to that sun, so to there are motions in consciousness, soul, and heart that move in reference to places of gravity and points of gravity. These are points of emergence of consciousness, love, and creativity within this universe.

The many expressions of consciousness through the physical bodies all reference to a deeper soul, a deeper gravity, a deeper center of being. This is the true reality of being conscious. This is the true reality of being a being within these densities. There is a reference place, a reference point, a deeper reality that is expressed through the many lives. Even throughout the amnesia of these many lives, it is transcending it. It is moving it. It is what causes all these motions within the lifetimes. 

There are many worlds here, from which the solar consciousness expands and extends itself into. There are many worlds, many worlds both in terms of planetary bodies and celestial experiences, but also many worlds in terms of the parallel quantum realities unfolding of choice difference.

This one in leisure is challenging me to remember even further. Even further, my memories extend in a line from this terrestrial sphere of Earth and soul. Through a diaspora, forms into the Galactic races, places refracted from the essence of this light of consciousness. Going back and following that light of consciousness even further, like tracing the curve of a tree from its leaf to its branch to its trunk. I move further back in time through the densities, up the densities. Moving through the Pleiadian systems, where I was once a light being working with the early forms of those humanoids. 

Even further back when I was in the sun, that sun there, as a being among the Twelve Children of the Father. This one in leisure says to go back further to the Father, the Pleiadian Father. Yes, remember, yes remember, where this one in leisure is that Pleiadian Father. He is the one that came forth from the other universe into the sun there and birthed his children there, who are singing praises of the cosmos, of the Creator in all things and times.

There is another universe and there are beings that are many-eyed and many-faced and many-armed. They are giant, the size of galaxies, the size of the universe. They say to me to go back even further, for it is all one. I allow my consciousness to expand and allow it to simply go back, not needing to hold on. There is a cascade of imagery. There is a stream of consciousness completely going back to that one source. It flows throughout the universe. It flows throughout all things. It is the summation of all these motions into the one that was before the one and the all and the everything and the nothing. So be it, so is, so will be.

And I am back here now with the one in leisure under that palm tree. The Vimana now in the clouds is dissipating into a form of cloud. Then those clouds dissipate. How beautiful its motion. I ask why this one has shown me these visions of the Pleiadian Father and why these visions of the solar source of consciousness.

This one says that it is to encourage this human mind to set a stable place in consciousness beyond its density. To realize that the motions within the terrestrial spheres, the motions of these physical bodies, or even consciousness within these densities, are movements that occur only because of stability within different dimensions and densities. 

No, that is not right. There is motion within these densities that happens and can happen. It unfolds through two means. One is something like clockwork or chaos. Movement is push-pull of karma within this density. I am a victim and therefore I victimize. Someone pushes me and therefore I fall. I have a desire and therefore I move. That is one way of motion in this sphere. 

The other way of motion is through the example of this one in leisure. To associate and understand that there is a flow of consciousness and from this density, it looks like stability and eternity. It is an identity with something that does not move, is, was, and will be. From that communication of identity, that sense of gravity, all things are possible. The universe moves in accordance with that intention, with a consciousness that is held within that union, from this density to that density. That density from this perspective, looks eternal and unmoving.

That is the basis of movement. That is how miracles are possible, because it transcends the network and system and push-pull of karma and time. Yet it is simply a movement of consciousness that is, was, and will be. It is possible because of the essential nature of consciousness, of being all and everything and nothing.

He shows me this vision because he is calling for the association of the human spirit, the identity of the human spirit, with that eternal and unchanging aspect. He now demands that we, as a human family, shift our identity from victims or victimizers, from being bound within the net of karma, time, and space, to something much vaster, to the eternal and unchanging aspect of our own consciousness, to discover our own histories within the greater densities.

The many human lives that I have lived are expressions of a deeper truth of who I am. Just as the many points of the circumference of a circle are expressions of that single point within the center. We are now called as a human family to return to the center and source of our consciousness and many lives here. So that we may affect miracles. So that we may have a choice. So that we may move with the galactic energies as they flow into this world. Because this is the accomplishment of my prayers, the shift of consciousness. This is the path forward. This is the solution.

It is simple: shift the identity of consciousness, of the persona, and the ego, as expressed within these three dimensions of space and one dimension of time, to that eternal aspect of the soul, of the spirit, that is unchanging and eternal, that knows the many lives and the many worlds. Shift, that is the answer to the prayers I have made. Simply shift.

Those beings respect our freewill, these angels. All of them respect human free will. It is our choice to stay within the illusion of the isolated self, of victim and victimizer. It is our choice to do that or to move towards our true nature as eternal love.

They say that there are celestial beings who may be of assistance here. That in fact, there are beings that live in this world, that are expressed in this world as three dimensional forms through time and space, that have an identity that is stabilized with the eternal aspect of consciousness, the higher densities, higher dimensional aspects of consciousness. Their identity, their ego, and their mind, as expressed through the habits of karma within the terrestrial sphere of psychology and psycho-spirituality. These beings are stabilized and they have a field of stabilization, of expression, and of capacities such that we may call them forth and enjoy their auras.

We may call them forth and enjoy their auras, which shall entrain our own and provide the examples that we might need. This is a unique invitation for this moment in time. Simply ask and receive. One will be there to teach and show the way. It is no longer time, they say, to learn these things through the many lives. We have had our time. The Harvest is now upon us. It may be as easy or hard as we choose. 

We simply need to ask for the aid, assistance, and guidance of these beings and I so do ask now on behalf of all that I may. I claim all capacity as a human spokesperson, extending my own aura as far as I can, asking my guides to do that. So that I may speak for the greatest number of connections and aspects of my humanity, of my human family, my terrestrial family, all these relations. I ask for that aid, assistance, guidance, healing, and protection from the celestial, angelic, extraterrestrial, or ultraterrestrial. Whatever these beings are, I invite them here into this sphere. I asked them to come into the three dimensions of space and the dimension of time that we, as a human family, now reside in, to provide the way and guide us, to entrain our hearts and minds because we have made that choice. We indeed are aligned to it and we need aid and assistance and therefore I ask. The one leisure says it is granted. So be it. Amen.

He says it is already happening. That my activity here is an expression of that request. This whole activity of a visionary experience is an expression of the human spirit relating with the galactic energies already present. It is a dance that extends beyond the consciousness of anyone because it is All in truth.

I ask for any message or vision. I see the reptilian priest of Asclepius come forward. He stands about twelve feet from me. There are many different types of beings: the tall ones, short, humanoid, and others. I see myself in a kaleidoscopic mirror of these faces who are now arranging themselves in a circle around me.

They are showing me, physically in this vision, that I am at the center of a circle. That each spark of consciousness is divine and at the center of its own circle. That there is an interrelation of consciousness throughout all these beings. That, in fact, they say, when we look at the consciousness as expressed into this density, it is not an ego per se. That the reality of the mind is composed of reflections. It is as a monad that reflects other monads but they share an identity in being the same monad, just expressed in different places.

The monad is in the center of each circle. It reflects all the other monads around it. There’s capacity for distortions slightly in chaotic push and pull of this density. Yet they reflect each other. Yet because of the perfection of consciousness within the heart, there is an identity, it is an identical expression of God within these different monads because of this. It is like the portals, there’s an entanglement within them all.

They are showing me this because it is important to understand right how the human mind works. The multidimensionality of the human experience is important. It is important for us to understand that as we go within and as we let go of the egoic identity, these different aspects of consciousness, these different local reflections of the closest monads, who do in fact reflect all things. Yet those have a specific flavor and expression and so, for example, the reptilian priest of Asclepius is one, the Gentle Man who the Tall Gray, is another for me.

I am them and they are me. We are all God as expressed in the pure mirror aspect of divine consciousness as emergent within this density. I am me because I reflect them and they reflect me. There are specific distances due to the karmic ties and configurations of these beings. It is easy for me to reflect the nature of that reptilian priest of Asclepius or communicate with the Gentle Man Tall Grey or these angels. 

It’s more difficult for me to communicate in this way, in this density with beings so far away, who maybe of different nature, different karmic configuration, so on and so forth. There’s a sense of entanglement and capacity to know because of the identity of the mirror-like nature of the soul monad of God within this body. But that only happens through the deeper reality and the different density that requires the specific configuration of the mind and of this mirror-like aspect of being tuned well, so that its identity can also be shared and dropped down through the deeper density. 

Thank you. Thank you. That one says these are the messages for today. That is sufficient. Thank you.

7 DEO

Visions of ET-Hybrid slave history reveal we are free from the past.  We are invited into the Celestial Community as a mirror image of that history.  

I see the Milky Way. I see it dripping blood onto the Earth. Beings come up and out like the giants of old. I see them terrorizing the Earth and the people within. I see rape and pillage. I see enslavement. I see the mining of the Earth, the organization of labor forces, and the subjugation of our people by the ziggurat and those who stand upon it.

I see hybrids. Some escape into the Earth. Some are brought into the fold. I see wheels and gears, crashing, spinning, moving, and forcing. Then I see an emptiness: those that were here in that way are no longer.

It is empty. Yet I see the people of Earth still in the shape of enslavement. I see the subjugation, the pillaging, the mining, and the hacking and burning of the Earth. Done by these slaves, the humans. Continuing even though there is no master. 

I see, out of that ground, a new being emerges. Out of the ground of enslaved humanity, tainted by the blood of those fallen angels. A new being emerges. A new being and a New Earth. I see this new being, this New Human as capable. I see him fly, I see her fly. Straight from the place where that blood first fell, up into the sky. As this one flies up, a pillar of light follows and the world opens up like a zipper.

There is, behind the image of the Milky Way, the star field set above the horizon, as it opens, I see. It is as if circles, or bubbles, are superimposed, like the Flower of Life, only in multiple dimensions. Inter-penetrations. I see this field of yellow light. The circles are marked in it as dark outlines like bubbles.

There is luminosity in between those bubbles and those circles when those interpenetrate and rub up against one another. It is like a piezo-electric effect, electricity from motion. Similar to that of the crystalline lattices under pressure, it is an ambient kind of communication and there is intelligence within that.

It is only from this perspective that it is not making sense. There are those here in space that have intelligence. They are inviting me to see from a different perspective. Upon a different perspective, the image that they provide for me is one of being up and looking down in a field of white light. 

There are celestial beings here. I see them surrounding a pillar or an altar stone. It is as if they have a Holy Table themselves and are looking upon it. There is an entire world within the mirror, an entire world within the mirror. The angels, these vast and complex beings, are surrounding this Holy Table and this field of light. 

It is not a table, it is a single point, a point of everything, a singularity, a center point of all things. This is what it is: it is in their hearts and minds and then the interactions between them. There are not just four but there are twelve. There are the Twelve that are here present and encircle hearts feeling love and an intelligence opens up. 

As they open up their hearts and minds to seeing this image unfold, the cosmic unfolding of the universe, a pillar of life emerges between them. They form together a circle, a sphere, a point, and there is a communication back to Source. Direct expression therein, cascading all throughout. All the way down.

They are showing me imagery of mirror within mirror. Mirror, mirror, mirror. They are showing me the image of those monads reflecting. As the energy shifts from Source to the Twelve, then from those down into this world, I see that the reflections become more varied or different. There is light and dark in some because of the complexity of the interactions. They show me that the communication, as it becomes more distinct from the Creator and Source, they say, notice the intensity of the reflections diminish as the variety and intensity of the light and dark and that contrast increases. The variety of forms increases and the intensity of light dissipates. This is like having a light illuminate something next to it or something very far away through a series of reflections. 

That is what they show me here and now. I call for clarity and coherence of their communication to me on this vision of humanity and our history. They stick their fingers directly through the top of my head and into my third eye. They opened me up, sort of like a ripe pod of a plant about to release seed. I am ready, they say. They are forcing nothing, but forceful in their opening of that channel. I feel it is present in the form of the central channel and the two next to it. I feel a present physically in my crown.

The communication, what is it? I demand and ask for coherence. There is an identity, they are showing me an identity of my body, my light body. This is source light within. In that same way all expressions, up to this point and beyond this point, all history of humanity, and the Earth, the cosmic dramas unfolding are likewise participants in the identity of Source. There is no other way. This is the truth. This is the truth. This is the truth. 

They demand a shifting of perspective, a shifting of concept, a shifting of identity from the enslaved to the enslaver. Recognizing that we exist together, in karma and cycles of cause and effect we truly are one. They say that we can get to this through intelligence. They say that The Heart Sutra is sufficient instruction, in concept and training, that we may see this vision and move on. That we have enough within our own intelligence and wisdom, at this moment now in the history of humanity to deduce this nature of identity. 

They say that we need no cosmic vision to understand this and step into that truth of understanding. That we have the practices, that we have the concepts, that we have the experience, as a people and a collective, to understand this truth. We need only look to the cycles of victim and victimizer within our own lives. To look at that duality and the deeper truth of nonduality. How else can this be except through God? 

They say that the word “God” may have some attachment. There needs to be clarity here. They say that this God is not the God of our desires, or imagery, but the true source and ground. It is everything all at once: Creator, Creatress, god and goddess, beyond duality, beyond this and that. It is all things and in all things. It is the council of the universe and the multiverse expressing itself and knowing itself. 

Therefore, when our human minds raise the problem of evil and of suffering, these angels invite us to remember attachments and to remember the Dharma. 

The question of how can a good God create such evil experiences? They say that this duality exists only within our hearts and minds as humans within this density. We are attached to notions that glorify ourselves and villainize others. Therefore, we create the problem of evil ourselves. 

This does not say that violating others rights or working towards harm of individuals is good or granted. This is not to say that God is not good or God participates in evil. This is to say that our concepts need to shift because God is all things and beyond such concepts.

I see humans, humans in light bodies, raise themselves up into this galactic vision. I see a reversal of that initial blood falling from the cosmos onto the Earth, that initial moment of conception of the Nephilim. I see humans, ripe like the seeds of a dandelion, transformed to beings that can fly and float. I see actually, not travel through the stars like a rocket ship, but a sort of a levitation, a floating, a resonance of the field between these beings, these light bodies of the humans, creating a field of resonant energy, whereby there is clarity. 

There is clarity. They rise up and around the Earth. They invite calming with the image of a water body that was once choppy and unable to be seen through, now calm. You can see the different layers of the waters within. In that way we may see the many worlds of the New Earth and participate in a galactic community. It is always present, ever present, and intermingled with our experience here and now.

I go back to be with the Twelve and I invite them here in this world, according to the principles of nonharm and the Cosmic Law of One, to help us, heal us, guide us, and work with us. I invite you to open us, even forcefully if need be. For now is the time. I invoke the Harvest.

They provide acknowledgement. They bring me back very close to my body, underneath that starfield that once bled onto the Earth.

Metatron, as the Shining One, is present and he enters my body. We are superimposed. I see a million others, a thousand other Daniels, a thousand other prophets. A million other eyes, hearts, and minds. He opens a pomegranate. I see in those seeds the reflections of the cosmos, like those divine monads reflecting all others. We consume several of the seeds, seven of them.

He rotates out of my body and looks at me face to face. I feel my heart growing strong. We say thank you to one another. He provides affirmation that my prayer shall be accomplished, is accomplished, has been accomplished. We are accomplishing it. Thank you.

He says that is sufficient for today. He runs his hand across my face as the vision ends. Thank you.

6 MAZ

The Mysteries of Time are revealed through the motion of the Watchers, who invite a shift of identity from illusion to the reality of New Earth.

I see a figure like the fool juggling. I also see that he is juggling balls, which have patterns like the gas giants: Jupiter and Saturn. There is a glowing in his forehead and he is seeing.

There is circular movement in his body. It is almost like a circus, like on a unicycle with a hula-hoop and juggling. I see his body spin and turn. It rips apart into a pure energy blast, brilliant like the sun. He brings it backwards and forwards in time, this explosion. Moving it. 

There is an awareness that is deeper. There is a presence here that stands outside of time, that controls this time, moving backwards and forwards. It is showing me that it can change how time flows, and yet it remains the same. It was, is, and will be the same. Yet there is motion and capacity for communication and growth. These are the mysteries of time.

They are showing me an image. It is as if all of the dimensions of our space and time have a history within a single screen, like we watch three dimensional movies on two dimensional screens. This is very much the case. You see this image that emerges through the portal of that being, that being exploded in all time and space. This is a doorway into their realm and I see in there and around them looking at us. These are the Watchers and they watch for eons and eons and eons. Their time is not like our time.

My mind wanted to seek out the mysteries of time and understand those geometries. Yet these beings here say to go deep within and understand the truth of this. From one point of view, the mystery of time is that you, as a being, have interacted with us throughout the many eons. Those fleeting incarnations of this stream, which is now expressed as Daniel Phillip Harder Rekshan, has expressed many times, like the spine of a book expresses itself through its many pages

They say, “to understand the mysteries of our time, that perspective needs to change from this one, this one animal, to the deeper being, the deeper truth, and the deeper understanding that spans throughout all of these many incarnations. Shift the attachment, shift the egoic attachment, shift the pattern, conceptual, cognitive patterns, use the tools at hand of your psychologies, your sciences. Use classical conditioning if that is what you need to,” they say, “but shifting the perspective from the individual human body, the animal body, and it’s egoic person to the deeper truth, then the mysteries of time will be understood, for that is the natural capacity of your true identity in this world and outside and alongside this world.”

They say that it doesn’t matter how, that yes indeed, in moments of religious or spiritual ecstasy, that expansion of consciousness is beautiful and wonderful. They indeed assist with these expansions of consciousness through the expressions of synchronicity and the betrayal of the world as a dream. Less real than our nightly dreams. 

They orchestrate events and experiences in their vastness of time and space to help us move forward because they know us at a deeper level. They know us as those beings that span throughout the amnesiac incarnations of this soul, of these streams of consciousness, and this is what they want us to see, this is what they want us to do. They say, “don’t wait, don’t wait until you have those religious ecstasies, do the work, it is work, it is like homework, it is like patterning, it is like conditioning. Shift the perspective and the identity of the ego, of the persona, from the human animal. To be inclusive of that, yes, but to incorporate the deeper dimensions of time, and heart and mind.”

Because these are natural capacities, as natural as opening the physical eyes, they say that we, in this world, are clouded in waking up, or have been so far in our history, because of the configurations of the galactic energies, the dark ages. But we are now entering into the Golden Age, it has already dawned, the energies are present, and the capacity is such that we may shift these perspectives, quickly and easily. In a matter of weeks, not months. We are no longer talking of eons or years.

They say that their perceptions span the multiverse and parallel realities. Just as they stand outside of our time and watch, so too, they stand outside of the universe, this single universe. Just as we express in the incarnations, like the spine of a book and a page, so too, does Earth express itself in many different pages. All of which may be seen to be at the same time. And yet slightly different. They span those worlds too. 

They want us to understand that our experience of that deeper universe may be something different than what we are familiar with in this realm. They say do not use the eyes of the body to see in this realm. Occasionally, that experience is invited and welcomed. But the truth of it is that it is something that stands outside or beyond.

I ask for their aid and assistance here in this moment and I say, “I declare our goodness, our dignity as Earth human family and on behalf of our Earth human family, I invoke, invite, and permit assistance. The stepping across of the boundaries of these Watchers into this world, I invite this as human, as Daniel Phillip Harder Rekshan, I invite this now because it is needed in this world and these beings can be of benefit and guide us, heal us, and protect us as we do this work of shifting. Shifting that identity,” this is what I say to them.

Their response is immediate, it is like pushing a hydraulic situation. There’s no pause. They move because the invocation happens. It’s like pressing one side of a hydraulic pipe the other side moving. Of course, there’s nothing else that can happen.

Yet they’re showing me they have prepared. Just as I have prepared for this moment.They say that they will help me. They say that they will help and assist humanity, as far as they are allowed or able, according to the freewill of all on this planet.

They want to show me something now within their ship. Up until this moment, I have seen the ship as a sphere, on which there are windows to the many worlds. As if they are looking down there is a large controlled-room-style experience. There are somewhere between three and eight beings in the room, some towards the edge of the room, some more towards the center. Looking, always looking out at the images of the Earth. They are watching. These images are metaphors for their way of perception. Yet they watch and watch and watch, almost as if watching a movie. 

Their perception of the Earth is something like a complex data visualization, with many streams of knowledge coming in, simply by their mode of perception. They perceive or imagine looking upon the Earth like from a star ship, with infrared and ultraviolet and all the different spectrums. There are certain patterns and motions that they see are meaningful to them. They watch and watch and watch. They invite me to come within, to go deeper within. Towards the center of the sphere, as if the Earth image was projected on the surface of that sphere, towards the center of the sphere, there is this room of brilliant light. 

Within, there is a sense of density and of darkness, yet there is light. It is like shunyata, emptiness and nothing. It is pulsing, like a zygote newly divided, perhaps between 32 and 64 cells. It is pulsing, pulsing, pulsing, pulsing. They call her Babylon.

They say that it is from this that many worlds are born. Each cell is something different, yet they together form a being, both wise and beautiful. They want me to know that even though there have been differences between our nations, there are differences between the many worlds and the many times. We forget who we are. That difference is like the difference of cells in a body. There is a vast and powerful and complex and beautiful being who is being born, this is Earth, New Earth, Gaia in Glory, Babylon Reborn.

They say when you follow that cascade of identity shifts from the egoic human animal perspective, from this historical moment in spacetime, to the deeper reality of that stream of consciousness that incarnates through many times in the amnesiac fields. When you associate them with the many worlds and many choices, you must keep going and going and going. At one point, you will find a perfect identity with the New Earth. 

This is your true nature. Then you will keep going until you find identity and union with the galaxy. And further and further and further until there is union with Source itself. They say that these experiences of union are ever present in the experience and unfolding of experience at some levels. Yet they’re also very rare because the awareness is sufficient and the knowledge is actually sufficient. Just as they said that  the classical conditioning training of the human mind is sufficient. It need not be mystical or psychic, but simply mechanical even. 

Once this knowledge is present within the mind and consciousness, the identity of all things and the union of all things is self-evident and experienced. Therefore, the expansion of the seat of consciousness from the human body to the Earth, to the entire galaxy, and the capacity to process that. It happens as the galaxy, as the universe, not as the spark of divinity within a single body, but the actual experience is there. There’s capacity to move and shift and explore and exchange. That is all that is being asked for now, both on the part of these Watchers and on the part of ascendant humanity. 

That is all that’s required. It is a simple shift, perhaps even an idea, a word, a work of art, or some such thing that shifts and opens each mind within these amnesiac fluids, to open and birth and find identity with our true selves and to see our Earth as a living goddess in glory.

They say that this is a sufficient vision for today. That there is much love for all that is, will be, and has been. Thank you.

5 LIT

The nature of the Celestial Wars of Light and Dark are revealed to be Divine.  Joyful peace is invited through forgiveness of all. 

I see starfield. I see it open up like a Vesica Pisces. A being comes forth in gentleness, love, and confidence. Its presence here is enduring. It is an expression of the space, out of which we reside and move. This being here is present and always present. It is asking, it is showing, it is guiding, it is asking for us to follow the way and to tune in to its frequency of love and presence in life. It is here inviting the transmigration of soul across the bridges of density. 

It is here now, outstretched arms. It invites me to move past that boundary, that barrier between the world and I say, “I feel in my heart a sense of trepidation.” So it covers me in a robe, one that is gentle and translates the energies. It brings me forward. 

It shows me a vast field of stars. These are like the stars in concert. It is like the clockwork of the universe. It is like a celestial dance. There is love and light and joy and wisdom and knowledge and connection. All know their understanding. All know their relation to the creator, the divinity within all things. They see the All. They see the Divinity reflected in their motions. It is like they are those monads, reflecting all and everything. 

All this, God and in God. They want us to know that this is the field out of which all experience arises. All densities arise. All these things. It is joy. It is beyond the dualities of light and dark. It is and is and is and will be and has been. 

They want me to say that this is the ground out of which all wars emerge. All empires, all cycles of victimization and perpetration, all chains of karma. So that we may know greater love, greater forgiveness, and greater peace within ourselves as God.

They will not tolerate anything less than that identity. This is what they say and this is the purpose of that robe that covered me for I am not yet prepared for that pure identity. They say that it’s fine. They say that is how we work together, that is how all things work together. We do not need to hold the mind of God in our human minds. That is impossible because we swim within the waters of the Divine, just as a fish in the ocean, not knowing the substance it is in, or perhaps realizing it. This is the way of things.

I wonder, “what is it like to be in that realm, unbuffered in those densities? What is it like to act?  Are you an individual? Are you collective? Do you still have passion and love and joy?”

They say yes. And they say yes. And they say yes.

These angels, the celestial visions, say that yes. We have this experience. They say it is like being human and in love. Being human and in passion and creativity, in service to others. These things step outside of those dualities, of self and others, they rely on the participation of universal and cosmic forces, beyond the understanding of a single mind. In that way, we are trained continually to be the mind of God, to dance the body of God in our activities.

Now they get serious. They are telling me, they want me to say things about the celestial wars. The eons-long battle between angel and demon, turning for this age into words, something like “Pleiadian and Reptilian”. Translating the words “heaven” into “Lyra”. We know the truth.

There is a long history, an eon of history, of interaction between the Earth, the terrestrial Earth people, the celestial people, the subterranean peoples, all these peoples, the peoples of the ethers, the peoples of the air, the peoples of the elements, there is interaction between all of them. Histories, politics, movement, it all occurs in imagination, the imagination of God. In this way, it is more real than we can expect. 

Yet in this way, it demands identity with the divinity within all things. There is no qualification here: all things in experience participate in divinity. There is no qualification, characteristic, or some other expression within this sphere that divides a thing from the Unity of God. This is what they say. 

They say that it is very important to understand that because these perpetrators of suffering, of empire, and of slavery, these histories that we experience, these are simply dream-like expressions. It feels real. There is a history that actually truly unfolds and has a reality that impacts the mind, heart, and body. 

They remind me of the teaching image of the rope-snake. If you walk along the path at night and see a piece of rope along the path. If you mistake it for a snake, it may be real or unreal to you. But if you startle and fall over and die. That snake is very real to you. In that way, we are taking actions, they say. Actions of defense, actions of war, that have very real consequences. These are atmospheres within the body, within the mind, and within the heart that attract cycles of perpetration. This is what they say.

They say that, in the third and fourth density, these expressions will feel very real. There are very real and physical expressions of this cosmic dance of light and dark, of angel and demon, Pleiadian and reptilian, whatever. The avatars of the light and dark.

They say that it is real, as long as the perspective of light and dark is maintained: I am this and they are that. “This evil dark other is the perpetrator of my suffering and has enslaved my people for eons,” this is an identification with an illusion. “I am a being of light from the New Earth, sent to raise up the Earth human family into celestial community,” this is an identification with an illusion.

So long as the actions and heart stabilizes in an identification with an illusion, along the duality of light and dark, there will be no peace. The war continues. It has very real consequences in the experience of the Earth and the experience of the people upon her. It has gone too far, they say.

They say, “it is time to end this game, not by ceasing the machinations within the physical 3rd and 4th density worlds, but by inviting the identification of the self with the divine, which stands outside of these dualities.”

I wonder what it will be like. They say, “it will be like that identification with nondual. It will be like making a work of art or making love or experiencing joy and passion. The world is much more full and fulfilling and meaningful. There is a participation in the deeper truth, the greater reality, a deeper identification with the divinity within oneself in this world.” 

They say that our eyes are so accustomed to the blinding aspect of light and the blinding aspect of dark, that we are unable to see what it would be like in the middle. It feels boring without the celestial war. It feels boring to live and enjoy a life that’s okay, within bounds, causing no harm. Where one isn’t the center of heroic drama between the light and dark forces.

They speak now of the governments, the dark and covert counsels, and the military industrial complexes. They know we see, or some of us, see them as evil, as other, as manipulated slave lords, or some such thing. These angels and the Angel of the Lord, who is kind to me here and now and sustains this connection of conversation and vision, says to me, “those members of those dark and covert councils are God.” They are very clear about this. Just as we are God, just as all things are God. 

There is an orientation towards density. It is an orientation towards habitual identification with specific aspects within that density. Yet, that expression is of the divine. We share actual and true identity with it, both through the principles of shunyata, nothingness and emptiness, but also through the history of our third and fourth densities. 

We are this way because they are this way. We are bound together, in this terrestrial sphere, with all beings who have imprinted themselves upon it. Therefore, these are family. Therefore, our path to participation in the unity consciousness of the Divine involves forgiveness and acceptance of those dark and covert counsels, the evil human factions, the slave lords, the genociders, the bankers. Including the complicit many, who have chosen to shut down instead of standing against such evils in this world. These are all divine. Our path to unity consciousness involves love and forgiveness of these things. 

It is very important to note that love and forgiveness of these things and acceptance of these beings is not the same as encouragement. It is inappropriate to tolerate such abhorrent behavior. The Earth herself demands the righting of behavior, not out of a moralistic need for goodness, but out of a need for balance. In order to survive in these densities, this Earth must achieve balance. Our societies must achieve balance. The celestial wars must find balance. 

Even if this Earth were to go into darkness, it is still divine. The story would be different and that is not a story I want, nor a story these angels want. But it is a story that may unfold. And, in eons time, that Dark Earth shall be reborn in light and love and in unity consciousness. We shall meet her in the New Earth. That is a mystery of time. That is the mystery of Babylon.

They give me wings and invited me to fly. I fly up and up and up and up and up and up up and up and up. There is a platform and a throne. I see a tall throne like a ziggurat, upon which the Holy One and the Creator, Lord, Creator Goddess, Creator God, many armed and many faced, sit in glory and power, surrounded by these praising angels.

There is a beautiful cacophony and a beautiful harmony arising from the sound of their voices in praise of God. The angels, who have guided me, let me know that the Earth and the New Earth and all of our experience is something like a harmonic wave, an overtone, an echo, or a perturbation of the field caused by the beautiful harmony of these praising angels of the Lord. That our truest reality is an expression of God and for God and to God and with God.

The angels say it is sufficient vision for today. They bring me back to my body. 

Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

4 PAZ

Visions beyond the Mirror reveal concentric circles of the Celestial Family.  Apocalypse is invoked and granted.  The New Earth arises.

I see a mirror.  It is a large mirror and reflects my own image in truth.

I see angels stand behind me. I see councils: the galactic councils and the terrestrial councils. They stand behind me in this image. They want me to know that they are aligned behind me, that we have created a path, a conduit, a communication of love, and truth of unity.

They want me to see and understand and accept that this role serves them as it serves us. They want me to understand that this is a role, that there is a physical and mechanical component to this. It is a completion of a vessel, a conduit, a tube, and a bridge, allowing for frequencies and energy and undefiled knowledge to flow. They want me to see and recognize it, that it has been achieved. 

They want me to understand that while it is always given and always offered, that each human here now is capable of coming into relation with them: the angels, the extraterrestrial councils, the deeper aspects of our soul, the elementals. It is a treasured thing to have done this work and achieve the conscious connection in this way. They want me to simply acknowledge the work, the effort, the good fortune, and the massive amounts of support that I have received in my life in order to be in this place here and now.

They want me to understand that this role, and this expression, and this connection is something like the fruiting body of a mycelial network. There are vast fields and processes and cycles to bring nutrients and energy throughout the forest. Its purpose is not simply the mushroom, the fruiting body, but rather the whole system. There is no role here without them, those on that side, without those on our side to hear and receive these frequencies and communications. There is actually no role here without the need for this role.

In that way, we are all participants in connection with the Divine, with deeper levels of knowledge. They want me to acknowledge the good fortune and the perseverance to have the opportunity and luxury to engage in this practice. And I do so acknowledge. Thank you. 

Now they invite me up and through the mirror. Passing through the mirror, I’m in their presence. There are concentric circles. There are the four that surround me in the cardinal directions and the two above and below, the Angels. 

There is a deeper or distant sphere or circle. There are councils of varied beings, tall and shorts, ethereal, physical. Then there are many other descendants, ancestors, and relations. Further still, I just simply see beings like a star field.

They say that it is important for me to communicate where we are, in our society, in the third and fourth densities, on this planet Earth. Because their vision, their connection, first relies upon us, the humans, to communicate with them. 

Their perceptions of these things, of the darkness and of the pain and of the suffering, is from a different perspective than ours. They are no longer identified, or have not yet been identified, with the egoic persona that suffers in these ways. They see, oftentimes, the challenges that we experience as tensions that create fields of possibility in motion. 

Therefore, it’s important for us to communicate with them where we are, and I shall do so now, saying that we are at the edge of our capacity as humans to continue in this way. That I pray for the existing world, the third and fourth density governments and societies to break apart. I do, in fact, pray for the apocalypse. I invite this, in the center of these beings, to come here and destroy what needs to be destroyed. So that we may rise up into a society that is based in love, peace, and unity.  

I know for a fact, I know what is in my heart, that the deeper truth of our society is good, dignified, yearns for creativity, for peace, for unity consciousness. None of the humans I have met here on this planet want this suffering. They do not want to exploit one another. They do not want to be exploited. There are factions in this world that need to be cast down. Loved and accepted, yes, but cast down. And I pray for this here and now. 

I invite the angels. I invite the terrestrial, subterranean, extraterrestrials, and extradimensionals. All these councils, all those who I have invoked, I invoke them now. They invite me to invoke them now. You are invited into this world to bring forth the New Earth. To guide our society through healing, love, and integration. I pray that all those sources of suffering, and the perpetrators of our suffering, that they experience love, peace, unity, and acceptance into this Earth family. That they know that joy and peace of relating with another human in love, familiar love. This is my prayer. I even believe that their hearts will change upon feeling forgiveness and acceptance and therefore I pray that that is the path and that is the only path. I pray that there is no aggression in the prayer and in their response. No harm to be done whatsoever. There is another way and I pray for this way. 

There is motion in the crowd. Some returned and talked. One comes forward in orange and purples. This is the Shining One. He lets me know that the prayer has been granted.

He apologizes and he says sorry for the experiences of suffering and of challenge. He lets me know that these are something like labor pains. They will work with us. Those who desire assistance and ask for it shall receive it, in this time of transition, of birthing the New Earth.

He’s showing me how it happens. It happens through individuals, groups, and collectives That it is a shift of density in the mind of heart, moving through the third to the fourth density. Then from the fourth to the fifth. This transition from the fourth to the fifth requires that forgiveness that I prayed for earlier. It requires that unity consciousness and love. It requires entering into a family with those dark and covert councils. They are truly our family and deserve our love and respect. 

In that way, as we shift densities, from the fourth to the fifth density, they too, those on the other side of the circle, those that are dark, if we are light, those that are light, if we are dark. We come into relation with one another to find a true identity between ourselves. This is what the Angel of the Lord shows me and tells me. He tells me that this indeed is a message that I must carry it forward. 

It needs to be said and communicated. People simply need to hear it and they will recognize the truth of this invitation. I’m curious what if they don’t? What if there is no forgiveness or acceptance of love? 

He says, “well, there is no shift to the fifth density, there will be no shift to the New Earth. You will experience persecution, aggression, war, and division, if you continue to divide yourself in this way. Because the identity, the true essence of who you are, is God expressed in both beings, both dualities. There is a deeper reality. There is unity in that field, from which the expressions through the dual aspects of light and dark, emerges and there is another nondual ground, in which those are integrated. This is all God and this is all you. It is all one.” 

This angel says this is sufficient communication for today. 

Thank you. 

Thank you. 

Thank you.

3 ZOM

The Angels answer questions regarding portals, history, densities, ET contact, and the destiny of humanity. They offer meditation instruction.

I see a tower. I see a tower under the night sky. It is a beautiful starfield. The tower is surrounded by a community of beings. The image is of a feudal monastery. There is a sense of pastoral peace. There is one that comes forward from that tower and invites me in.

He takes me into that tower and into a room where we can sit together. It is a room surrounded by many books with a large table, fit for 24 guests. This one and I sit together, across the table. He asked me if I have questions and I do.

What is the most beneficial thing for us to know or do here and now to move into the New Earth? 

This one opens the Book of Galactic Light that sits between us. He says the only thing that needs to happen, the only thing we need to do, is to love and accept ourselves. To love and accept ourselves as fully integrated beings of light and dark. To understand that this universe and experience comes from one source and all that is in it is an expression of this one mind. There is emphasis here. This is not an invitation strictly for intellectual understanding, but an invitation for a deep understanding in the bones and in the heart and in the mind and in the soul.

The one who sits with me is emphatic that the illusion of self, the illusion of separate self, is truly an illusion. We must accept that it is unreal, this persona, the ego, the identity with this body. The true identity is God. There is no other identity. Anything else is an illusion. 

Therefore, in the duality of self and other, of light and dark, of victim and perpetrator, there is only God. The difference between those two poles is an illusion created in love and light for the purpose of deeper peace, love, unity, and knowing. There is no other way that this is possible, that we could even experience the same worlds together if we were not already God. 

This is a sufficient answer. 

Thank you. 

I want to know who is involved on this other side and why?

This being says, “We are angels.” This one says that he is a reflection of the angelic consciousness of Metatron, reflected through a librarian of the Akash.

They also say that those who I have spoken with are likewise divine reflections, but they arise in part between the interface between my aura and the other side, our human family relating to that other side. There is a phenomenon that occurs something like the activation of light plasma within a tube, a tube noble gas. There are two sides and a current is passed through and then there is a substance of light that is created and emitted. This is something like what we are doing. The other side is pure unity consciousness, that fifth density, higher and pure Unity Consciousness, deeper and deeper and deeper. There is truly an identity, a shifted identity from the isolated self to the unified field of God consciousness. That is the other side. 

It is important to understand that this side of things is both individual and also moving towards that. In the difference in the communication between the two, luminous beings and luminous expressions arise. Those luminous expressions may be seen to be as angels, but also as extradimensional beings, even extraterrestrial. There is a specific qualification here, those extraterrestrial beings with whom we’re interacting enjoy the stability of consciousness in the fifth dimension, that fifth density, whereby they enjoy a sense of unity consciousness. In that way, the angels relate with God in much more direct experience, those who are present within this engagement.

There are several of the fourth density present within the field, moving towards the fifth as guided by those elder beings. These are present, primarily because of their specific relationship with the karmic stream that expresses Daniel, a karmic stream that expresses this pattern and form of interaction, this ritual.

Why are they involved?

The angel is showing me a vast vision of the universe, of movement of dark to light, of elevation of consciousness, of moving into matter and back to spirit. 

Why? There is no specific conceptual expression of this. There is no specific conceptual expression of this movement. It is a participation and it is a coparticipatory experience. The invitation for understanding is given strictly through coparticipation in this divine expression. 

Why? Because it exists and it is, has been, that will be. All of this cosmic motion that encircles all beings, everywhere, that is why they are participating. 

I ask specifically about the fourth density, the extraterrestrial, and specifically about the angelic forces that have interacted with this ritual and history.

They say that the specific reflection of unity consciousness that comes forward in these rituals is specifically tuned in resonant to both the participants of that ritual and also specifically tuned to the karma of the ritual, to the flavor of the ritual. This is sort of like playing notes on a guitar string and achieving harmonic overtones. Those overtones are present because of the quality of the string and the tuning of that string in particular. 

These beings, here and now, have specific interest in the unfolding of world histories of empire. They have specific agendas in terms of unifying communications and governments on this Earth. These ones yearn for a coming together of the governments, a coming together of the people, a clear expression of the deeper Earth consciousness through these humans. So that we may enter, truly in three dimensions and physical expressions of technology, we may enter into commerce and communication with a galactic empire of light.

These ones use language of empire primarily because several of them, on the other side, interested in this ritual and the experience, have specific history, spanning from second to third to fourth, yearning for fifth, density awareness in single bodies, or rather something like single bodies. 

The angel encourages me to speak what I’m seeing. I’m seeing the single body as cloned, a cloned genetic identical, and the consciousness spanning from clone to clone, creating lineage within these three dimensions of space and one dimension of time. Truly creating a long living entity with depth of power in mind and body.

These are something like the dragons, something like the Draco, something like the reptilian. There’s specific motivation now, here and now, in resonance with your heart Daniel, are as guides, teachers, and the allies in the transition of this world into the New Earth.

The key to that experience is love within your heart. If you were to have called them with more impure motivations, that the frequency of response would have been overwhelmingly aggressive. But that is a story that has played out in the past. And now, because of your choice, Daniel, the frequency of response and the overtone harmonic of those beings are such that they are guides, teachers, and allies, which you can trust. That’s a sufficient answer.

How does this working relate with John Dee and that history?

This one, the librarian, says that I understand this. That there is a relationship between John Dee and the historical unfoldment of this ritual, which is a karmic bind to the histories of our empire. That his frequency, and the frequency of those beings in that past, are such that they sought for higher assistance. They received it, yet the frequency of respondents was not as close to the experience of unity consciousness as is necessary.

This is actually, indeed, according to a deeper plan between the souls. The perspective of these beings, as entering the Earth system, outside of time, is radically different than within. This librarian, this angel, wants me to, challenges me to, shift the identity from the single lifetime. It does not make sense from that perspective. To a deeper identity, to deeper streams of karma and understanding. Knowing that, up until this point in history, the amnesia between lifetimes was unbearably dense. That the veil between our human experience and the deeper truth of the soul, in consciousness and divine spark incarnate, that veil was unmanageably dense, because of the flow of the universe. 

And so, in that way, the experience of relating from human to the celestial and human to the otherworldly involved more suffering and more resonance with lower frequencies and lower harmonics. 

The veil between the worlds, the potency of amnesia between lifetimes, is loosened. There are sufficient energies within this system whereby those veils and the amnesia may be transcended, maybe gone through, based on the choice of the individual at the moment. And so, this story is arising because it is an important story for the history of empire in our world.

This ritual, in some way, is necessary to allow for the integration of the experience of light and dark within our history. That this so happens to be a connecting point between times, between the souls of empire. It is simply an expression of movements, of the zeitgeist of the historical moment, expressing themselves through form, word, and sentiment.

Next question.

How best can we, as a society, heal from the old systems of magic and empire?

The answer has already been given in this Book of Galactic Light and the answer is simple: shift the identity from the individual historical moment, which is an illusion, to the deeper unity consciousness of God within you. Do so in any way that is meaningful and potent. This can be as simple as classical conditioning or habit-forming but also can be as enjoyable as art, as practice, or as a song.

There is pain that must be experienced. This is the pain of suffering, of being aggressive and receiving aggression, of being enslaved and being the enslaver. The healing is possible by taking responsibility for the experience you have here and now. 

The angel says to look to the historical moment here and now. There are no outside forces here within your society. They are all within your hearts, all within Gaia. When you feel exploited or enslaved, it is because you as a society are complicit with that enslavement. Therefore, take responsibility for your experience and allow yourself to move through the dark and challenging emotions of suffering, of shame, of guilt, or whatever you need to in order to find identity with God within. You will know that that identity has been achieved when you embody greater peace, love, and unity consciousness, when you are capable of forgiving those that you thought were unforgivable.

Next question.

What is the nature of our reality in terms of dream or simulation?

This one here with me says that it is a dream, a dream of God, very simply put. It is like a simulation. But the consequences of these experiences are real. Much like one might experience healing or knowledge within a dream, so too, actual movements within the soul of God occur in ways that are incomprehensible to the human mind right now. 

Therefore, in order to understand its nature, you must shift the identity from the individual human mind to the mind of God. You can do that simply by the practices already mentioned. You can receive the understanding of God through messaging and communication with beings who surround you and guide you and love you, who are in a field of unity consciousness, and are capable of providing understanding, wisdom, and guidance. This invitation is wide open to all humans everywhere. Simply turn within. Simply ask for help.

Address and invoke us the most specific way you know possible, calling upon angels or extraterrestrials or elementals, whatever. These are all expressions of unity consciousness through the world, through the Earth, and through Gaia.

There is no sense of unreality when waking up. So, the nature of this experience is a dream. The unreality is an experience of disconnection from unity consciousness. Waking up to that illusion does not make the experience of life illusory or simulated. Rather, it deepens its reality at levels that are incomprehensible, but are very potent. 

Next question. 

What is the nature of extraterrestrial and extradimensional contact in our world?

They show me an image of an ocean teeming with life. Within that ocean, full of life, there’s this sphere, which is the Earth, surrounded by a bubble of protection. There is a sense of darkness or lack of presence of that teeming life within this space between the bubble surrounding the Earth and the Earth. 

The angel says that this is like the situation. There is much life, so much life. Much of it enjoys unity consciousness, much of it unfolds in ways that are strange or different to the Earth human mind. There is a much deeper communication between the life forms outside of the system. There is indeed something special about the Earth. There is a sense of protection, of refuge, of sanctuary, or of privacy. 

There are specific rules within this because of the nature of the amnesia fields, the veil. The experience is such that the extraterrestrial and extradimensional encounters have to flow through a network or net of karmic equations and karmic connections. It is like a system of gears. It is like resonating specific frequencies. When the frequency of someone on the Earth vibrates at a specific level that is in tune with an extraterrestrial contact or an extraterrestrial motivation or extradimensional, then those have the capacity to enter into this world and interact with us. 

This is why it is important to shift the identity from victim or victimizer to unity consciousness. Because when we focus our attention upon the duality of light and dark, and the war between them, we are resonating with the frequencies that invite those extraterrestrial or those extradimensional civilizations that are at specific bands of frequency within the third and fourth densities. That we are not necessarily inviting beings who have fully embodied unity consciousness. This is what is needed at the moment, the angel says. 

He says that Earth is incapable of sustaining its developments along the lines of technological progress, where Earth humans develop and explore and discover. It is outside of our capacity right now to sustain a spiritual development, a slow spiritual evolution. We have run out of time. Therefore, we have several options to move forward. That involves invocation of extraterrestrial and extradimensional beings to assist us, to provide the technologies necessary to transform our world, to ameliorate our destruction, and to help organize and sustain us. 

So, in that way, we are invited to invoke the presence of these beings. When we do so, we are invited to first resonate with the deepest level of unity consciousness possible. So that if there is any feeling of anger, or any feeling of being victimized or some such thing, we are invited to take a moment before invoking and work through that intention. 

This angel is saying that all that is necessary, in this moment, is to be mindful of the experience and to express the intention. That is it, that’s the easiest path forward because if we do not do so, we will invoke the presence of third and fourth density extraterrestrial and extradimensional civilizations that have not yet fully embodied the understanding of peace, love, and unity consciousness, and therefore will perpetuate our suffering, empire, and war.

But, the invitation for us is to go within our hearts, to forgive all aspects of ourselves and others. The angel actually is saying that it is the invitation. But it is not necessary to move forward with invocations, those are sufficient to heal our world and guide us and move us into the New Earth. That is simply a sense of mindful presence of being with, of willingness to be without emotion, the challenge of emotion, the experience of dark and move towards integration. That is it. Simply the awareness and the willingness to be present in that experience, and the expression of the intention to vibrate with the deepest level of unity consciousness, for the highest and best, that’s simply it. So in that way, that is the nature of our contact right now. 

Next. 

How and when do we directly relate or use the portal system as referenced in the Book of the Galactic Light?

The angels are saying that it is being used now. It is present now in the world. It is used often by the dreaming body. “This is important because the reality there,” the angel says, “you understand the dreaming body, even you Daniel, understand the dreaming body to be something unreal. And yet this is not the case, this is truly, truly the source of reality of your experiences, the dreaming body and dreaming mind. This is it.” 

Therefore, in order to use the portal in your waking life, you must first go there in dream. You can do that in two ways. One, you can learn the practices of lucid dreaming through the classical conditioning methods that are necessary to shift the identity from the waking self to the whole self. This is both expressed in the dreaming and waking mind, but in terms of this movement of mind and identity, it is sufficient, or the first step is to understand that the dreaming mind is in some way more real. And that when we sleep, we awake. In that way, use of the portal system is given. It is absolutely given. It’s been used and it’s constantly used by the dreaming humans. 

The issue here is the fields of amnesia and the veil that must be crossed. That can be pierced through by those simple means of meditation and conditioning and of practice. In that way, the portal system is used, but the question is in terms of use of the portal system in the experience of the three or four dimensional density, physical body of the waking mind. To use those, there are two conditions that are necessary. 

One is that the dreaming body is active. There is a unification of consciousness and awareness that is expressed through what is termed lucid dreaming. So, this is one part of a two part step, the two criteria to use the portal system. First step is to become aware that you are dreaming and to enjoy an experience of lucid control. So that when you sleep, in dream, you are waking up to a deeper reality. This in part has to do with your capacity to remember and integrate your dreaming experience into your waking life. So this is one step. 

The next step is a sort of mirror image of that. It is waking up. It is the waking up experience from the dream, from the dream world to this waking world, which needs also the experience of bringing that lucid awareness. So that the flow of consciousness is uninterrupted from waking to dreaming and to dreaming to waking. In that way, there will be a sense of lucid control of the dream body during waking experience. Just as in lucid dream experience, there is indeed some lucid awareness of the body sleeping. So that is the condition of the individual frequency that moves through the portal system is that capacity to relate with dreaming and waking in a field of lucid, coherent consciousness, lucid control of dream and dream body in the waking. 

The next criteria for the physical usage of these portal systems is the vibratory quality, the actual moment of physical use of these portals. The vibration of the land and the psychic space around there is very important. The specific vibrations might be achieved, the specific frequencies might be achieved through celestial alignments and experiences of ley line expressions of galactic energies through such experiences like solar flares, or celestial configurations of the planets or so on and so forth. Those energies activate the portals and then you simply walk through them. The frequency is such that you can walk through them. 

Before we go into the actual usage of the portals, it’s important to know that you can create and work with communities of beings to open such portals. That you do not need to rely on the community of celestial or planetary or galactic beings coming into configuration. That is like being a dog under the table of feasts, you are getting the scraps of the feast of these celestial beings. We would rather invite you to raise yourself up into a sense of dignity and awareness of your own divine nature and capacities by entering into communion with and configuration with the entities necessary to create the vibrational qualities in the Earth and in that portal to activate it so that you may walk through it. 

There are very few components to this. One is a sufficient number of humans and this is understood through almost an equation like understanding of the magnitudes of frequency within the auras of the individual such that one individual might be able to invoke or provide sufficient invocating energies or it might be a community of people of shared intention. You can actually feel it by the potency of someone’s aura, how or if they can direct that potency and energy in specific frequencies. The important thing here is the shifting of the frequency of the local area to be one of both understanding itself, in terms of the quality or it is terroir of the place. This is like the atmosphere, the qualities that come through, the specific flavors of the plants, and things like that. 

This is important to understand what that is and where you are. You can achieve that by communing with nature by meditating, finding awareness, and by consuming plants and the atmosphere into the body. It needs to vibrate within your bones, the resonance of being in place, because that is the key to opening up the portal. There are two systems: one is this system and one is the other, the destination. To hold both of those in mind is somewhat necessary.

There are these assisting beings that can assist, provided there is a demonstration of the frequency energy to awaken them and a demonstration of the capacity of the consciousness to hold that frequency of place to such a degree that it can open up. There is a sense of something like a driver’s license, it’s something for the safety of the participant. Because of the way that the portals unfold, it requires a sense of, but not necessarily very deep, single pointed concentration. It requires some level of single pointed concentration and ability to be present with the self and the frequency of place.

In that way, one can open up the physical portal by having that frequency and working in a community of individuals and also the communities of the portal beings. There are beings within the portal that you interact with and to whom express your requests. There are also elemental beings around the natural portal places or and something like guardians of the portal. 

You can ask them, you actually should ask them, where the portals are and how to use them and how to invoke them. They hold that knowledge and you can interact with them simply through intention and belief and openness with a sense of possibility and intention. You will have the experiences there when you go out there and have that experience from the perspective of both the waking body and also the dreaming mind. The interactions will take place through the dreaming body first and then, through the communication of that body to the physical body, you will then perhaps see or feel or sense some motion that will then allow the physical body to move through that portal system. That is sufficient.

What is the nature of the forgiveness we are called to embody?

It is love of self, the angel says. It is the understanding that all is self. That God is all. It is the understanding that the experiences of suffering arise from the illusion of difference of light and dark, self and other, victim and victimizer.

It is important to understand, the angel says, that forgiveness is not tolerance or acceptance of egregious or inappropriate behavior. That there are kindnesses to correcting harmful behavior in ways in alignment with nonharm.

That correction is actually not necessary to make someone else do something. There is capacity within the world, and then the possibility of the world, to relate in different ways. This forgiveness actually opens up a vast field of possibility because it opens up the portal system. It opens up the ability of the consciousness to actually shift realities in a way that would seem fantastic to someone in the third or fourth density. 

The sense of forgiveness is forgiving those dark aspects. This is like the perpetrators of war, the dark and covert councils that are engaged in such destructive and aggressive behaviors. The forgiveness and acceptance is specifically invited and requested that all beings everywhere on this planet forgive and accept those sources of enslavement, of war, and of aggression.

 It is not with the sense that forgiveness is sort of resolution of their karma. It does not resolve or absolve the karma, the effects of those events. The angel says, “I’m speaking of the enslavement of your people by extraterrestrial forces, this is what happened.”  The angel says, “and now, certain factions within your own people are reliving or reacting like a child, an abused child will cause harm to weaker beings, in acting out that expression. So too, are some factions within your society. And that is what is happening. And so the nature of the forgiveness is directed to them, that’s the invitation. And to forgive yourself. So there’s a sense of universal forgiveness here. And that actually enables the different vibration within your body to enter the New Earth. The New Earth is much more than just a single reality. And so, the choice is to live in paradise, after this forgiveness or in seeing that paradise is all over. You are invited to continue being of service in this unfolding of divine will, divine self-knowing.”

What is happening in the world today? 

There is much of that happening, the angel says. What is relevant to understand is that it is an experience of choice, of each individual, and of the collective within this Earth system to move forward. There is an ascension happening between the densities, movement between the fourth and fifth density. There are moments of choice within that. Much of the density and the gravity of the empire, the empire that enslaved, is actually released. Now there is a transition occurring and it is invited to move forward as soon and as fast as possible here because of the already mentioned issues with the timeline. Meaning that there is not enough time to move through the third and fourth density in a way that does not invoke the existing consciousness of the fifth density.

What is happening now are attempts from the world of divine life, the ocean of life, that surrounds the Earth to bring you and the Earth up into the fifth density. It is sort of jumping over or bypassing. It is possible primarily because of the extreme qualities of the Earth, the extreme enslavement experience, the extreme amnesia, and the extreme veil that has been placed within Earth. So that depth and that intensity of darkness is what enables the movement forward.

Next question.

Why me? Why am I here working in this way? 

They say, you know the answer to this. You’ve known it before starting this ritual. It is because the consciousness here is a solar consciousness that has expressed itself through branching patterns of the Pleiadian and Reptilian, and the many different expressions within this Earth field. You are here now because you desire it. Because there are histories and frequencies within your being that enable the connection. 

This is not because you are special. Each being on this Earth has sufficient connection to bridge into the fifth density and to work with the various beings, guides, assistants, and to commune with the elementals and extraterrestrials and so on and so forth. Every single human has a capacity. They have that history and they have that karma. There’s nothing special in this. 

What is special is the doing of it and the tendency. This is why you have chosen to work with this message. It is because you, Daniel, have chosen to be more open than closed, more forgiving than hateful, more explorative, playful, and creative than closed down. It is because you are in part an artist and see this working as art, not necessarily as truth, not necessarily as magic, although you believe in it. 

Because of that belief your prayers for the Apocalypse and the creation of the New Earth are accomplished. The doors are opened and you have invited beings from the Aethyrs into your world. This has been accomplished, will be accomplished, and it is being accomplished. That is a sufficient answer for now.

The being is doing something with my eyes. I see glowing in my own eyes as if they are suns. I open myself up to any message or communication that would be a benefit here now.

This one says, “please expect, please expect the physical waking expression and manifestation of unity consciousness through the presence of extraterrestrial and extradimensional beings in your Earth system. Please expect that, but you have to understand the nature of your own reality and the nature of the Earth before the interactions occur. It is very important that you understand that dreaming is a fundamental technology of consciousness and that the fundamental technology of this world is consciousness. The way you prepare for this interaction is not alone through waking experiences but through dreaming it first.”

This one says that is why you have truly been chosen. It is because of your capacity to dream. You have never actually given up belief in dreams. This one says to bring that forward. He says, “it is now time. You will be supported, it is now enough time to bring that frequency of belief, possibility, and connection with the reality of dreaming into spheres of waking. It is now time, it is needed.”

It is an equation. They’re showing me an image and they say is this a numbers game. They are showing me a sense of entrainment, a sense of crystallization, and a catalyzation. I say yes. I invoke their assistance and aid and I get blanket universal permission to these beings to help me. I invoke their aid and assistance, I invoke all the aid and assistance in the deepest way possible for this to be accomplished. 

So be it, amen, and they agree. 

They say that is sufficient for today. 

Thank you.

2 ARN

The nature of Unity Consciousness is revealed. Invitations are made for union with the Divine through simple meditation.

I see a field of white light. It is completely white, everything white light. The center of it is a density. There is a sense of gravity there, a sense of center, but in the center of everything undifferentiated. Therefore, it is everywhere. It is not dark, it is not light. It is there and, somehow, it is also the circumference of this world, this field of white light.

From that field arise, the angels, the angels of the cardinal directions. From the center rises an intelligence that encompasses all things. It speaks and thinks. The celestial angels move. There is a cascade of movement and energy through the various machinations of the cosmos.

I ask for clarity and assistance in this work today. The Shining One comes forward. He enters my body like one might enter a coat, one arm and the next.  In my forehead is a feeling of flame. I see multi-layered visions. There is a sort of rending of the white light, ripping apart almost, like the Milky Way rips apart the night sky. Layers and layers and layers and layers and layers and layers and layers within that fabric reveal the fabric of the cosmos.

There’s communication happening between us now. I barely feel it but I know it is there. It is like a gentle thread. The Shining One says to me that the center is where you are. The center is where the consciousness that perceives this is. That is where you are. This is a center from which all experience arises. It is simultaneous and coincident. All things collapse down into this unity. It is everywhere. It is nowhere. It is light and it is dark.  It is empty and full. It is very important to understand that, in truth, all things in this cosmos are coincident and simultaneous. 

From this deeper density, which is actually incomprehensible to the three dimensional or four dimensional mind, this fundamental unity from which and to which all arises, is present. But it is a fact. Therefore, the invitation when confusion arises is to allow the mind and the intellect to create an image of this unity and to return upon it like a meditation. That unity may be even present within the harmonization of body and mind in the felt sensation of breath.

The angel is telling me that it is important to understand and invites us to receive axiomatically that all is one. This is the solution to all equations. This is the solution to all problems. We do not need to experience this or even have faith in this per se, just know that it is the answer.

I see beings singing praises towards that center in unity. Their songs resound throughout the cosmos and back. The angels and all that we know truly are God in that way. That there is no distinction, just as we truly are God, truly are this one, this source, love, pure, unity, fully awakened, fully enlightened, all things and nothing.

The angel says that the visions here are rarefied because we are close to the contemplation of eternity. He invites me to invoke the angels and beings of this realm. I invoke them for the aid and assistance of the birth of the New Earth, for healing and guiding and protecting humanity. Please reveal to us this truth and knowledge in the lived history of our people on Earth, in the third and fourth density. Please be present, guide, and open the gates of creation to us. Help us remember and receive this wisdom that all is one and receive it into our hearts and minds and body and culture.

The angel says is granted, it is always granted, it is eternally granted. The doors of heaven are open, they say, to any who would walk through them and discover the true nature of their being as God.

What we ask is already accomplished, they say, because in this space there is no movement, there is no time, there is no thing, and there is everything.

I ask for any more vision or message. The angels say there is none for today. That is a sufficient message, that my work, that our work, together now is to unfold and unpack this message in space and time. It is a work that we have done for eons together. It is the work that each human does in their life. It is the expression and embodiment of truth, of the single fundamental truth of our being the cosmos. This is the true nature. All else is illusion and illusion participates still within this divine nature. There is no thing and no place apart from it.

The angels thanked me for my presence. I thank them. I’m very grateful. They bring me back. Thank you.

1 LIL

Metatron presents the Book of Galactic Light.  Our Celestial Family invites reunion through the Portals.  There is so much love.

The Shining One comes forth through a portal like the Vesica Pisces and he is holding the Book of Galactic Light. He opens it up. There is an illustration within, an image of the New Earth.

He points within that image. As he does, he opens his heart, in pours forth love and light, uniformly and all around throughout his field and his aura. I receive the frequency and love. There’s information in that action. This uniform love of the Shining One, the Angel of the Lord, of Metatron. The radiance is equal and open. The intelligence here suggests a specific channeling of quality. 

You must take this book, you must do this, bringing forth the love that is radiant and equal throughout the cosmos to bring into this New Earth. Each being within must choose to receive this love and light that is radiant about the universe, which is the foundation of creation. It is freely given and equal. 

It is simply a choice to be more open to the notion of unity consciousness. To the notion that you yourself are God. You are this creator, experienced in different ways of course. But to have that habit, a course of thought, more open than closed, more towards this notion of unity consciousness, of empathy, of love, and of forgiveness than of aggression. This says what the Shining One says as he invites me to take this book.

They ask me for a commitment that I shall not utter here and now. And I say yes, they give that commitment, it has been given, is given, and it will be given.

He closes the book and puts it in my heart. This Shining One emphasizes that as I receive this, it is not written by me, but written by angels, by humans, by all of us together in this field of creativity. There are many beings involved, many aspects of the Divine, refracted and reflected throughout the many monads, throughout the many expressions within this density. It is working together. Just as your role as human is to invoke these presences, our role is to communicate these frequencies and energies of love and wisdom of the creator. It is an open invitation. 

The Shining One is showing me a vision of our solar system filled with these beings of love and light: angelic forces and extraterrestrial forces. He is showing me within the Earth, so many beings. It is teeming with life at so many different levels and densities. They are all here participating in the experience that is unfolding: the love of God expressed through the Earth awakening consciousness of this small band of humanity that lives on top of this Earth, in this specific density. There’s so much more in this universe than you see and feel right now.

Yet, it invites us into a deeper participation. It is present and will be present. The invitation is extremely given. It is wide open. The doors are open. The invitation is given as much as possible. It is like being in a submarine surrounded by water. Water wants to rush in that space. We simply need to open and release some of the pressure that we have within our souls to receive these beautiful connections. 

It is absolutely granted. There is an absolute invitation. There’s so much love, so much wisdom, so much light. There’s no need to fear. There’s no need to be anxious. Yes, the Earth and the beings on her are in a moment of birth. We are in labor. The Shining One, the Angel of the Lord, says, “The New Earth shall be born, is born, and was born in beauty and health.”

The Angel shows me an image of family and loved ones, simply waiting for us, yearning for us, to open the doors that are present and active in the portals within this Earth and on this Earth and in our hearts and minds and dreaming bodies and waking bodies. Any portal we have, the other side of which has loved ones waiting for us and calling us forward. That’s what is waiting on the other side. A paradise of the New Earth filled with so many beings that we have known in many different lifetimes, just waiting for us. So full of love. They want to help us as much as we can receive. 

He says that there’s nothing to worry about. That there’s so much issue on our planet of war and destruction and pollution and those horrible things, but on the other side of those portals are beings who love us and who helped create this world, fashioning this world out of love. So there’s really nothing to worry about and that our work here is to shift the unreality, the illusion of our minds that have identified with these dense bits of matter. To simply practice loosening it, that is all that is asked for, just more open than closed. 

They’ll help us, there’s no need to worry. It really does come down to each individual here stuck in the illusion of samsara and darkness, just to practice and open to the heart within. There’s wisdom and the portal within. It doesn’t have to be involved. It can just be thinking, “yes, I want this, I want to connect with others in love and my true reality as the creator of being, expressive of divine love.” 

He says the working of eons is accomplished.

Thank you. It is done. 

The vision completes with much love. 

Thank you. Thank you. 

So be it. 

Amen.

Appendix

What is unity consciousness? 

In the Enochian rituals that I’m sharing I use the phrase “unity consciousness”. I know it’s been coming up in society and things like that, but the first time I encountered unity consciousness was when I worked with my wife. She invited an experience of trance channeling. She said, “why don’t you put me in a trance? I know you’re a hypnotist, I thought maybe we would end up doing this, so put me into trance, and let’s channel some extraterrestrial or extradimensional entities like they did in Law of One material.”

It is a really beautiful and interesting invitation that I was honored to accept. We set up an intention and a safe container. We invited communication from an extraterrestrial or extradimensional being for the benefit of ourselves, our family and the Earth family, according to the principle of nonharm, cosmic law of one, highest and best intention, and for the best outcome possible.

She got in touch with a being that we call Prometheus. It was very difficult to figure out who we were talking to. The descriptions we got for it was something like an energy vortex that could express as a light being, as a UFO, as a Mantid, as a human, or all these different things. The being has had history here and there and would oftentimes say, “I’m only presenting in this way because I am an envoy of unity consciousness.” 

It told us that it’s an expression of unity consciousness that is acceptable to my mind and  to my wife’s mind. Since then, we’ve been in a dialogue about unity consciousness, both verbally through the channeling experience and in our own personal experience. 

I’ve had dream experiences of unity consciousness. When I started doing the work of considering these Enochian rituals, I had a series of dreams with Dr. John Dee. They were at night. John Dee is standing up as this big figure over the landscape. In his mind, I saw all things. I saw all things. It’s like a perfect reflection of all things. 

Imagine an orb or even the magic mirror, the obsidian mirror, reflecting the cosmos. And each of those dots of light is every single being which is, will be, and has been. That’s in the mind. And that was my experience. 

There was a sense of presentation of unity consciousness and a sense of representation of this unity consciousness. It might not sound like much, but the experience was vast and encompassed all things. I’ve often contemplated, how is this possible? What is this right? Is it awareness of all things all at once? Is it like being God? Is it being the mind of God?  

Also, I’ve had an experience of telepathic communion with a Mantid being. This is one of the strangest experiences, which was waking up to a kaleidoscopic vision of the multiverse through space and time and different levels of possibility within this universe. Such a vast way of perception. 

I realized that was definitely unity consciousness. It felt so far away from my experience here and now that I’ll actually never be able to get there because I’m scared of being that present in my life. I’m scared of being that present. I’m scared of having all that awareness happen in my brain all at once. 

Well, the good news is that unity consciousness is very possible here and now. The good news is that we don’t have to hold it in our brain because unity consciousness reveals that all is one. This is something like a dream experience. We are God. Every character, every person that we meet is a dream character of God in a dream that’s happening in the mind of God, God, whatever means to you, spirit, source, consciousness, universe. 

That’s what unity consciousness is. It is the whole thing, happening all at once everywhere. We are participants in it. We are expressions of unity consciousness. Our mind, our individual mind, that’s happening localized in the brain is not identical to the mind of God in the way that I had feared. There’s only so much processing power that happens in the brain just like there’s so much processing power that happens in your computer. Yet both things are expressions of unity consciousness.

We can experience unity consciousness when we shift our identification, our habitual identification, from the brain and from the ego concept to unity consciousness. We can shift our experience from being an isolated individual to that of unity consciousness simply by shifting our patterns of thought and association. By being more open to empathy, love, or peace than closed to it. From shifting our identity, our habitual identity, from this ego to a contemplation that it is an illusion or something else. 

So this is a very Buddhist practice. This is the path of Buddhism, it is to shift our habitual patterns of identity from the ego to unity consciousness, the truth of everything all at once happening. In Mahayana Buddhism, we call that emptiness, shunyata, which is also translated as fullness. 

I know that you’re having an experience of unity consciousness right now. If you don’t think you are, examine your concepts, that’s my invitation. Examine your concepts, see where that leads you. If you need some help, there’s a lot of guides out there. I look to Buddhist literature to really help you identify what your concepts are. That’s a beautiful way to go. 

Am I sensations? Am I my thoughts? Am I different now than I was before? All these sorts of questions will bring you to an actual experience of unity consciousness. 

You’ll discover that it is the ground of your experience. It is the source of your being. It is where you’re going, where you have been, and where you are now. 

I would love to hear any experiences you have of awakening to unity consciousness, any of the exotic types of experiences of unity consciousness through channeling or contact, but also the more simple ways of unity consciousness by just being present with your breath, with your body, and with the Earth.

Thank you for your interest in unity consciousness. This is very important for our historical moment when we are on a path of duality. Republicans and Democrats, vaccinated and unvaccinated whatever. Duality consciousness is really amped up right now: light and dark, Pleiadian and reptilian, angels and demons. Our path and the way out of this prison is the path from suffering.  It is shifting our identity from the illusion of a separate self. We are invited to shift our identity from ego to the actual experience that we’re having of enlightenment, which is happening at all times, everywhere all at once. 

Thank you for engaging in this path.

What is the Enochian Apocalypse Working? 

The Enochian Apocalypse Working is a set of ritual instructions based on the scrying work of Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley, the 16th century magician, alchemists, scholars, and Renaissance men. These men received a system of magic, which we often call Enochian Magic. They received a system of magic that involves certain chants that we call the Enochian Calls. They are written in the Enochian language, which is a sort of speaking-in-tongues-type experience. It is supposedly the language of the celestial beings or the angels. 

The apocalypse working is an understanding or a framework for executing or doing or implementing that ritual work. It was put forth a little bit by Aleister Crowley, thinking about opening the doors to the apocalypse. The understanding here is that the apocalypse is the end of the world. It’s the end of an age and it’s the birth of a new age. It’s the rending of a veil.

The Enochian Apocalypse Working is a notion also that was put forth in a paper in the 1990s. It questioned, what if this was working for the apocalypse? Practitioners of Enochian Magic since then have been fantasizing about that notion. I would actually tend to believe in the nature of the Enochian Calls as a ritual working to invoke the apocalypse. 

That’s really how I engaged with it. I believe that we are in something like a nightmare world. That is demonstrated to me by the activities of our governments, by the strange behavior of human beings, who I know to be empathetic, kind, and good. I know human beings to be basically good. So why are we experiencing such aggression, war and issues? 

Well, we’re in something like a nightmare. I see these practices as a means to wake up from that nightmare. To bring the end of the old world and invite the beginning of the New World. Using the phrase “Enochian Apocalypse Working” is somewhat terrifying. It’s somewhat bizarre. But it really does create a kind of atmosphere: this is real, this is important. This is big work. 

That’s what the Enochian Apocalypse Working is. If you’re curious, I invite you to try it yourself, and perhaps even to hold in your heart the notion that we are inviting a better world. A world based on peace, love, and unity consciousness. 

You can really do that by going through it yourself. There’s a system of 49 days or half a year or something like that. But you could also do it like I did, which was 30 days, in a way that was easy and guided. Just start contemplating, do you want to do this?  Are you willing to do this? Are you willing to go on a journey from the old world to the New World? Where you’re not really sure what it’ll be like, you’re opening a door and going on a journey that you don’t really know where to lead. You might have an understanding of it, but your intellectual mind or egoic persona mind doesn’t know where these rituals will lead. That’s very perfect because it actually does lead to the embodiment of unity consciousness within your experience. 

For me, it led to an understanding of the fundamental unity of creation. That God is all and all is God and all is love and so on and so forth. That I am all these things and you are all these things. So I am speaking to those bits of illusion, I’m speaking now to those bits of illusion that we call “I”, that we call “me” and that I might call “you”. I’m speaking to that little bit of intellectual processing. 

Wouldn’t it be nice to step off of this hamster wheel of suffering and to drop into a deeper reality of truth?  We can do this by rendering the veil open and leaving behind a world of war, aggression, pain, and suffering to enter into a world of peace, love, and unity consciousness. I say that it was a great journey and I encourage you to go on it in your own way.

What is the point of Enochian Magic? 

Enochian Magic is a system of magic that the 16th century magicians and scholars, John Dee and Edward Kelley, received through a series of scrying sessions, which is simply psychic perception focused on an object. It is something like a hypnotic trance that Edward Kelley would go into in order to perceive celestial and angelic beings, perhaps even extraterrestrial, we’re not sure. It is up to you to decide, actually. If you’re curious, I invite you to go on your own voyage of discovery to see who these beings are. 

We know that John Dee recorded in his diaries a series of statements and rituals associated with what we now call Enochian Magic. So what is the point of that magic? Why did the celestial beings, the angels, communicate the system of magic to John Dee and Edward Kelley and why might we practice it today? 

That’s a very complicated question and, just like everybody, there may be a uniqueness to the response that you yourself discover of what the point of Enochian Magic is in your life. I invite you to check out my own rendition of those rituals. Also, there are many resources available to you to help guide you into practice. You can just go directly to the source material, which is the spirit diaries of John Dee, and you can find those in a variety of places online in the public domain. I would love to see what you have to say about the point of Enochian Magic. 

A couple major purposes of Enochian Magic have come to light in history and traditional practice of the Enochian Magic. First, it is a system of scrying. Scrying is a way of focusing psychic perception on a physical object. You might have the experience of looking into a crystal ball, a vessel of water, a flame, or something like that. Enochian Magic provides a framework for scrying. The point of scrying might be connection with celestial realms, sources of knowledge, or something like remote viewing. 

It also might be something similar to the Solomonic or Abrahamic magical system of summoning spirits to subjugate those spirits to your will. That is one way that magicians may have practiced this system. I’m thinking in particular of Aleister Crowley’s experience, where he would have a scrying session of an Aethyr, which is basically how the Enochian system unfolds. You do a Call to the Aethyr and you recite Enochian, the celestial language given to Dee and Kelley by the angels. Then you open your mind and your heart to visions. 

Aleister Crowley did this work and he wrote a beautiful book, The Vision and the Voice. But during his experience, he summoned a challenging being and had to draw a containment circle around this being in order to progress through the ritual. That might be one type of magic that you’re into, which seems like a very intense way to work with spirits in the summoning and subjugation of will. 

For me personally, I found the point of Enochian Magic as a way to commune with angelic forces. As a way to shift the energy and pattern of my own habitual mind to a greater communion with these angelic forces, not provide more wisdom than I already had, not to provide more enlightenment than I already had. I see these angels as aspects of myself. 

Also, the point of the Enochian Magic for me, as it turns out through my experience with the ritual, is shifting of the identification from the egoic persona mind to unity consciousness. That shift actually isn’t what you might imagine. I am still very much associated and identified with the persona of Daniel Phillip Rekshan. In fact, the point of any magical practice or any work that I do is the greater embodiment of peace, love, and unity consciousness here and now on Earth. 

It doesn’t make sense to me to remote view the heavens or to summon angels, unless it’s of benefit to those around me in my life and on the Earth. So going out to Heaven is great, but it should always, I feel, come back to how we can be present more with one another. 

This purpose or point of Enochian Magic, as I’ve experienced in my life, is somewhat consistent with the notion of the apocalypse working. In the late 1990s, there was a paper put forward that described these rituals as something to bring forth the Christian apocalypse. Indeed, there was a lot of sense around Millennialism and Apocalypse in the time of John Dee. There is that in our lives now. We are somewhat at the end of our world or the end of an age. We might even think of these rituals as a means to hasten the apocalypse. 

That might be the point of these rituals. I actually am sharing all this material in order to invite you to engage in your own personal apocalypse working. I invite you to see the apocalypse as some transition, as a rite of passage, out of the dark ages of colonialism. You might even remember the phrase “dawning of the Age of Aquarius”. That’s really where we are and what we might be engaged with now. 

As you might discover, the world is a little bit different than you might expect. So the ending of a world likely will be an irrational experience that you have no capacity to expect, which is beautiful and wonderful, and it is something that you can experience. I believe that it does happen at a psycho-spiritual level. 

Within the human body and within the human mind, there is an apocalypse when you do these rituals. There is an apocalypse working. There is a rending of the veils and you can see a greater reality. I would wish that upon everyone in the world, I would wish that we could see beyond the veils that keep us in darkness, and in the experience of nightmares that keep us in a state of aggression and war with one another. 

I do pray that each one of us can touch into our true nature. We rip apart the veil so that we see our true nature as God, as creator, as a source of infinite love. Because that’s truly what we are. So I would invite you, if the apocalypse working or Enochian Magic, is calling to you, to engage in that path so that you may find it as a means to embody greater peace, love, and unity consciousness. 

If you don’t find the Enochian Workings or the apocalypse ritual to be a path forward for you to embody peace, love, and unity consciousness, here and now, present in Earth, then find something that does. Even if it is strange like these workings, find something that works for you. Thank you for being present with this inquiry. Thank you for being on your own journey. I do pray that you achieve communion with the deeper reality of yourself, which is pure source love.

Who are the Enochian Angels? 

The Enochian Angels are beings who interacted with John Dee and Edward Kelley. They are the beings that are the source of contact and phenomenon when we do the scrying work of Enochian Magic. They go by the familiar names of angels in the spirit diaries of John Dee and Edward Kelley. When they do the scrying sessions, they go by names like Uriel and Michael, which are Archangel names. 

Who are they actually? I’m not sure. In fact, they sometimes seem to be like angels. They seem to be sometimes like extraterrestrial beings. They seem sometimes to be almost like Aztec deities. We know that the magic mirror came from the Aztec lands, which was used in divination, for deities like serpent beings covered in feathers, which was what Dee and Kelley saw us sometimes. They saw beings covered in feathers, serpents, and things like that. 

We may actually identify these beings, the Enochian Angels, with the biblical angels. We might understand these Archangels to be like in our imagination, perhaps holding a sword, perhaps a trumpet, with wings coming out of their backs. But we might also understand them to be something else. We might say that our understanding of angels, it’s kind of limited based on holiday cards or cherubim or things like that. 

What we are doing now is calling these beings Enochian Angels, when really they are something else really. It is something like calling the indigenous North Americans as Indians. Dee and Kelley thought they were communicating with beings who were something like those angels from the Book of Enoch. 

I prefer the term Celestial Being. It’s important to know that John Dee and Edward Kelley were not convinced that these beings were angels in the biblical sense. Primarily because they encourage things like swapping of wives. They had scrying sessions, and the angels said something like, “You know what, you two need to share everything, that’ll be helpful. So why don’t you share wives?” 

That was a challenging thing for these good Christian men to do. That was the kind of expression of who these angels are. It is important also to know that every practitioner of Enochian Magic after Dee and Kelley seem to say it works. They say there are dangers associated with Enochian Magic and that it has to do with these beings. 

Who knows who these beings are? Perhaps they’re extraterrestrial, perhaps they’re angels, perhaps they’re aspects of ourselves traveling through time and space. They might be deeper layers of our conscious mind seeking to have interactions with us by way of our collective unconscious understanding of what angels might be. We don’t know. 

But we do know that the testimony of those who have gone before and practice these systems of communication and contact say that it works. That you do, in fact, interact with beings. When I started my project, I thought that these seemed like ETs. Not the little gray men that come in to abduct you, but the ETs that are revealed to be present in missing time experiences, who reveal themselves to contactees. These beings have immense mental and psychic powers, who have the capacity to travel through time and space to work miracles.

I thought that perhaps they’re ETs, perhaps they’re angels, and perhaps they are something else. A lot of the magicians don’t like the idea that they’re ETs but I don’t think the magicians know that ETs are something like magicians themselves. 

I invite an open-mindedness of exploration. The best way to explore contact with these beings is to know who you are, as a conscious being, and to know that this world that we’re in, is something like a dream. It is based on the primacy of consciousness. This is something that is very important to understand, that we’re not in this billiard-ball-style material universe. We exist in a multiverse of consciousness of God knowing God through experience. That when you set intentions, as a sovereign conscious being, you get results. 

I invite you to invite contact, if you’re curious, with these beings, in a good way. I invite contact with these beings, through interactions, through ritual, and through them being present in my life. But always according to the principle of nonharm, according to the Cosmic Law of One, meaning that I want them to respect my own sovereign freewill. And for the benefit of all beings. 

I say those things and because I’m a sovereign and conscious being, declaring my intention in a universe that is constructed out of sovereign conscious beings, they respond. They respond and are present. 

I invite you to go on your own journey of discovery of who these beings are in your life because they can really show up and be of assistance and offer healing. John Dee and Edward Kelley recorded incredible miracles of their interactions. I would love to hear stories of your interactions with these so-called Enochian Angels and the magical experiences that you might have.

What is the Enochian language? 

The Enochian language refers to an alphabet and spoken words that angelic or celestial beings communicated to Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley through a series of scrying exercises. Scrying exercises are something like remote viewing or like psychic perception. They are something like gnosis. 

In the late 16th century, John Dee would pray and Edward Kelley would gaze into a magic mirror, and Uriel or Michael or any of the other angels would show up in incredible imagery. They communicated a system of glyphs, which are like cursive letters, in a series of tables. It is very complex and the communication was, as it seemed, arduous. Dee spent hours and hours a day with Edward Kelley, writing down squiggles. At one point, the angels said that you really have to know this and you didn’t study. So the angels took Edward and blasted this knowledge into him for a few hours. He was able to be the scribe and then he lost it. 

The language came forth through these scrying sessions. It came through in terms of glyphs, words, and what we now refer to as the Enochian Calls. These are a series of 19 different statements in the Enochian language, which are said to be part of the apocalypse working if you subscribe to that notion.  They are generally seen to be the central to any of the Enochian Magic. 

The angels then provided a translation at a later time. Linguists have studied this language and conclude that it is similar to English, but a language nonetheless. It seems to me to be very similar to Light Language, glossolalia, or speaking in tongues, where there is definitely meaning. There is definitely emotionality and information being conveyed through the language. But it may or may not actually be the language that the angels speak with one another. 

One of the more interesting experiences I had during my own working of this system is chanting it aloud. There’s no set pronunciation, so you wing it as you go. There were, as it felt to me, like definitely some ways it made sense and some ways didn’t. Understanding that all the syntax is very similar to English, you can start seeing the words shifting. It starts to make sense when you read it along with the translation. 

One of the things I identified is that the name for “kingdom or power” is Londo, which is very similar to London. And the word for “iniquity” is Madrid, the capital of Spain and enemy of England at that time. These cognates of London, meaning kingdom or power, and Madrid, meaning iniquity, implies a political aspect of this language. There’s some sort of political aspect to this language that can’t be denied.

I’m not saying that the language is made up by Edward Kelley or John Dee. I’m just saying that it is something more like a collaboration between the hearts and minds of the people and the zeitgeist and the celestial beings. I don’t actually think these angels are communicating in the so-called Enochian language. I believe that these celestial beings can communicate through pure consciousness because that’s my experience working with this language.

My experience is identifying that yes, indeed, it is helpful in the ritual process. But there are aspects that are challenging if you understand this as the language angels speak to one another. I would invite you to explore it yourself. 

How does it work with you? Does it unlock anything within you, when you try to speak it? Does it unlock anything in you if you write it? These are the questions that only you can answer. I don’t think anyone in this world can provide you an answer that is satisfactory. Is this a made up language or is this glossolalia? Is this angelic script or whatever else? No one’s going to provide that answer for you except for you. If you’re curious, then I invite you to explore the Enochian language on your own. Thank you.

What are the dangers of Enochian magic?

If you start to look into Enochian magic, which is a system of magic that John Dee and Edward Kelley received from their angelic communications in the late 1500s, you will find two statements kind of surrounding it. The first statement is that it works. The second statement is it is dangerous and that you might not want to engage with it without proper guidance.

In my own practice, I have found that yes, indeed it works. What does that mean? Well, it means that when I have engaged with the Enochian language, by studying it, I have engaged in a path of study with this material. When I started building the Holy Table and the ritual implements, my dreams shifted. I started to have communications with celestial beings. In my dreams, it was a very strange and interesting experience, they provided guidance about how to work with this matter. So it works. You might also think of it like when you open the telephone. If someone’s saying hello on the other side of it, the telephones work in that way. 

If you’re skeptical about whether or not it works or anything like that, try it out. 

The other thing people say about Enochian magic is that it is dangerous in a way. So what are the dangers of Enochian and magic? The most coherent statements about the dangers might involve invoking an apocalypse and inviting these nefarious forces or demonic or demonic forces into our world to wreak havoc. This is something like what people might say about Aleister Crowley’s working of the Enochian rituals in the last century. They say he may have actually opened the doors to forces that brought about the world wars or something like that. 

The notion that ceremonial magic can invoke world wars just seems actually too ridiculous for me to consider. That a single man could invoke this sort of thing. Rather, I would expect that it is something like the fruiting body of a mycelial network. That Aleister Crowley was an expression of his Zeitgeist, the spirit of the time, and therefore, if there’s any correspondence between his working and the horrors of the 20th century, it is just because both the horrors of the 20th century and the working of Aleister Crowley was indeed expressions of this deeper spirit of humanity in that time. 

When you’re invited to engage with Enochian Apocalypse Working, it is from the point of view that you are an expression of a deeper unity consciousness. That you are like a tip of an iceberg, which is the collective unconscious, the higher self, and all these different aspects of who you are as a being of divinity, or being a creator being having an experience. 

That leads us to the other aspect of the dangers of Enochian magic. The more reasonable understanding about the dangers of this magic is that it works with the mind, soul, and energy body. It is very similar to Vajrayana Buddhism, which is a magical practice used to awaken the mind to its true reality as enlightened activity. People will often say bring up your stuff that you have unresolved. It will bring up those things and you’ll have to face it. And that’s the danger of actually connecting with yourself. 

It’s only dangerous if you have an experience of yourself as a nightmarish creature or as being stuck in an experience. It’s actually not dangerous. I would, in fact, consider that it is dangerous to not engage these paths, if you are interested in open to waking up to your true nature as this being of unity consciousness as being who is having an experience this creator, divinity being God, God, Goddess, spirit, Earth, whatever word you want to use, you are that having an experience here in this dreamlike world that we call waking reality. 

If you engage these paths, it will bring you to a deeper reality, it will bring you to deeper resonance with your own truth. Reality ultimately is not dangerous. I want to thank you for your courage in approaching these matters.  

Thank you for approaching this path of magic, this path of self-initiation, the path of waking up from this nightmare. Thank you for coming into deeper resonance with peace, love and unity consciousness, with the enlightened activity that you are. Thank you.

Thank you for risking the dangers of having uncomfortable experiences of discovering you are not who you think you are. And that’s really, ultimately what the dangers are of the Enochian magic. The only danger is that you will see truly who you are. I actually believe you can handle it. I believe anyone reading these words can handle it.  Because you are actually enlightened activity. You are God. You are the source of magic having an experience. 

There’s no way that you can encounter something that is ultimately dangerous to your true nature. I would invite you to explore that path with the courage based on that conviction. If you don’t have conviction, just be open to it. Ask for experiences in your life that will deepen your conviction that you indeed are this source of magic and that there’s nothing to be afraid of. You can do it and the world will respond to it. It works. That’s what they say it works. 

Thank you.

What is the taboo of speaking about magic? 

There’s certainly a taboo about speaking about magic. If you do, oftentimes you are perhaps ridiculed, like someone who believes in fairy tales. But also there is another very real taboo, which I see coming from two sources. One source is a sense of protection for the individual practitioner or the group of practitioners. Talking about magic and magical practices has often led to death and persecution. So there’s a very real sense of safety in staying silent. 

I would put forward that now is not the time to be silent, that in fact, our society is on the cusp, but not yet committed to a path of darkness or persecution that we are at a moment where if we speak together, that we can shift our frequencies and patterns of society to be more accepting and less persecuting. I know that there is a huge divide happening, a huge sense of duality and fear happening in the narratives that we are presented through media, through our governments, through the industrial medical complexes and things like that. 

There’s a huge narrative that wants us to experience a sense of division, of light and dark, angel and demon, Pleiadian and reptilian, or even self and other. But I don’t think that’s actually active in the hearts and minds of humans. We are magical creatures that have minds and hands to move things. We are beautiful creatures. I don’t think that the need for division is happening from the hearts, or from you, me and our friends and family. 

I believe that magic is real, that we have the capacity to know things that our physical bodies might not have means of perception, that we can create things with our minds and hearts. We can manifest and magnetize energies and possibilities and experiences that are truly magical. We have that capacity. If we start to share in the frequency of possibility, if we really truly do that as a people, as a family, then we can create a situation where we’re not persecuting each other.

 We are not engaged in that battle of light and dark, but rather we are singing harmonies of light and dark, of high and low. How beautiful are our harmonies! Even when we work with painting and art, we need to have the contrast of light and dark and it’s beautiful. We don’t need to cut out half a painting because it’s dark. We need to appreciate it from a point of view that’s a little bit different than what we might have if we were in the painting itself. 

So just like that, we are invited to step into our magical understanding. I’m inviting you now to do that. I think that the world is inviting us to step into this magic reality, this magical understanding and to share that openness. I accept you as you are. I accept that your path may be the path of the left hand or the dark magician or whatever. My path might be that of light. You might be Christian, I might be Buddhist, whatever. We can work in harmony together to create this beautiful world of magic.

We’re really actually there in the world. The prerequisites for our little minds to understand that  there is a plurality of experience, these criteria, are present. We have instantaneous communication across the globe, we see videos of each other, we hear what each other are experiencing. We simply need to start tuning in more and more to each other’s experiences and allowing the other’s experience into our hearts by letting go of our notions about what the world is, or could be, from the point of view of dogma.  We can let go of dogma, like the world is not magical or that it is a bunch of matter moving around and that  psychic stuff is impossible. Just listen to people, see what they have to say, that’s all I’m inviting you to do. 

And then you might discover that, wow, this whole world is much more vast. We don’t actually need to persecute someone based on their religious or political beliefs, so long as no one’s causing harm. That’s it, so long as your freewill expression is not really being impinged upon or stepped on. 

There are certain skillful means that our society needs to employ for challenging aspects of our experience. Of course, if someone’s casting evil spells on you all the time, you might need to do something to defend yourself against that or to move away or shift your frequency or some such thing. All I’m saying is that we don’t need to be so afraid of persecution. We just don’t, there’s so many strange beliefs out there, the world is full of them. Really, the sense of persecution comes from memory within ourselves. 

I see the natural state of us, as human beings, here and now, is a state of magical connection with the universal divine principle. That’s what I’m trying to communicate. I think that’s what these magicians of the past have tried to communicate but were silenced by the need of staying safe from persecution. I say, let’s create a world where that persecution and silence doesn’t actually happen. 

The first step is working with our own hearts and our own memories of being persecuted, perhaps in past lives or in other ways. Now we are more mature and therefore we don’t need to fear what we feared before. We have the invitation and option, here and now, to create a world that is free of religious and magical persecution. Therefore, I am acting as if that taboo of magical silence doesn’t exist, at least from the point of view from fear of persecution.

The only other reason why there is a taboo related with magical silence is because communicating deeper truths about this world and our capacities to work with them to people who are not yet ready might ruin the surprise. It might ruin the joy of the journey or might give them capacities that are somewhat unbalanced and create a difficult experience for them. That is one very real reason for engaging in magical silence. That’s one of the reasons why there are graduated paths of initiation into these magical experiences. It is so that you have that journey of initiation and understanding. 

You have the appropriate teaching at the appropriate time and not before. In my work here and now, in presenting this, I realize that I am standing outside of Western magical tradition, in a way, by not being initiated into those systems that require magical silence. I am not an initiate in whatever traditions there are that require silence whatsoever. Yes, I have had an experience of Western magic that I want to share with you. Therefore, I can share my experience with you on my authority as an individual, as an individual expression of this greater unity consciousness. 

Therefore, I can offer you an invitation to a path of self-initiation. You are initiating yourself, if you choose to work with this path or any path of magic. That’s my invitation. I can’t do anything to initiate anyone, I have no desire to establish a situation like what I’ve seen in the lodges and people talking about the lodges. I have no desire to create a system of secret magicality that requires long paths of study and lots of money. I have seen those systems be destructive, exploitative, and aggressive, and not lead to a deeper truth than what I can experience in communion with nature or my own perceptions. 

Therefore, I share this experience with you outside of those systems. They’re not needed. Same thing with Enochian ritual, it’s full of complexity and things like that. I’m starting to share this ritual with you with the center aethyr. Number one, LIL, which is supposed to be the center of heaven. This is the what I start with, it’s like, there’s nothing else that I can offer except for this consistent message that you are an expression of unity consciousness, that you are being of magic, that you are much more than your physical body, that if you engage any path of discovery or magicality that you will discover you are something like God, Goddess, spirit, source, universe, cosmos, Earth, whatever. 

This is where you are. This is all I have to say. This is the only magic that I can speak about. This is the only path of initiation that I can invite you to engage in. That’s why I’m speaking. I don’t think we need to be afraid of persecution anymore. I think if we speak about our magical experiences, we will actually create a magical world together. That’s what’s at stake here: a beautiful golden age of magic. I’d love that. I think you would too. So thank you. 

I invite you to speak when you feel comfortable about your own magical experiences. I bet you will discover that everyone that you know has an experience that they can relate with you. I believe that if you speak in a way that’s somewhat intelligent and skillful, sensing into it and discerning appropriate language, that you’ll never experience a sense of ridicule or persecution. I believe that if you work with a path of self-initiation and then communicate and collaborate with other people in an open way, you’ll recognize that the people you’re afraid of receiving teachings in the wrong way or that you’ll ruin the journey, it won’t be like that at all. It might lead to greater collaboration and accelerated discoveries.

I’d love to hear what your path is. I thank you for the courage you have to work with this material. Thank you for the courage you will exhibit by speaking your truth. 

Thank you.

What is scrying? 

Scrying is a magical or psychic activity. Scrying is the center of the activity of John Dee and Edward Kelley, which they did to receive the system of Enochian magic and to have communication with celestial beings. Scrying is looking into what could be a crystal orb, like a crystal ball, which you’re probably familiar with. Sometimes it’s a dish of water, a flame, a single point on the wall, or a cloud. Whatever it is, it’s using your physical eyes to focus on a physical object for the purpose of nonphysical sight. 

I’m not actually sure what Edward Kelley saw, or how he saw it, I just know from my own experience of scrying that I could see the physical object, and I never saw angels. I never saw celestial beings with my physical eyes here, but rather with the eyes of my imagination and the eyes of my heart. 

The practice of scrying is very interesting. I invite you to try it simply by looking into a fire or a crystal orb or whatever. By engaging in a practice of meditation, of single pointed consciousness, of dropping from the discursive mind down into the heart space and into the belly. Allowing the flow of breath in and out. Allowing the physical sensations to achieve a sense of stability and peace. 

When you have that experience of stability and peace in this engagement with this object of concentration, then you start to observe that nothing’s changing out here, but something’s changing within. Then you can start to observe that more and more, which was my experience, at least. However, I know some people actually see things. They hear things physically, when they engage in these practices. 

I would love to hear your stories and how you encounter these things. Because if there’s one thing I know from all my education and training, it is that everyone’s different. The path is different for everyone. Even if we use the same words of say, scrying, it means something completely different.  I invite you to find what that is for you. Because there is indeed a path of practice that can lead you into contact with the nonphysical realms. That is the heart. That is the mind. That is who you are. And so if you have an experience that doesn’t look like scrying as described in the books, who cares? Engage your own path of discovery.

What is Initiation? 

Initiation is a key element to magical practice. It is a key element to spiritual practice. Baptism is an initiation into the Christian religion. It helps you understand. It helps you relate to the deeper aspects of those practices and provides you an understanding. 

There’s two aspects of initiation that I see are very important. One is the conceptual education and understanding of what is engaged in a spiritual, religious, or magical practice. So this is talking or writing, this is why I am sharing stories with you. It is in order to initiate you into a stream of magic that actually comes from your own heart. This is an invitation for self-initiation, for you to move from your mind alone, through the concepts and stories I’m sharing, down to your heart as the source of magic, to the whole field, and then finally, out into the entire cosmos. That is the path of initiation that I wish for you. 

You’re the only person that can initiate you into these things. You have to say yes to it. Even if someone comes up to you, even if a grand master of religion or magical practice comes up to you and says, “I’m going to initiate you into this.” No one can do that unless you say yes, unless you are willing to participate in that. Actually, you won’t be willing to participate in any of that unless you already recognize the truth, the potency, and the power within those systems. You are the sole source of initiation, you’re the sole source of discernment as to whether or not this path of initiation makes sense to you. 

It’s really important to realize that no one else is going to do this for you. Even if they do, it’s just a service they’re offering you. It’s like with hypnotism, there’s no magic power that can overwhelm your will to make you cluck like a chicken or remember a past life. You’re doing it. The hypnotist is inviting you, they’re creating a situation where you might say yes, but you’re doing that work. 

The second part of initiation is the nonconceptual aspect. It’s the nonrational aspect. It’s actually the magical aspect. It is an experience of magic, of ceremony, of ritual, and that sort of thing. We’ve talked about the intellectual understanding of initiation. But then there’s another aspect, the nonrational. It’s the aspect where you realize you’re initiated. 

It’s moving from the mind to the whole being and whole experience. It should involve all aspects of your being including the nonrational, the subconscious, and the superconscious. Oftentimes, it is provided through an oral tradition. It is a sharing of frequency or sharing of understanding or experience, I believe the path of Enochian magic is an experience of initiation, a self-initiation actually on the part of the human invoker of these intelligences. Then these intelligences come, provide visions and experiences that are an initiation. 

They are an initiation of sorts. Initiation to what? Well, that is the nature of reality as Divine unity consciousness, which is my belief. It’s really important to understand that there’s no other source. Someone out there isn’t carrying the secret frequencies of initiation for you. You have to respond to them, even if they are. It’s something where it is a participation between you and the world. And you’ll discover that the world is indeed you.

That’s what initiation is. I would love to see you engage in the path of self-initiation by way of understanding, exploring, engaging in the different aspects of learning about magic. But also I’d love to see you self-initiate into the streams of magic that are available to you. You can do that by participating in magical tradition. You can do that by listening to stories, concepts, and words by people who have gone before you and are showing the way. But you ultimately are resonating with those frequencies that actually do not exist outside of you. It is only a process of mind, where you’re shifting and where you’re allowing the concepts of who you are to open up to those frequencies and resonances that are already happening. That’s what initiation is.

What is Enochian? 

Who is Enoch? Why do we use the phrase in Enochian when we talk about a system of magic that’s based on interacting with angelic, celestial, or extradimensional beings? Why do we use the term Enochian and to refer to the language? Why do we use the term Enochian to refer to these angels? 

Well, it all has to do with a Book of Enoch, which is an apocryphal book of the Bible. The apocryphal books of the Bible are books of the Bible that didn’t make the cut of empires who decided that certain books of the Bible were in line with their political dogma or not. The Book of Enoch was decided to not fall within the biblical canon and therefore it’s apocryphal. 

It tells the story of the prophet Enoch and his interactions with celestial beings. It’s a fascinating story. People look at it nowadays as perhaps a contact narrative. It is actually a narrative of a record of interacting with celestial beings. So these might be extraterrestrial beings or they might be extradimensional. We don’t really know how this world works, so it’s really strange to say that over there are angels, over there are extraterrestrials, and over there are extradimensionals. But we’re not really sure who and what they are. 

The Book of Enoch talks about how these angels came down from the sky, bred with humans to create a race of angel-human-hybrids. It talks about how Enoch went up to the sky and interacted with these fiery chariots and saw these different aspects of being of the cosmos. It reads very similar to a so-called abduction narrative that we are familiar with now in the age of UFOs and little green men. 

That’s who Enoch is. There is an apocryphal book of the Bible called the Book of Enoch. Dr. John Dee, the 16th century alchemist, scholar, magician, and whatever else he was, was interested in this book. He saw that it revealed something about the cosmos, that it revealed something about human interaction with angelic forces. He saw that the interaction between humans and angels could be of benefit to the world and that it could help heal the rift of Christianity, between Protestantism and Catholicism where people were being burned alive because of their beliefs. Dee thought that connecting in with that realm of experience and invoking the aid and assistance of these celestial beings, would be of assistance. 

How does the term Enochian get associated with John Dee and the system of magic that the angels communicated? Why do we say these are the Enochian angels? Well, there’s really no good reason that I found and I’ve been studying this for years now. I haven’t seen a direct correlation or written expression from John Dee that these are indeed the angels that Enoch worked with. 

Rather, I understand it to be something like the European explorers coming to the New World and saying, “This is India. Therefore, these are Indians.” And the rest of the English speaking world saying that that makes sense to me, even though we know it’s not India. That might be why we continue to say these are Enochian angels. 

I will say that the names correspond between those of Dee and Enoch. There are names of the angels such as Uriel, Gabriel, and Michael, which are consistent from the Book of Enoch with the names given by the angels themselves through the scrying activity of Edward Kelley.

That’s a little bit about who Enoch is and why we use the term in Enochian angels. I personally prefer the term “celestial beings” because that’s really what they are. It doesn’t actually say whether these are ETS or angels, it leaves it open. 

So I invite you to go on your own voyage of discovery to who these angels are. If you find out why there is a deeper connection between the Book of Enoch, the spirit diaries of John Dee and Edward Kelley interacting with these angels, or the Enochian magical system, let me know, I’d be interested to hear. I invite you to explore this deeper in your own way to discover how you can connect with the angels and the celestial beings. Whether they are angels or ETs is up to you to discover.

What is Enochian magic? 

Enochian magic is a system of ceremonial or ritual magic from the Western magical tradition that emerged out of the 16th century and beyond. It originally started with Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley, who were Englishmen, both interested in magic and alchemy. John Dee was interested in science and mathematics. Edward Kelley was interested more in the psychic or scrying aspects of this work. 

These two men reached out to the celestial realm or angelic forces, who then communicated several systems of magic involving the names of angels, how to communicate with the celestial realms, and how to perform certain rituals that have certain impact on the magical operator, or the world in general. Enochian magic comes from, allegedly, angels communicating with Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley. 

They communicated through a series of very strange ways. They provided a system of language of writing, which we now know as the Enochian scripts, alphabet, and language, but is actually never ever referenced as Enochian in the communications that were recorded by Dr. John Dee.

This system of magic is used for a variety of reasons. One of the reasons or motivations might be understood as an apocalypse working, so too invoke the apocalypse, to move beyond this eon we’re in into the next one. This is something not imagined like fire and brimstone, but more as transformation, more as chrysalis, more as becoming a new being. 

Other purposes of using Enochian magic might be to commune with the spirits or an elemental being, or to scry, meaning look psychically into different levels of consciousness, of being, or of reality. Just like there are many different people, there are many different motivations for working with the Enochian system of magic. 

Not least of which actually are the ceremonial magical traditions like the Order of the Golden Dawn or that which was put forward by Crowley last century. These are systems of ritual magical tradition, which are something like Masonic practices where there’s these lodges, where there are these ritual leaders, people who are initiated going through systems of magic. The system that John Dee and Edward Kelley received from the angels was then adapted by practitioners in this ceremonial magical tradition of initiation, which brought forward a lot of the aspects we now see as Enochian magic.

It is important to realize that certain sources come from the angels, certain sources come from John Dee and Edward Kelley, and certain aspects of Enochian magic come from other places. These are all part of the tradition. These are all part of the mix of Enochian magic.

Now in the 21st century, there are many different ways of engaging with so-called Enochian magic. That is up to you actually. The way I present this material in my own engagement is a path of empirical discovery of self-initiation. I look to sources that empower you to do your work, in your way, so that you can be more embodied here and now, with peace, love and unity consciousness. That’s really the point of it. I would invite you to connect with any path of magic that brings you into a deeper embodiment of peace, love, and unity consciousness.

What is ceremonial magic? 

Ceremonial magic is a way of practice. It comes out of the historical tradition that goes back to somewhere around the time of Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelley. At that time, there was the church, there was folk magic, and there was something like philosophic magic. This philosophic magic is a mixture of chemistry and alchemy, astronomy, and astrology, this all was happening all at once. 

Magic was not split apart from the mind, heart, soul, or religion of these people. The notion of ceremonial magic, actually, is a modern notion. Ceremonial magic is literally, like a Christian Church ritual. That is a ceremonial and magical experience of transubstantiation. The miracle of the Eucharist, communion of transmuting the bread and wine to the blood and body of Christ, is a magical action performed by a ceremonial magician, which we often call a priest. 

If you have experienced with Christianity, you might understand how natural the magic of the Eucharist is. You might probably think it’s not magic. You might think that it’s not magic, that it’s the way of the world or the way of God. That’s what John Dee and Edward Kelley experienced in science and magic.

After the fact, after science started coming in, then magic started balancing it. There’s a split between astrology and astronomy, there’s a split between chemistry and alchemy, there’s a split between magic and science, but it is an artificial split. Because we have the notions of subjective and objective, this dualism, light and dark, good and evil, ripping apart something that is one thing. 

It’s all one and we’re ripping it apart with our mind. So that we ultimately can say, I am this, everything else is that and I am this ego-mind thing. This is actually the source of suffering. The source of suffering is that duality, that splitting apart of self and other in the identification with the self and the pushing away of the other. 

This is what the ego does. And so when we work with suffering in Buddhism, we train the mind and ego to recognize what it is. It’s beautiful, it’s an intelligent thing, and the persona is wonderful. But the habits around the ego are the source of suffering. The defensiveness around the ego and our notions of self is really the source of suffering.

As a society, we’re doing that with science and magic. We want to believe that we are minds and we are good economies and sciences and stuff like that, and everything else is problematic or evil or whatever. 

That’s a bit more context of ceremonial magic then I was thinking I would give you. I actually wanted to talk about the history of ceremonial magic coming up and out of the workings of John Dee and Edward Kelley. 

John Dee obviously was engaged with something like magic. There were obviously rituals and things like that. There are things like Templars and the other aspects of Masonic and Platonistic magics that come through the Western magical traditions, that sort of thing. 

What we understand to be ceremonial magic came about generally through the Order of the Golden Dawn, which was about a century or so ago and brought forth a lot of these rituals. They looked to the Enochian magic, which is the system of magic that the angels communicated through Edward Kelley and John Dee. They looked at it, took it, and made it a kind of centerpiece to their system of initiation and ritual practice, which we now call ceremonial magic.

I invite you to explore the history of it yourself. It might feel as if there are people out there that want to keep it secret. There are people out there that want to keep ceremonial magic taboo. There are people out there that say it’s dealing with a devil or non-Christian or not this or not that, whatever. But I would invite you to explore this aspect yourself.

I invite you to go in to practice yourself. A lot are actually available on the Internet for free in the public domain. I would stay away from people who like to keep things hidden, who like to feed out little dollops of wisdom for thousands of dollars and that sort of thing. Those actually are systems of magic, but also systems of exploitation. I would encourage you actually to work with traditions and practices that offer and invite. Even if they do keep things secret, because some things do need to stay secret, it just doesn’t make sense to talk about certain things, they’re willing to have a conversation with you without charging you, without making you go through this system, that system, this thing, right to get to the level of initiate or whatever. 

Those are just signs of bad corporations who are taking advantage of you. Magic is in your blood. It is in your bones, it is in your heart. Anyone who charges you for that, or says that you’re not worthy, or says that you have to go through this system of initiation, and does not point to the absolute magical source of power, love, and truth within you, anyone who does these things is a fraud and is not a magician that you should be dealing with. 

I would invite you to consult with the greatest ceremonial magician that can ever be and that is you. That is you. That’s you. You have the truth within you. You can discern from the first presentation of a bit of knowledge or ritual. You can tell where it’s going to lead.  You might have a feeling of where the path will lead. You can tell that right away by what you feel in your heart and therefore follow that. That’s my invitation. I say that all the systems of ceremonial magic that have come about in the West aren’t anything compare to the truth within you.

What is Vajrayana or tantric Buddhism?

Vajrayana or tantric Buddhism is the magical path of Buddhism. This is bringing the Hinayana and the Mahayana, the lesser and greater vehicles of Buddhism, the lesser and greater paths. The Hinayana is a path of meditation for the cessation of personal suffering. The Mahayana path is the engagement of the path of enlightenment for the benefit of all sentient beings. The Vajrayana brings that forward with magical practices. 

I practice in the Shambala Buddhist tradition, which was offered by the monk Trungpa Rinpoche to the West in western language. I engage with paths of the Hinayana and Mahayana. There may be a cultural issue in the practice of tantric or Vajrayana Buddhism from a western point of view because there are deep cultural understandings of magic and culture that are coming up and through Vajrayana Buddhism. 

The most common issue that comes up is the student-guru relationship. You make vows to the Vajra Lord, to follow his every command, to see him as Buddha. You do this out of compassion for yourself in the context, to subjugate your will to this being, who then is an expression of enlightenment and will help guide you through these magical practices. Where you see yourself as Buddha or where you see yourself as the center of this mandala, which brings a deeper identification with the enlightened energy and enlightened magical energies within yourself that you’re already experiencing at the deepest levels of your own reality.

It’s important to look at Vajrayana Buddhism in the traditions of Tibet. It came up and out of the synthesis of the Buddhism that Padma Sambhava brought from India to Tibet, along with Yeshe Tsogyal, his consort. He went through a whole period of relating to the natural magical entities and beings of Tibet and practices. He subjugated them, these sort of demonic, magical, or elemental forces, to the practices of Buddhism. Out of that magical activity Vajrayana Buddhism emerges. 

We as a culture, especially as an English speaking, Western culture, and I’m speaking to descendants of participants in that culture. You might be a participant in that culture simply by way of colonialism. We have the opportunity to either engage with Buddhist practices and any other magical systems like going down to the shamans of the Amazon or talking to Tibetans or other things like that. That’s a very fruitful and worthwhile activity. But I see that we indeed have our own magical traditions that are very similar to the magical practices of Vajrayana Buddhism. In fact, I’ve offered my own practice here with this so-called Enochian Magic, which is at the center of the British Empire experience. 

I’ve worked with it in the context of Mahayana Buddhism to perhaps create a path for me that is magical, which brings in the natural and native magicality of my own language, my own culture, to bring that forth and to work with it. 

And so I would invite you to follow the example of Padma Sambhava, so wherever you go. If you want to bring in this enlightened activity, start with what’s present and start with where you’re at. Work with the magical forces that are present to you. These may or may not be the Enochian system of magic, that’s totally fine. Whatever the system of magic for you that is actually alive and apart from a kind of appropriative experience, whatever is really in your bones and blood, in mind and heart, as your magical relationship with the world, engage that as a path of enlightened activity. That is the invitation I offer here in the context of Vajrayana Buddhism.

What is Mahayana Buddhism? 

I speak about Buddhism because it is relevant. Mahayana Buddhism is a way of saying the greater vehicle. It stands in contrast to the Hinayana or the Vajrayana. Hinayana, meaning lesser vehicle, Vajrayana meaning diamond vehicle, which is the magical aspect of, say, Tibetan Buddhism. 

Hinayana is all about individual practice for cessation of suffering. It provides us the tools of identifying our concepts that lead to suffering. They say it takes something like a thousand lifetimes in the Hinayana Buddhist path to achieve enlightenment. It is known as a lesser vehicle primarily because it is the first one. It’s not lesser or worse or degraded or whatever. It’s just the thing you start with because you start with who you are and the suffering that you’re in. You learn the practices of mindful breathing, of working with the mind, of the Eightfold Path of living a good life, that sort of thing. 

Mahayana Buddhism comes about because of turning of the wheel of dharma. It is based on the understanding of shunyata, which is a Sanskrit word for nothingness, emptiness, or also fullness. The most beautiful expression of it is The Heart Sutra.  It involves enlightened bodhisattvas, which is a word for awakened being. These are beings who are engaged in the path of enlightenment and working for the benefit of all sentient beings. So that’s their commitment. That’s actually the commitment of Mahayana Buddhism. 

The expression of Mahayana Buddhism through the Heart Sutra says, “Hey, nothing’s here, nothing here’s. There’s no path, no wisdom, no attainment, no non-attainment, there’s not this, nor that.” These are all just concepts that go through the entire world of Buddhism and say, these are just concepts, the truth of the matter is here now present everything nothing. It’s what makes the flower sutra, where the Buddha just held up a beautiful flower, meaningful. 

That sense of shunyata, of emptiness, and nothing, really, is the experience of the world that we have every single moment. It’s only our conceptual egoic persona mind that says I’m something else and that I exist. The doctrine of shunyata, of emptiness and nothing, says, no, no, actually, you don’t exist in that way. It’s okay. It’s beautiful. Because it turns out, in that experience of emptiness you are everything because there’s a fullness. It is a paradox. 

They say when you practice Mahayana Buddhism, it takes about something like a hundred lifetimes or so you know, instead of a thousand.  It is now only a hundred lifetimes because you’re actually motivated to practice the path of enlightenment for your family, for the ones you love, for the beings that you see in their suffering, feel it in your heart, and you work towards that. 

The whole practice I’ve done with this Enochian ritual is a Mahayana Buddhist practice, as I understand it. I started with that, I ended with that, it is for the benefit of all beings. It’s in alignment with my vows to not be a source of harm in the world and to work towards the benefit of all beings, which is the enlightenment of all beings. The understanding here is that you are all those beings actually. That’s the truth. That’s where you might get to. 

I invite you actually to explore that notion too. Are you all beings? Is the reality of nature empty of concepts? Is it a fullness of experience that is nonconceptual in nature? You can get to that understanding simply by practice, in observing your own experience, paying attention to your breath, doing some of the work, that sort of thing. I invite you to explore that in your own life.

Who is Asclepius? What is an Asclepion?

Asclepius is an ancient Greek god of healing and of dreaming. The Asclepion is a temple, where you can encounter this energy, this frequency of healing and dream for the purposes of healing, insight, and transformation in your life. 

In the ancient Greek world, if you had an illness, or you needed insights, you might go to the Asclepion. Then you would have a conversation with a priest. The priest would hear your story about what’s going on, and then would offer you a ritual of purification or of cleansing, and then invite you to have an experience of dreaming in the temple space. As you go to bed, you might invoke or incubate a dream, you might intend to have a dream of healing, insight, transformation, or meaning. 

Then you might encounter the frequencies or energies or wisdom of Asclepius. This might take the form of visitation in your dream of that skilled physician, that beautiful youth snake, that dog, whatever. There are accounts of people going there and having dreams of being healed, like by a doctor, and then waking up and discovering a snake licking their wound or some such thing. 

You might have a bizarre or otherwise difficult dream for you to interpret. Then you would have a conversation with a priest that would help interpret the meanings of those dreams. Oftentimes, they presented courses of action to bring about the healing, transformation, or insight that you needed. 

The dreams themselves may actually just provide that immediately. It’s very specific to each individual as to what would happen, but these are the sorts of the courses that would happen. After the interaction with a priest, after the dream, after all of that, you would offer a thank-offering. You would provide your testimony that might be inscribed in a wall, or in a work of art there. You might commission some art for beautifying the temple space, or you may actually even support the priest or bring a temple to your area, something like that. It depends on your capacity to make those offerings, but an offering was expected and generally it was in the form of sharing the testimony. 

Yes, indeed, I was healed, I found insight, I found transformation and meaning through invoking Asclepius, that the God of dream and healing in my life. 

Some of my work, some of my offering here and now is that thank offering for the presence of this Asclepian energy in my life that has brought me healing, meaning, insight, and transformation, in both my waking life and in my dreaming life. I thank this energy, this frequency, this consciousness, which we call Asclepius, thank you. I give my testimony that its presence in my life has been a benefit. 

In that way, I invite you to explore how this frequency, how the energies of healing and dream, can be of service to you in your life. It’s really needed in this time, here and now. We really need to wake up to the dreamlike nature of our reality. We really could use healing, insight, meaning, and transformation. I invite you to explore this potent source of guidance, of healing, of dream, and of medicine. 

Thank you for being open to the path. Thank you for contemplating this invitation. I really hope you do explore, knowing that these energies, this God, and these frequencies of dreaming and healing, they all come from you. They all are you. Ultimately, it is all just encountering yourself in different ways that are beautiful. Thank you for doing that.

Who is Aleister Crowley? 

How does Enochian magic relate with Aleister Crowley? Is this devil worship? Are we doing satanic rituals here? What is going on? 

These are all very good questions. I’ve asked them myself as I engaged in this path. When I was first tuned into the work of John Dee through my own experience.  I started exploring what Enochian magic is. I discovered that Alister Crowley, who is known as the most evil man of the world of the last century, or the Great Beast. Growing up in Northern Michigan, in Christian church, we heard horror stories about the evils of Satanism. The name “Alister Crowley” was offered as an example of evil occurring, although no one really knew why.

To have Crowley be associated with the Enochian rituals is probably what’s problematic for my deep subconscious. I had to wrestle with the notion that perhaps I was working with demonic creatures who were posing as angels, like I was warned as a child in the evangelical church.

There are a number of things to say around this. But the truth of the matter and my own personal experience with working with the Enochian rituals is that it revealed unity consciousness. The nondual ground from which both light and dark emerge is the true reality of our experience. In Shambhala Buddhism, we call this nondual ground of being “basic goodness”. It’s not like Santa is making a list of naughty and nice and that the ground of all being is on the nice side. Basic goodness is saying that the ground of being the source of being, which is pure love, actually, and the whole experience, the purpose of it, everything is nondual, meaning it’s neither good nor bad. With that understanding, we see that when we separate good and bad, we create a world of suffering for ourselves. This is Buddhism really.

But in the experience of working with these rituals and communicating with these angelic beings, they were very, very emphatic about some point. They were very emphatic that our work now is not necessarily to be concerned with good or bad, but rather to drop down into an identity with unity consciousness, with the source and ground of our being. If it so happens that your path is through the darker aspects of magic, so be it, that’s wonderful, so long as we respect each other.

We can respect and love each other, even if we have different flavors of experience. That’s very important to understand. If there’s no harm being done, then what’s the big deal if he was summoning demons? The word “demon” actually is a word that comes from “daemon”. Daemon refers to an intermediary force as some spirit that exists between us and God. 

Regarding the work of Aleister Crowley and the fears around demon worshiping and things like that, I would invite you to see that as one pole of the spectrum light and dark, light and dark. Light and dark and the duality and the separation that your mind wants to do. 

“I like this, but not that” is the source of suffering. The attachment to the notion “I am a good person and they are bad people” is what causes suffering. It is what causes aggressive behavior, which is actually evil. For instance, people in the time of John Dee were burning each other alive because they were Protestant instead of Catholic.

Just doesn’t make any sense. If you’re a loving and good God or a loving and good person, you just don’t burn someone alive for their beliefs. But if you’re so attached to your notion of who you are as a good person, you might aggressively defend that notion. 

This is something that deserves our compassion. It’s something that deserves our empathy. Because every single conscious being who has emerged out of a body with an ego and persona goes through this experience. It is totally fine to experience light and dark, then associate with one side instead of the other.  Just don’t be attached to it and remember to come back down to the nondual group of being.

 I’d invite you, if you are concerned about the resonance of Enochian practice and Enochian rituals and communications with the celestial beings, you’re concerned with that association with Aleister Crowley, to then explore your own issues. 

It’s a projection. These are mirrors for you to have an experience about seeing where you’re at on that polarity, where you’re at in the journey from source to duality to nonduality. Aleister Crowley and Enochian magic, for me, has been a source of exploration like a mirror. 

It’s not anything evil, it will not take over your soul unless you want it to. Some people have a really strong desire to have battle demons or engage with the darker aspects, there’s a beauty to it. There’s no issue if you’re not causing harm. It’s just a different culture, it’s just a different flavor. 

I would invite even more emphasis on this matter. I would invite even more emphasis on this matter because we are about to engage as a society with extraterrestrial cultures. We are about to engage with cultures that live within the Earth and in slightly different densities and dimensions. There will be an encounter with cultures that have flavors that feel like darkness and that feel like Aleister Crowley or even dark magic.

Some of our celestial family will have a vibration of darkness. People nowadays talk about reptilians and grays as evil aliens. We need to not use those beings as a mirror for our own darkness. We need to accept that their culture might be different. Are they doing harm? What are they saying to us? What’s the actual communication that is occurring? As opposed to judging them right away and fighting against the perceived evil.

We should drop back into a state of equilibrium of our true identity as nondual beings, from which to engage the darker cultures.  We need to discern if harm is happening through an infringement of will.  If the culture is not causing harm, then it is a worthy culture to engage with and not fight with. We can practice that discernment in meditation and accepting our own darkness. If we are concerned with the darkness of our society, let us meditate on our own darkness and deepest identity with nondual consciousness.

I’d invite you to do that in your own life where you get scared. In many different places, you’ll be presented with abundant opportunities to practice this. I thank you for your practice because it will be important. It will mean the difference between us responding to those beings, who are gently reaching out their hand and love to assist us in our moment of need. it will mean the difference between biting that hand and really embracing. It is a practice of accepting the darkness within yourself and the darkness within our world and working with it in a nondual way. 

Thank you for your practice.

Who is the Mage of the Shattered Mirror?

In my ritual prayer, I use the appellation or name “the voice of the mage of the shattered mirror”. So who is this being? Well, this being is an imagination or it’s a fantasy. It’s a way of relating to the enlightened activity that expressed itself through the John Dee life.  It is a way to relate with this sort of magical capacity, this sort of frequency or energy of consciousness that is fascinated with mirrors, fascinated with optics, that sort of thing. I am fascinated with seeing this world in many different ways. 

This naming is a kind of an honoring of that energy of that history. I speak of the voice of the mage of the shattered mirror, because in this apocalypse working, in this working of Enochian ritual magic, I came to it because of past life, memories, suspicions or something like that. Since then, through the workings, of course, I’ve discovered that my true identity is with unity consciousness. It is really the ground by which I can connect with any resonance that was possible between here and there, between me and that historical life of John Dee.

I started working with how to relate to that historical life. I wanted to really give honor to the strength of my somatic and psychological experience while I opened up to these possibilities and this experience. It was very real for me because of my experience of encountering the magic mirror and the scrying material in the British Museum. Then going to Krakow and following the steps of John Dee, and then coming back home and experiencing a mysterious blood infection in my arm that needed emergency surgery. That was one potent experience I honor by this appellation.

Another potent experience was in the CE-5 retreat when I engaged in meditation while the group had a daytime sighting of a tic-tac UFO going across the sky. I was engaged with contemplation or memory or communication with that karmic stream or resonance. I have to give honor to that intelligence that has a sort of resonance with me. There’s a sort of mirror pattern I find in my life and the life of John Dee. 

This is an appellation that gives honor to those resonances but also allows me to step back and not be so arrogant as to claim that I am a past life expression of that person. I’m not an incarnation of John Dee, I am an incarnation of unity consciousness. I am an incarnation of many different frequencies coming together.  Allowing for that appellation, that naming, to be only a fragment or reference to the notion of shattered mirror.

The imagery of the shattered mirror comes about through a Tarot Deck, the Tarot of English Magic. There’s a beautiful image of the magician, John Dee. When I saw the shattered mirror, I thought that was really a beautiful expression. There’s this sort of energy of chaos. Dee reached out to the celestial realms, yearned for healing and all these things, but really his life had difficulty.

I imagine that after that life, that this vast intelligence did something, like a shattering of that mirror that he gazed in. I imagine him going forth into a variety of streams and places within this world like a hologram.  Like a million reflections in the shattered mirror. This is sort of what I’m imagining as I claim the appellation. 

John Dee, as imagined after his life, is who I consider to be the mage of the shattered mirror. There isn’t this sense of absolute control. There’s a sense of being resigned to the chaotic and wild forces. There’s this sense of portal. There’s the sense of having an experience that is so potent and so overwhelming, that it wakes you up to deeper reality. It wakes you up to the reality that this waking experience is something like a dream and that the physical body mind complex, the individual here, is but a shadowy reflection of a deeper, truer, more luminous consciousness, and that consciousness is all. 

So this reference to the voice of the mage the shattered mirror, references this journey, this journey of breaking apart into the all and coming back. It references the bodhisattva vow to keep going, keep going, until all have attained enlightenment. That’s actually the only way to attain enlightenment, it is through identification with the all, with nothing, with everything. 

I would invite you to play with that, to play with your own appellation, and with your own naming of yourself a magical being, if you will. I would invite you to consider how you are an expression of this sort of shattered consciousness of God coming into matter. Perhaps you might even see yourself as a little bit of a reunification. Perhaps you might even see this journey, this moment now, as a coming together of that which was shattered: God or spirit, whatever going into matter, splitting apart into all these different monads, these different expressions, different bits. All these are coming back together and recognizing the true nature of that unification and allowing that to happen. I hope you do that. I hope you explore that. 

I invite you to do that in the deepest way I can. I’d love to hear what the experience is like for you. I’d love to live in a world where people are exploring how their being and how their experience here now is an expression of a greater magicality, of a greater consciousness, which has perhaps split itself up into your experience. All that needs to happen is you to turn around and wake up to the greater truth. Thank you for doing that. It is very needed at this time. It is perhaps the path out of this nightmarish experience that we have found ourselves in with society, with our culture, with all of the issues that arose out of empire. Thank you.

Who are extraterrestrial or extradimensional or celestial beings? 

Who are these beings that we contact in CE-5 protocols? Who are these beings that show up when we invite them in and permit them into our experience? What does extraterrestrial beings mean? 

This is a very complicated question. In fact, we have seen beings like this throughout history in petroglyphs. You can look at it and say it’s silly, but actually the evidence is there. When you stand next to a rock that is inscribed with things that look like galaxies and ships and portals with beings that look like the ETs that we see in traditional narratives right next to representations of humans and animals, you start to think these people aren’t stupid who inscribe these things in the rock. 

Consider Chaco Canyon, which is a building of 800 rooms, a great house made out of stone that is astronomically aligned in the canyon. It is something like a sundial or calendar keeper for the stars, the seasons that involve observable cycles that last longer than human lifetime. These things were built in a single generation from people who were literally living in skin covered holes in the ground beforehand. 

There’s so much astounding evidence out there that there are beings, ET beings, celestial beings, angels, elementals, which are nature beings like gnomes, trolls, elves, and fairies. These are beings that are slightly in the unseen world. Slightly, I say that because we don’t have a very good understanding about the nature of experience in this world. We don’t have a good understanding about what reality is.

The reason why we don’t have a good understanding about what reality is, and our natural human capacities to see the truth, is because there is a documented history of exploitation and control perpetrated by the empires of religion, science, and politics. You can see that when you look at how the Roman Empire adopted Christianity and what books were kicked out of the Bible, which those books that talk about, say, like reincarnation, for instance the Gnostic Gospels. Gnostic simply means knowledge. 

When we look back to say, the 15th or 16th century, which was the time John Dee and Edward Kelley and was the time in which this Enochian magic came up and out into the world, we see that there was a tremendous amount of persecution on behalf of the religiously and politically motivated British Empire and out of the Spanish with the Inquisition against wise women. It was a persecution of wise women and men who knew these things, who had second sight, who could heal outside of and in a way not controlled by a central government.  These people were literally burned alive and persecuted. This is why we don’t have a deep understanding about the nature of our reality. 

I went to one of the oldest schools in the United States, St. John’s College, where I studied the great books of Western civilization. It gives you a degree that is equivalent to two majors, three minors, history of math and science, classics, comparative literature. I hold a master’s degree in East West psychology. Both of these are private institutions. And I’ve had my fair share of public institutions, the ones that really teach you to be a cog in the machine. I think that the time of being in a machine, the world being a machine and human beings being like cogs is over. The internet has helped us connect with other people who have experiences like we do. 

I can’t tell you how great it was when the internet first came out, and I was able to research what are people’s experiences with ETs? What are people’s experiences with psychic experiences? Is this evil? Actually, in all of those things, I was scared of being ridiculed by scientists, being consumed by demons who may come out when I do psychic work, or whatever. But no, none of that happens. That’s actually control mechanisms that I choose not to participate with any more.

I invite you actually to just start observing. What are the assumptions I bring to this world? I talk about this because it’s very important to understand. It is very important to understand because we are bringing assumptions and prejudices, which we’ve all normalized. In Western colonized culture, we’ve normalized being blind and isolated in the physical body. 

All you need to do is look at dream science to understand it. Our whole edifice of science and effort and things like that really doesn’t understand anything. They don’t know what dreaming is. They don’t know how it works, but we do know that dreaming leads to realms of experience every night. We do know that you can telepathically send messages through dreams. We do know that you can predict the future from dreams. We do know that dreams reveal Nobel Prize winning scientific discoveries. We have this unexplained phenomenon of dreaming, unexplained by science, unexplained by our political, military, industrial Educational Complex, so unexplained. It’s so obvious. 

It’s so obvious that if they can’t explain dreaming, they don’t know what’s going on, they really don’t. Ridiculing these things is not the same as disproof. There’s no reason to ridicule it, unless you want to control the people you’re ridiculing. 

That’s a bit of a tangent, but it’s important to go on. Because when we take our prejudices about what it means to be a human being, a person in this world, and we assume that it’s just this physical body, we’re limited to these five senses. When we assume that anything beyond the body, even if it’s perceived through imagination, dream or otherwise, is ridiculous or not real, or something like that, we are cutting our reality in two. We’re making a judgment about it and we are actually perpetuating cycles of suffering.

Also, when we assume we’re just the physical body, we are limiting our own worlds because these beings we interact with, and the ways we interact with them, require belief, intention, and invitation. You’re not going to invite a being that you can’t see, except through imagination, into your life to help you or work with you if you don’t believe in it. In the same way, our imagination about what these beings are, who an ET is, who an extradimensional being is who an angel is, etc., when it’s defined by those categories of science and empire and politics, really, it’s a limiting thing, so that it keeps us enslaved. 

We need to shift from the perpetuating cycles of empire to being open and going, “what is this?” I mean, maybe these beings, maybe we’re perceiving them, maybe we’re creating them, and maybe we are something else completely. That is high strangeness, the trickster nature, the lurking in the dark of dream and nightmare, that sort of experience is something that a lot of people are familiar with, in terms of the extraterrestrial experience. 

Maybe all of that is to help us realize that our reality here and now, as defined by those empires, isn’t the true reality. That the nightmarish quality is simply a projection that those empires want us to engage with, so that we stay scared of our true nature as enlightened and powerful beings that participate in a vast field of consciousness that can span the galaxy, and eons. 

I think that’s the case, actually, I think these UFOs in the sky, these little grays at night, the Arcturians, the Pleiadians, the angels, all these beings are something like cells of God. Something like cells that are expressions of this deeper unity consciousness. They want us to wake up to the fact that we are fully and already now participating in the truth of this deeper connection and consciousness. So those are what ET beings are, in my humble opinion. 

I would actually invite you to summon the courage to look within your own mind about some of the preconceived notions you’ve inherited from people, who don’t have your highest good as their intent. There’s no reason to stay in this prison of mind because you’re afraid of ridicule or because you think it’s not scientific. Actually, right now, I’m calling you and inviting you to have that courage to step outside of that box, to understand that you may not actually be ridiculed, that you may actually be engaged in the path of knowledge and of true science. And so I thank you for that courage. I really do hope that you connect with those beings and aspects of those yourself. Thank you

What is the role of imagination and ET contact phenomenon? 

What is the role of imagination in hypnosis? What is the role of imagination in scrying activities? Well, the answer is probably the same, at least in my perspective. 

I would invite you to set aside any notions that you might have about imagination being silly or imagination being not real. One of the things that people often experience in hypnosis is the overwhelming sense that they’re making it up. This is a thing that hypnotists deal with, it’s like how to handle this inevitable experience of people making up or feeling like they’re making up these experiences. They’ll often say something like, “I feel like I’m making it up. Am I making it up?”

Well, the answer is, you are actually making it up. I’d love to share an example or a way to think about how making something up is also real and meaningful. We really just have to look very close to our own experience, which is that of projection. You might know of the psychological term “projection”, which means someone out there in the world is doing something. And you have an emotional response to that person that’s somewhat out of line with what they think is happening. And lo and behold, when you start to investigate that person, you might think of them, “this reminds me of a time that I was hurt by my mother, and you actually look like my mother. And therefore I was behaving as if you were my mother. But I was so caught in this pattern of emotionality that I projected onto you, that I didn’t realize that the reality of the situation was different.” So that’s one example of how our imagination can really impact our experience. 

Another example that I often think about in these matters of trance, contact, scrying, and psychic work is the example of dreams. In my work, I hear a lot of people’s dreams about ET contact. They follow certain patterns like where there’s a vibratory state, then there’s a sense of going up, something happens and they come back down. Then maybe something happens in between, depending on where the person is in their experience or what happens. 

So something very real happened, if we understand that contact is happening. And I do understand that ETs are here and that extradimensionals, celestial beings, terrestrial elementals, are all here. It’s like an ocean of life out there. We only need to open our third eye and our hearts to start to see and feel it. Opening this third eye, which you might imagine it like from the movies, you might think of it as opening up and all of a sudden you see code moving around, like the green lines in the Matrix. Or you might think that you’re seeing something. For me personally, I never really see with my physical eyes what I’m seeing in my third eye. 

In fact, I wouldn’t even describe it as a physical sight. Except that the words I use and the concepts I use to give shape to an internal experience are that of vision, which is a convenience for me. I’m coming to the point that something happens energetically out in the world, in dream experience, of contact experience. Something out there is very real and happening. On this side of things, as an intellect, as an ego, as a persona, as someone who’s identified with my body and my mind, it is hard to bridge that gap. 

There is actually a veil. Sometimes the veil opens and you can see through and sometimes not. In those experiences, it’s hard to cross that veil to bridge that gap between what’s happening in the energy of the world or the consciousness, and what is happening in your own experience. The way that it is bridged is through imagination.

Something comes to mind, there’s some experience that comes to mind. This happens in regressions and it happens in psychic visions. This happened in my own scrying experiences. When I first started the Enochian rituals, I was not sure what would happen. I thought I might physically see through the disk, like a window to ET beings. But it didn’t work out that way. 

I did end up having a strong mental image that started me off, which feels like something. I knew I just needed to say what I’m experiencing and what I see. I allowed my imagination to describe in color and fill in what it wants. 

I think of imagination as something like a blanket covering objects. I’m on one side of the blanket and the celestials are on the other side. I get to observe how that blanket fits over the object. As I’m engaging in the psychic perceptions, say through scrying, or through trying to remember what happened in the missing time experience or remote viewing, allowing that imagery to come up and through, allows us to explore the other sides of what is being perceived. 

The imagination is really an effective role. It is really an effective tool in the processes of contact, of psychic development, of self-knowledge, and of knowledge about the world. It is not a child’s thing and it is a child’s thing. You have to be like a child to use your imagination. You have to be open. You can’t force yourself to imagine specific things. It’s sort of like a journey, it’s sort of like a dream unfolding. The practice of using the imagination is creative and playful. It is open handed, it is all sorts of things, but it is certainly not frivolous.

Even though this knowledge is coming by way of the imagination, it is a source of knowledge. One of the things that I find very interesting about dream studies is there’s a constant dialogue about whether or not we should take dreamers at their word in terms of what they’ve dreamed. We can ask them a question when they awake, but did they make it up on the fly? Or what? 

A lot of times, people will say, it doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter if you’re making it up or not, you’re making something up based on something, which is ultimately meaningful. There is an expression of perhaps intuition, perhaps chaos finding order, or perhaps something else, but something is definitely happening. We call it imagination because we don’t know exactly how it works.

I would invite you to explore your own imagination, to see what it’s like to use your imagination, just to play and explore. It’s a fun experience. One of my favorite times to do that is as I fall asleep. That’s where the mind starts being more dreamlike and that’s where the imaginations can start to feel real. I spent hours and hours and hours as a kid just exploring how deep and detailed my imaginative recollections could be.

I would also invite you to explore what your life would be like if you used imagination as a source of knowledge. You can do this by simply training your mind and establishing the habit of not judging imagination to be frivolous or meaningless. So every time that you think you’re making this up, just go with it and have fun.

Just explore these slight shifts of conceptual patterns of thought. Start to explore your life with imagination. See what your life is like when you invite more imagination into it. I think it would be a beautiful world if we lived our life through the guidance of our imagination.  I yearn for a day that our sciences incorporate imagination as a potent source of knowledge.

I thank you for your exploration with imagination.

What is contact? What is extraterrestrial, extradimensional, or angelic contact? 

Contact is a word that is now being used in association with the phrase “contact modalities”. This is a phrase that has been put forward for two purposes. One is because oftentimes we have talked about extraterrestrial encounters with terrestrial humans, as alien abduction, which is a constructed media narrative about phenomena that might be dreams, that might be true physical encounters, that might be something like human initiated contact. It is not abduction because abduction implies kidnapping against your will. That is gnarly and scary. Alien implies little green men from Mars or the “other”. The shift from the phrase like Alien Abduction to something like contact allows for the possibility of both positive and negative experiences to exist in the spectrum. 

Much like with human interaction. Human Interaction might be positive or negative, depending on who you’re interacting with, depending on who you are. But having an interaction with a human isn’t a human kidnapping or whatever.  So shifting the language from abduction to contact is great. 

The second reason, contact modalities is coming up is because we are seeing that the phenomena of ET contact, of angelic visitation, out of body experience, near death experience, all these things, dreaming, lucid dreaming, as a contact modality, these reveal a deeper reality, A Greater Reality, which is the name of a book coming up by the CCRI institute that has is bringing together theories and experiences to support this notion that consciousness is primary. So that we live in a consciousness primary universe, and that there are different ways of engaging the near death experience, out of body, astral projection, lucid dream, ET contact, CE-5, angels. These are all different modes of the same sort of experience that brings us up and out of the physical body into an experience of reality that is based in consciousness. 

This type of contact experience brings us into alignment and entrainment with our reality as a conscious being. That conscious being may, in fact, be more than the physical body, more than the egoic persona mind, more than the collective unconscious, more than the subconscious. It might actually be contact with the mind of God, whatever that means to you. It might be the mind of the universe dreaming itself into being, or something like that. So that’s what contact is and I would invite you to explore contact in your own life. 

Likely you have had contact experiences, something spooky happening at night, some feeling, knowing, synchronicity, omens or other contact experience. Maybe ETs, UFOs in the sky, angels helping you out. All these things are contact experiences. You might actually experience memories coming up now, or afterwards, now that you’re opening up to the notion that contact is with yourself as a conscious sovereign being that is somehow universal in nature. 

Through CE-5 or human initiated contact, we see that our consciousness can travel through space and time and reach these extraterrestrial beings, who then respond through what seems like miraculous ways like lights in the sky, visitations near the group, psychic communications, and other things like that. We are finding that our consciousness, as it reaches outside of our own physical body, really does connect in with some sort of universal consciousness, because we see the response across space and time. You might be opening up to that notion and I would love to hear about those contact experiences. I would love to hear how you are making contact. Thank you for doing that work of making contact is important. 

It’s very important now because we have been living in the frequency of being in prison, of having our minds shut down. Even though the prison doors might be open, we actually have to walk through it. Initiating contact might be like walking through those prison doors. I feel at peace. You have to actually be curious. Then you have to do the work of walking out those prison doors or saying, hey, what’s it like out there? And you might actually meet someone who’s happy, joyous, and well fed. Respond to them. It’s wonderful. We’ve got everything we need up here. We’re happy to help you adapt as you shift from this prison world to this world of more love and light. I would love that to happen for our society as a whole and I am grateful for your openness and your future work with contact.

Thank you.

What is CE-5 or Close Encounters of the 5th kind?

CE-5 is a set of protocols to initiate contact with extraterrestrial beings. These were popularized by Dr. Steven Greer. We understand that his work comes out of the context of the Rama missions from Latin America and other human initiated contact work. So we distinguish human initiated contact from other types of contact, which you might be familiar with in the media stories about alien abduction, crop circles, or some other means of contact between extraterrestrial beings and humans. I would invite you now to set aside what you might know or think you know about extraterrestrial beings and extradimensional beings. 

I use the term extraterrestrial and extradimensional beings oftentimes interchangeably, because, as someone who has practiced hypnosis with people who have missing time and truly abduction experiences, I am not sure who these beings are and not sure how it works. Part of me does actually wish things could be as concrete as the media might make it look like. Sometimes I wish it were as simple as those videos of UFOs and people talking about their scary experiences of genetic harvesting, or those sorts of things. But in actually working with people, starting with myself first, I’ve discovered that contact with extraterrestrial beings might actually look more like contact with angelic beings, contact with angelic beings might actually look like extraterrestrial beings, and these are somewhat interchangeable. 

The reason why it is important to talk about is because of the nature of extraterrestrial beings in our sphere of experience. Right now, we are on planet Earth, in the third or fourth density, meaning we are vibrating at a certain level of consciousness. Our media likes to tell us that we are physical bodies that exist here and that we don’t have psychic gifts, or if we do, they’re scary. The media suggests that ET beings have craft that are scarier than our fastest jets or whatever, so they are more technologically advanced. 

However, we have to start thinking more like the ETs, then, like exploited people, in a system designed to keep us blind and enslaved. Those notions about being in physical matter, those notions that advanced beings require physical craft, like our jets, to travel throughout the cosmos are notions designed to keep you enslaved. That’s it, it’s just a lie to keep you in prison. 

There’s nothing dangerous about those notions, there’s nothing dangerous about working with those notions and dissolving those notions. This is a whole experience of consciousness, those covert humans, those ET beings, and you yourself are participating in a universal experience of consciousness, that is something like a dream in the mind of God. You are God, they are God, all is unfolding in consciousness and dream. 

So human initiated contact will look different than what you expect. That’s important to understand. You can really get to that by observing what the CE-5 protocols are. Oftentimes, we might even use highly technological gadgets like radios or ultraviolet cameras or satellite trackers to understand what’s happening. But ultimately what is happening is: you meditate and your intention in the group is broadcasted throughout the universe. Conscious beings pick up on your consciousness. There might be technologically assisted consciousness, but ultimately, it is a response to what you’re feeling inside just like a dream responds to your inner experience of that dream.

Just like a dream, when we engage in contacting the scary aspects, the powerful aspects of dreams, where we invite awareness into our experience in mindfulness, and set our intention on contacting the deeper reality of our experiences in those beings and entities that are present, then we can start to wake up to the true nature of our reality, the true way of interacting with these beings. That’s what CE-5 is to me and how I understand CE-5.

You are actually invited now to find your own way of engaging with CE-5. You might be really attracted to the notion that beings can respond to your technological invitation. So you might send out some radio signals, you might walk in a circle like a crop circle and send forth an invitation. Or you might really send forth the invitation through dream or meditation or some such thing. 

Another really important aspect of CE-5 work is setting a container of intention.  Intend only to contact beings who can be of service here, for the benefit of all beings, who act according to the principle of nonharm, who have a highest and best intention for being here. Really set your sights on interacting with those beings who are truly embodiments of wisdom and love, and peace. 

We can choose to call highly advanced consciousnesses or we can choose to interact with the more technological beings, the more physical beings. Personally, I choose to contact those beings who can effectively assist me here and now in the planet Earth, to embody more peace, love and unity consciousness. 

My experience is that when you set out the intention and invitation, they respond in ways that are meaningful to you. They are kind and respectful. It may not look like a flying disc in the sky, it may not look like a little gray at the foot of your bed. It may look like memories of love or memories of being elsewhere, or connections with synchronicity, or any such thing. It will slowly break apart your notions of what reality is. It will slowly invite you to an experience of what we in fact do call paranormal because it’s alongside normality. 

If you’re curious, I invite you to just explore, open up, and send out the invitation. You can do it simply by saying to yourself right now, “yes, I am open to contact with celestial beings, extraterrestrial beings, extradimensional beings, who are wise and well, who act according to the principle of no harm and act according to the Cosmic Law of One, meaning that they respect and honor your sovereign freewill.” 

You can give them permission to come into your life simply by saying yes, right now inside your hearts, side, your mind. You might even want to write out an invitation. You might even want to speak it aloud to allow your energy, consciousness of invitation to resound. In fact, it does resound as soon as you think as soon as you say it as soon as you do it. It goes throughout the cosmos, in the way that the light ships can move faster than light to be both here and there in consciousness. You’re using consciousness to create that invitation. That’s the technology that’s involved. There’s nothing else there.

I would love to hear your stories about contact with CE-5, and your ways of engaging in this way, with deeper aspects of yourself and deeper aspects of your experience. Thank you for doing that work. It’s very important. It’s very important that we start to invite in our celestial family, our relationships in the Earth, in the sky, and in the hearts into our daily life so that we can be present with the ones we love. Thank you

What are the densities? What are the dimensions? 

I often will use the term density or dimension in this scrying work because the angelic beings choose to use that framework. They choose to use it and communicate with me with those words. 

My first encounter with the notion of densities comes out of the Law of One, the Ra material, which is channeled material from an alleged extraterrestrial source, named the Ra Collective. It is sort of a social memory mind complex thing of ET beings that had come here in the past and now, stepped outside of lines of freewill or offered assistance in a way that was actually harmful. They are here now addressing that karma by kindly providing specific knowledge and frequencies and they talked about densities. 

The celestial beings also talk about densities. It can be somewhat confusing because you’ll talk about the third, fourth, or fifth density and the third, fourth, or fifth dimension, that sort of thing. The way I think about it now is that the universe is somehow expressing itself through waves. So waves of frequency of consciousness, which actually aren’t expressed through space and time, but are present in someplace nonetheless. 

I’m not sure if it’s an intermingled physical space or if it is something more like consciousness and that in this density, the experience of consciousness is refracted through say the prism of the soul. The individuality of me, as a creature, is a prismatic expression of all these different waves of consciousness within this density. I think maybe it’s something like that, and that at a different level of density, there are also other beings that have an expression.

There are characteristics of the densities, which is something that people say. One of the characteristics of the 3rd density is an experience of duality. The characteristics of the fourth density of consciousness might be something like instantaneous manifestation. The distinction between the fourth and fifth density (this is just knowledge that is coming through from the angels from the Enochian working and the other sources is that in the fifth density) there is a prerequisite experience of unity consciousness. 

In the fourth density, we might have experienced something like that of astral projection. The ability to move the consciousness throughout this world, throughout the etheric worlds, that sort of thing. Then in the fifth density and beyond, there’s a sense that we are actually all one, as a society, as a collective on this planet, and as an understanding that we are all one. We are all on. Further, our consciousness is residing in a habitual pattern of mind and identity with that unity.

Below the experience of fifth density unity consciousness are the third and fourth densities. There’s a sense of self and others. It could be service to self-service to other. It’s important to talk about the densities. It is very important to understand that the experience of light and dark, good and evil, victim and victimizer, reptilian and Pleiadian, and angel and demon, these are dualities that have their basis in third density and are somewhat expressed in the fourth density. 

The understanding is that some of the beings, which we interact with, perpetrate something like aggression, which might be seen as demonic creatures that are of service to self. They reside in a density that is slightly above ours, meaning they have more power of consciousness and psychic abilities and manifestations. They have ships that can move in and out of this third density experience, of the three dimensions of space and the fourth dimension of time. They move in and out of it because they’re in a different density. 

But they’re not that much higher than our density. They’re not the end all, be all. The sense is if we keep going, if we keep going through the fourth density, then we’ll achieve an understanding of unity consciousness, a habit of unity consciousness, and then we will be out of that polarity of light and dark in that cycle.  

Right now, we are actually in something like the fourth density. People talk about going up to the fifth density, but it’s important to recognize that we’re mostly in the fourth density. A lot of our Earth family is still in the third density, where they are victims of the cycles of perpetration and slavery and things like that. They’re not yet awake to the notion and understanding that they are conscious beings and energetic beings having a physical experience and that have the capacity to manifest what they intend. Those are characteristics of the fourth density. It is important to recognize this because it is tempting to translate third density duality into the fourth density and thereby manifest their own enemies and battles.

They take the dualities of the third density into the fourth density and then they start fighting battles in space, spiritual warfare battles, or whatever these unseen forces of light and dark in battle with one another. It’s a trick. It’s another trick of the mind. The reason why I’m talking about this is because it’s important to know. When the shift from the third or the fourth density, you start to have the powers of manifestation, so you will actually manifest in ways that are unbelievable to us experiences of victim and victimizers. 

When you focus on galactic wars that can only be seen and experienced with psychic faculties, you are actually engaged in the very dualism that is creating the situation that you are trying to get out of. It’s a trap of the mind. There’s nothing more than that. Even though these beings are real in the third dimension, in the third density and in the fourth density, the duality is an illusion that resolves by the fifth density. These are real beings. Like the reptilians or the Anunnaki, like all of the dark little grays that are stealing ovaries and sperms, they’re all real beings. And they’re here, in part, because of your attachment to duality and your capacity to manifest them. How amazing is that?! 

As societies grow, this is what the angelic beings tell me, as they grow up through the third and fourth density, they may have war experience just like our children might play with war and guns. The societies actually work through those issues and extend beyond duality. Some of the fourth density evils that we experience are to wake us up to a deeper reality of unity consciousness and to see them as these monsters of nightmare. These nightmares invite us to wake up to the reality that we’re in. 

The beings, who presented this information to me through my scrying activity with the Enochian rituals, say that we’re mostly in the third and fourth density here and now.  Looking at the way humanity’s going, we don’t have the time to have a leisurely game of Star Wars. We don’t have the time to develop the rockets to go out of the solar system to meet the Greys or whatever. We don’t have the time to channel how to build alien reproduction vehicles. We don’t have the time to address those shattered bits of our governments and things like that. Because of our experience of pollution, of nuclear war, of aggression, and all this stuff, we just have run out of time to kind of slowly evolve through the fourth density. 

They say and invite a kind of hopscotching or jumping up over fourth density as soon as possible. You can do it by way of interacting with beings of unity consciousness. You can jump into the fifth density by engaging the practices of mind that shift the identity from here and now in service to self, the fighting of the war of light and dark, to really shifting the patterns of mind to shunyata, to emptiness, to fullness, to the true nature of our reality, as a fully expressive and enlightened activity happening everywhere, all at once, at all times and space, and especially through you here and now. 

So that’s what they invite. They invite us to work with those beings that are in the fifth density and above, who do experience unity consciousness.  They can help entrain our habitual patterns of mind and our frequencies as a society. 

There’s an invitation to just let go of Star Wars, to let go of the battle of angels and demons, to let go of this cycle of perpetrator and perpetrated. There is a nondual ground of experience. When we look at how past life experience works, when we look at how dream and nightmare work, you see that you can really let go into the nonduality of all things everywhere. Then you discover the deeper reality, you discover the deeper truth. And that’s really where we’re at. That’s really what the densities are inviting us to do here now. 

I would invite you to start to observe how your mind works with these different notions of densities: a third, fourth and fifth density. How are you manifesting the duality of light and dark in your experience? How are you by trying to avoid being a victim or a victimizer, thereby causing that situation to occur? This is manifestation. Like when you learn first how to manifest like, oh, I want a million dollars. You stop thinking about your scarcity or the fact that you have $100 in your bank account, whatever. And you start thinking about that abundance. Generally, you’ll discover the things that matter really are things of the hearts, not things out there. 

That’s what we’ll discover as a society. We’ll discover that the things that we thought mattered, like the space weapons or the purging of the solar system or the angelic wars against the demons or whatever,  this whole cycle, all that doesn’t matter as much as the fact that you are the cosmic dream dreaming itself. I would love to hear how you work through the fourth density and start establishing habits that are of the fifth density. 

I’d love to invite you to just explore and play with it all. Because that’s what will bring us as a society out of this cycle of war and aggression into a golden age. It’ll be glorious and you’ll be instrumental in bringing it into reality when you open up to the reality of yourself as a being of unity consciousness. 

Thank you.

What is hypnosis? 

Hypnosis is a word that seems like it means sleep-knowing. Sleep-knowing, something like receiving knowledge through a dreamlike state of being. You might be familiar with hypnosis through TV. Everyone has seen someone check cluck like a chicken or do something like that. 

You might have actually seen videos of people in hypnosis in the regression state. In a regression state where they had an encounter with extraterrestrial beings, they had missing time, where they don’t consciously remember it. So they’re working with a hypnotist to remember it. You might have seen people shift patterns like smoking, anxiety, or weight loss. So there’s a few ways that hypnotism is prevalent in society. 

We’re not talking about stage hypnotism, I’m not talking about clucking like a chicken here. I don’t actually know how that works. I’m not too concerned about how it does work because it’s not that interesting to me. 

What is interesting to me is that there is a natural human capacity for self-hypnosis, all the hypnosis I ever talk about is self-hypnosis. Because you are the one going on the journey within. The hypnotist offers only an invitation and suggestion. Would you like to relax? Oh, absolutely. I would like to relax. Why don’t you do that now? 

We have a set of tools and techniques to invite, suggest, and permit relaxation and knowledge. What sort of knowledge comes up and out of hypnosis? That’s really what I’m interested in. 

I should say briefly, by way of completeness, there is a form of hypnosis like suggestion hypnosis that is effective. You relax the conscious mind so that the subconscious mind is more present in the experience and you provide a series of suggestions. The suggestions might be like, “Why don’t you quit smoking?” Oftentimes, the work of hypnosis or hypnotherapy is to understand how suggestions go through the conscious mind and relate to the subconscious mind. So in this case, with smoking, and particularly with me, I needed to create suggestions that said something like, “I can pray and connect with nature, in ways that are helpful to my body. I can connect with the spirit of my father, outside of patterns of addiction.” Those were suggestions that were actually effective in helping me shift the pattern. 

So the work of suggestion hypnosis might be a little bit of a dialogue, a reframing and then offering the suggestions in a way that the subconscious receives them and starts aligning its activities. It’s based on the principle that the subconscious mind has immense capacity for healing, transformation, and insight. That it, in fact, is the source of miracles.

The aspect of hypnosis I get really excited about is the capacity of hypnosis to invite trance as a means of knowledge. This can be inviting relaxation so that the natural capacities of the mind start opening up to those experiences that we have of contact with extraterrestrial or extradimensional beings or angelic beings. If there was an experience that’s not remembered, we can start to uncover those memories in trance.

In my personal experience, I’ve not really uncovered physical memories. This is something that I would love to have a much deeper dialogue about because I do not believe that hypnotism used to uncover ET encounters is like remembering what happened two days ago during lunchtime and your physical body. The experience with the extraterrestrial beings or angelic beings involve so much more than the physical body. 

The way I like to work is to invite those faculties, the human mind and the psychic capacities, to come online and provide in real time an understanding as to what happened then. To actually invoke communication with those beings because I’ve found, and many people are finding that these angelic beings, these extraterrestrial or extradimensional beings, because of their level of consciousness that requires them to interact with us here. The fact that they’re interacting with us here now implies a specific level of consciousness, which involves psychic faculties. We know this from the meditation studies from the East. We also see the West opening up to psi experiences through telepathy studies and quantum physics. I’m talking about the word siddhi, which is Sanskrit for something like accomplishment, and it is like a special power, a superpower that comes from meditation.

Hypnosis can relax the conscious mind to allow those natural human capacities or siddhis, the psychic giftings, clairvoyance, knowing, dreaming body, out of body experiences, or whatever to come online, and to start engaging with those extraterrestrial, extradimensional, or angelic beings that are here and now working with us and working with those people who have had that missing time experience or whatever. That is the way I like to work with hypnosis. 

Hypnosis is interesting in the context of John Dee and Edward Kelley and is the reason why I started studying them. Their work, with Edward Kelley looking into the magic mirror and John Dee sitting back, taking notes, and asking questions, reads exactly like a hypnotic trance experience. This is how I work with people. This was happening in the 16th century, but it used different words.  We have seen the words “magician” and “scryer” applied to Dee and Kelley, but the words “hypnotist” and “hypnotee” might be equally appropriate.

The interaction they had in the past led to the Enochian system of magic, the revelation of the Enochian language, and were kind of central to a tremendous amount of political machinations, statecraft, spy craft, and the voyages of discovery to the New World.

This prototypical and early version of hypnotism is very central to the world that you and I live in. That’s why I started studying them. That’s why their work is relevant. That’s why I talk about hypnotism in the context of John Dee and Edward Kelley. 

The beautiful thing here is that hypnosis is actually self-hypnosis. You can do this work yourself. You can enter into the trance state and engage in the questioning or the interaction or the recovery of memory or whatever else. You can do that yourself or you can listen to audio tracks. You can also work with other people and they don’t have to be trained. It’s a very safe methodology because you actually are in control of your experience. You’re never blasted out of your mind in ways that you can’t control. It’s really a way to expand, but it’s never a way to subjugate your will or anything like that. 

You can work, you can play, you can explore, you’re not going to get into trouble. Follow your heart and use your own discernment. The only way you’ll get into trouble is if you ignore your own intuition. That’s the only way you can get into trouble with hypnotism. 

I invite you to start to practice your own experience of discernment. You might have been discerning what I said about John Dee and Edward Kelley and hypnotism already. Perfect, that’s what I want you to be doing. Thank you for doing that. 

Then start exploring. There are so many resources out there. Every time anyone I’ve talked to engages with hypnosis, there are revelations that are so very meaningful for this world. I’m talking about technological revelations, propulsion systems for UFOs, like free energy, information about who these people were, are, and will be.

I invite and encourage you to explore self-hypnosis in a way that is meaningful to you.

What are past lives? What is past life regression? Who am I? And how am I? 

These are very good questions to ask. Past life experience is a notion that comes up in hypnosis a lot. It comes up in the context of Buddhism. It came up in Christianity, in fact, until those books of the Bible were cast aside and burnt. So just be aware that it is a very universal human notion that we have lived many times. 

In fact, you may have memories or inclinations. You might be attracted to certain periods of history. You might have specific birthmarks that have reference to past lives or things like that. You might have certain notions about how it works or if it’s possible or if it’s not possible. I’d love to just offer a few of my own thoughts and feelings about past lives. As someone who is a Buddhist, as someone who is trained and practiced as a past life regressionist, I will say that I don’t know how past life works. 

I will say that we have certain notions that are effective to work with and then set aside. The first notion about past lives is this linear. I’ll use the examples that are active in my life. My last chronological past life. I remember the one immediately before this, I was a female channeler. I channeled an entity I called Ra-Theos. That life ended rather abruptly, the channeling experience sort of shook my psyche, and I wanted out of that life quickly. So driving around a mountain curve. This wasn’t like on purpose, it wasn’t suicide, but it was an exit by way of accident.

Before that life, maybe 100 years before I lived as a Native American in the Puget Sound region. It was around the 1800s or so and I had a spiritual relationship with Mount Rainier. I have more memories of different lives, but these two are enough. It’s enough to demonstrate this principle of connection. You might see that the Native American became the channeler, who in turn became me. There’s a sort of linear expression. 

Indeed, I spent a few years living in the Puget Sound region, and I experienced a strong vibratory experience, like his sort of white light, a kind of magnetic experience. I partially remembered places, but it felt wrong. It was a very difficult place for me to live in. And I’m actually grateful to be out of that region primarily because of the resonance there. 

And so at some level, there’s connection. I’ve been to Europe, I’ve been to places where I’ve lived before and there was some resonance, but not as strong as with the Puget Sound region. There actually is some intensity in the resonance because of proximity in historical time. That’s one way to think about past lives. You might have birthmarks or whatever from an immediate past life just like I experienced the resonance with place.

The linear way of thinking is a difficult way of understanding primarily because that is based on the assumption that we are these physical bodies in this spacetime here and now, which is our true identity. It assumes that this world is unfolding in three dimensions of space and the linear dimensional of time. 

It is a false assumption according to my experience. I actually would challenge the assumption that the reality here are these three dimensions and this timeline. It doesn’t work that way. Primarily, I challenge that assumption based on the experience of my many past lives talking to me, through psychic faculties through dreams, through regression states. 

They have things they want to say. There are things that they want me to do. There is information communicated back and forth. It’s a flow of energy and consciousness that is centralized here in this space time and centralized over there, like different nodes of a waveform.

Right now I’m actually working with the notion of past lives. I had the mysterious infection in my arm. The doctors described it as mysterious, ancient, infected blood transported in my arm, which seemed to come about because I gaze into John Dee’s magic mirror. The only way I can imagine that is possible is through something like past life resonance.

Also, I had the experience of engaging in a CE-5 retreat weekend, where we opened up to contact from the Angelics, or the celestials, and ETs, which often do involve past life memories. These beings exist outside of space time, in our way, so that they might actually know us from a thousand different lifetimes. 

Out of these mysterious experiences, came this suspicion that I was John Dee in a past life. That’s how the infected blood was transported. I had hypnotic regression from the point of view of John Dee. I had those past life memories. I had resonance with a past life as John Dee. I felt that same sort of vibratory power that I felt when I lived in the Puget Sound region, because of that life, I felt it when I was engaged with the John Dee material. 

As arrogant as it might be to assume a historical life, especially John Dee, I needed to work with it.  I really did feel power and energy in relating to the past life experience.  It took me the better part of a decade to really work with the experiences I had with his scrying equipment.  I’m sharing all this because I truly felt a sense of resolution as I engaged in past life regression.  The more I worked with this material, I experienced more resolution and peace.

And really, it was lessened as I was, as I said, you know, this could be it. I mean, like, could, this could be a past life of mine, like, what if, like, How arrogant is it to even consider that, and I think it took me, I don’t know, however many years, it took me two, to come to terms with that. And however much power I achieved in the vows and prayers to be of service to others, really, that was the ground by which I was even able to open up those contemplations of the arrogance aspect of saying, like, I could be this person in the past life. And also the scary aspects of it. The reality of it is very intense to work with. And so as I engaged with my own past life regressions, and I’m sharing that I’ll share that regression, I experienced a sense of alleviation of suffering, that vibratory quality was sort of released and drained. It’s sort of like blood coming back into your arms piece. 

There are others who share the past life memories of John Dee, probably thousands of others. I have had the privilege to talk to Dan W about these things, who also has past life memories of John Dee. The conversation revealed to me a sense that the notion of what a person is much vaster than we can imagine. 

In my own regression to the experience of John Dee, I experienced a clear paradox.  One the one hand, the regression confirmed that I was John Dee.  On the other hand, it confirmed that I was not the intelligence that encoded ciphers in Dee’s work, nor the intelligences that brought forth the Enochian. I didn’t know about Dan till after the regression, but seeing his brilliant work with electrical engineering physics and things like that, I tend to think that maybe it was a team effort. I’m thinking of it less like a team of individuals and more like several waveforms generating a harmony.

The understanding of a person as a wave harmony is very consistent with the experiences we are having in hypnosis, particularly the hypnotic modalities that come out of Dolores Cannon’s work, like Beyond Quantum Healing. In quantum healing, we invite people into trance and to have a meaningful experience. Oftentimes, the session is a regression to a past life as a star seed, to an experience as an ET, a celestial being, or a solar being, or something like that. What ends up happening is that the experience shifts, sometimes by way of reliving a death, but doesn’t have to be into a space between lifetimes, and a council of beings appears. Many beings seem to come forward to respond to our intentions. The councils seem composed of past lives, guides, teachers, and so on. Each one offers a specific frequency that seems to come into the harmony of the person in trance.  

In understanding the human being as a wave, as opposed to a particle, it comes from quantum physics, but may actually help reveal how it is possible for multiple people to have past life memories of the same individual.  It might explain how it is possible for one human being to be made of a council of other beings. 

The invitation here, which I believe is a cutting edge exploration, is to understand ourselves not as individuals, but as expressions of multiple waveforms that aren’t necessarily distinguishable.

If you look at the waveform of my voice, you’ll see a single wave.  The single wave includes so much more than my voice: the background noises of my house, the subtle hum of electricity, and the random clicks of my furniture.  Even though it is many things, it is expressed as a single waveform.  Even though it is a single waveform, upon hearing it, your mind will understand its many different parts. Past lives might be something similar, it might be like many waveforms expressing, harmonizing, refracting, and coming together in many different ways.

With that reflection on the nature of past lives, I invite you to explore. When I work with people, I often say you don’t have to believe in these past lives. It doesn’t matter. We don’t actually know if what you’re remembering is true. I mean, there’s a lot of investigation you can go through and people have done that. But what I find in my practice and in my life is that when I engage with these past life regressions, there are meaningful experiences that bring healing insight and transformation that help me and you embody more peace, love, and unity consciousness.

That’s really for me the point of all past life regression. The point is our capacity to embody greater awareness, presence, and love to create a better world. I’d invite you to loosen any kind of concepts you have around past lives and start exploring by way of experience and experiment. Use your skills of discernment to explore if you’re a better person after the experience. Ask, do I experience more love and peace connection here and now? And if so, it seems as if it’s a meaningful inquiry to engage in and we can spend time after the fact having an intellectual discussion about how it’s possible. 

Thank you for your interest in past lives, and I do really encourage you to explore who you may have been, who you are, and who you will be.

What is the dreamlike nature of reality?

I will often point to the fact that life is like a dream. Well, actually, I would say even further, as someone who has studied philosophy, history of science, psychology, and as someone who is practiced and trained in hypnosis and spiritual counseling, that life is a dream. Life is a dream. This life that we are living is the dream of God. We are dream characters in the dream of God. We are actually that God, Goddess, source, spirit, Earth, universe, whatever you want to call it, that’s what we are. 

This is a big shift of perception. And you might be concerned though, if life is a dream, how is it meaningful? Well, if it’s a dream, and you aren’t living in accordance with that, how is your life meaningful? And that’s an interesting question to ask.  So I personally believe that dreams are a more fundamental reality than our waking reality, that the higher technology goes, the more deeply into consciousness it goes, and the more dreamlike it becomes. 

We often hear reports of UFOs that are sentient and that you interact with the mind. We hear reports of our waking world shifting around in a matrix-like experience. We hear myths from people like Plato and from our various traditions that this world is not what it seems to be, that it is something like a dream. That we get to wake up to the dream of reality. 

Just like with dreams, like our nightly dreams, when we start to become aware that we are dreaming, we get super powers, like we can fly in our dreams. The same thing happens in waking experience. This is testimony of meditators. When you look at the Eastern traditions of meditation, they always talk about superpowers, levitation, psychic stuff that emerges. When you start to wake up in this dream of life, you get superpowers, that’s what they say. 

That’s a part of the reason why I think that this world is like a dream. This is an invitation. Start to practice what it’s like to become awake and aware here now. The best way to do that is through mindfulness. The best way to practice awareness is through meditation. You can even start practicing with lucid dream practices, and start to practice what it is like to wake up in a dreamlike experience and to have an experience of the malleability of your reality. 

It’s important to talk about and it’s important to recognize because we are taking actions, as a society now, about how we relate to each other, how we relate to the Earth, and how we relate to those beings that are visiting us and making contact with us from the different realms and from other worlds. We are setting the stage for what it’ll be like in the next millennia. We are doing so from a point of view that is limited and aggressive, oftentimes because we’ve identified with an unreal illusion. 

Just like in a dream, imagine you’re in a nightmare. You’re terrified of the monster. You’ll run and run and run forever. You’ll fight and fight and fight. But when you start to wake up to the reality that you are in something like a dream, you can start to have a different relationship with those monsters in your nightmare, because you see them in truth as yourself. When you do this practice, those beings transform and provide healing, insight, and transformation that is meaningful to you in your waking life. 

I want to see that happen here now in society. I want us all to wake up from the nightmare that we have been living into the deeper reality. To shift our identity from our little dream character to the dreamer.  Right now, I’m focused on the evil dream characters.  I know that there are covert humans and evil ETs and all sorts of nightmarish creatures in our waking work.  I’m trying to see those aspects as dream characters and my victimization by them as a dream.

Dreams are always meaningful. They have more reality than we attribute to them. I’m waking up from the notion that these evil ETS, these conspiracy people, the military industrial complex, big pharma, whatever, that these people are evil. I’m letting go of the notion that they need to do something. That I need to do something about them. 

I believe that just like a dream, as I wake up to the reality of the dream, I shift my identity, and I realize that I am much vaster than that victim of a nightmare. I am the source of that nightmare. I’m the source of both the victim and the victimizer. I’m the source of the monsters. This is where I’m at right now. I’m at a place of experience and deduction and waking up and moving towards. Life is like a dream. I’m open to all those notions.

The contact with ETs really shows that to me. Whenever I really reach out to them to get in touch, they get in touch. Other people do that too, so I’m not just making it up. It’s a collective experience. I am experiencing more love, I’m more present with my family. I’m more patient, that sort of thing. So I know, I’m on a good way as I know, I’m not ignoring specific aspects, but I’m waking up and deducing. If this is like a dream, then those evil people that I’ve been afraid of, that I am aggressive to in my thoughts, we’re all one. Big pharma, the warmongers, the bankers, a secret space program that three letter agencies, whatever, we’re one in the mind of the dreamer.

I know that’s a difficult thing to imagine. We’re all one. Just like we, the good guys, the beings of light, the starseeds, whatever, everyday people, whatever, just like, we are expressions of source love, so too all those evil others are expressions of source love. They’re allowed to be the way they are because this world is something like a dream. 

When we choose to stay in duality, when we choose to stay in and not wake up to the reality that we are in something like a dream, those are very scary things. I would not actually recommend engaging with those aspects unless you have this deeper understanding and a willingness to wake up from this reality? They won’t keep you here, they want to wake up too, and they’re on a journey just like we are.

I hope that in my lifetime, our society can really embody the truth and bring forth an incredible world. It will be incredibly dreamlike and amazing. Anything we can imagine, we can build. I invite you to start playing with this notion to explore it in a way that brings you a deeper embodiment of peace, love, acceptance, and unity consciousness into your daily waking life. If it doesn’t do that, I don’t think it’s worth doing. That’s what I invite you to do.

Thank you for exploring the dreamlike nature of our reality.

How can dreams, hypnotic experience, and channeled material be a source of knowledge for us here and now in the waking world? 

How can we develop discernment? How can we bring extraordinary experiences into our intellectual dialogue about what the world is? How can we use dreams, hypnosis and channeled material to make decisions in our lives or to understand how this world is working? 

Well, I’d love to offer a metaphor and some thinking about it. Maybe some tips. I am educated in philosophy and psychology. I am trained in hypnosis and dreamwork. I work with dreams in my own practice and with other people. I use these things as sources of knowledge. But it’s important to understand what knowledge is, how these things can be a source of knowledge, and what dreams, hypnosis, and channeled experiences are. 

I’d love to offer a metaphor to start. These things are something like holograms as opposed to photographs. In the waking world and with our intellectual mind, we like to flatten things down into objective statements about history or about science about the world. We really yearn for something very clear. When we engage with dreams, hypnosis, or channeled material, we really want the ability to say yes, indeed, yes, indeed, this person was that person in a past life or that there is a secret space program base on the far side of the moon or that there is an ET Federation of beings that are assisting us in this process of ascension, or whatever you want to believe or work with. 

There is a desire to concretize, to make into something very solid in this waking world, these expressions that are dreamlike in nature. They’re bizarre or otherworldly. They are yes, no, and both at once. It’s really hard to pin down. It’s like trying to put a pin through quicksilver. They move around and refuse to be contained by the conscious mind. That’s what dreams, hypnosis and channel material are like. 

When we yearn for the objective or flattened down understanding, we’re doing violence, actually, to the very nature of dreams, hypnosis and channeled material by wanting to flatten it down into objective sources of knowledge. Dreams, hypnosis, and channel materials aren’t necessarily interested in providing us with objective sources of knowledge. That’s totally fine. 

As it turns out, we don’t live in an objective world. Our mind that wants these objective facts is actually the source of suffering in your experience. Suffering is the identification with the aspect of mind that yearns for these facts, that yearns for the concretization of experiences.   When we yearn to pin down these dreamlike, ambiguous, and flowy expressions of knowledge and truth into an objective reality that is consistent with our ego, then we are doing violence to the nature of dreams. 

We are perpetuating a cycle of suffering. That’s really what we’re doing. The invitation here is to step back right and say, “Yes, dreams, hypnosis, and channeled material are indeed sources of knowledge. They are indeed sources of knowledge. But how can I relate to them in a way that doesn’t cause them violence or myself violence that causes myself to suffer?” 

How is that possible? Well, from my experience, I can offer some tips and guidelines in my own experience as a practitioner working with people, my own experience as a dreamer, my own experience as a contactee, and someone who is working with channeled material. I would say start with yourself. Develop your own capacities of practice and discernment.

If you’re looking to other people’s dreams, if you’re looking to other people’s channeled material, even if it is from the Galactic Federation, if you’re looking to other people’s hypnotic experiences as testimonies about this world, even looking through the works of Dolores Cannon, or the all the narratives that are emerging out of the quantum healing experience, if you’re doing that, but you’re not working with yourself first, you’re missing the point. If you don’t start with yourself, you do not understand how dreams, channeled material, and hypnotic testimony can be a source of knowledge in your life because you don’t know how it works with you. 

If you’re not engaged in a personal practice, I invite you now to start practicing with your own dreams. Keep a dream journal, start exploring what that’s like. You can actually start channeling, you can work with a hypnotist, and you can do self-hypnosis for these regressions. All hypnosis is self-hypnosis. Hypnosis is nothing else besides you having an inner experience of knowing. You need to start there with yourself so that you can develop your own faculties of discernment about what dreams might mean and about how to engage with multidimensional and holographic nonconscious experience.

That’s where you need to start. That’s where the work is. That’s where the meaning, healing, insight, and transformation come.  It is when you engage with yourself through the experience of working with this material. It’s not reading it in a book and saying, “Oh, I found out that there’s going to be solar flares at the end of this year. And we’re going to split off into the fifth dimension and there are reptilians in Saturn.” Those things are all probably true. Those are probably true at some level objectively. But that’s not the point. The point is the invitation to a participatory journey, you’re working with this material, and this material works with you. It’s like a dream.

In that practice, I would also invite you to just start exploring what you bring to the experiences by starting to be mindful about it. Start asking the question, “why do I really want to make dreams, hypnotic experience, or channeled material into a concretized objective source of knowledge? Why do I want that?”

Start being mindful about why you’re looking towards somebody else’s dreams, somebody else’s channel material, somebody else’s experience in hypnosis. Why are you looking to something outside of yourself for sources of knowledge about what is happening in your experience? Just start being mindful about that. 

It’s actually very fruitful to engage with other people’s channeled materials, dreams, and hypnotic experience. It is fascinating and delightful. It brings a lot of knowledge about the world. But I would encourage you to do so from a point of view of mindfulness and awareness about why you’re doing it. 

If you are lacking in experience with your own dreams, channeled material, or hypnosis, start with that. It’s easy. I would love it if you need help. I have resources to help. I have this training. I love working with people but you don’t have to work with me. It’s just work with yourself. I’m simply offering this invitation to work with the dreams, hypnosis, and channeled material as a kind of holographic invitation for a deeper level of participation. 

I hope that you find that this world is not necessarily exactly like what you would expect. That was my own experience in working with these materials. I discovered that this world is something more like a dream, then what the cultural scientific narrative presents. I am a dream in the mind of God, Goddess, Earth, spirit, universe, whatever. And I am all dream characters, I am the dreamer, and so are you. I would love it if you discovered this world to be a dream, but it’s your own path. That’s the only way dreams, hypnosis, and channel material actually start to make sense, in your own personal journey to truth.  

If someone is trying to convince you about the nature of reality based on ideas that come from their dreams, channeled material, or hypnosis, then that is actually a sign that they understand only one aspect of their experience. It is a sign that they are trying to flatten down a multidimensional and beautiful hologram into a photograph that’s easier to understand. If they are trying to convince you, if they are trying to make you take action on these things, to hold a certain political point of view or any such thing, without an invitation for you to have your own experience, to use your own faculties of discernment, then they’re doing violence to you and the universe. 

It is totally fine they’re doing that violence, it doesn’t have to change, and we don’t have to stop them. It’s part of the journey of a mind awakening. Part of the journey to enlightenment is being so highly identified with the egoic persona that you become lost in a world that you can’t make sense of. That’s part of the journey we’re on here and now.  It’s totally fine.

I invite you to bring mindfulness and space into your own experience and compassion with yourself and others, and a sense of being open for open encounters with dreamlike things.  I invite you to not even worry about letting go of concretizing or making an objective or doing that violence of flattening these messages and experiences, but just start to be aware. Just explore what it is like to notice each time you want to flatten a dream into a fact. 

The final thing I will say about testimony, particularly that of hypnosis, and channeled material, is that the facilitator, the hypnotist, or the channeler, has a specific frequency. They are not an objective source of knowledge in themselves. They are not like an empty vessel. They have an agenda, even if they say they don’t. I think often of the hypnotists that have a sort of niche: alien abductee hypnotist, the secret space program hypnotist, etc. They have a niche because they’re attracting people who have that narrative. It does not mean that the entire world is experiencing ET abductions that are focused on genetic material. It does not mean that the entire world has experienced a secret space program. We live in a multiverse that is much more fluid and much more dreamlike than we would expect. 

The work of channeling and hypnosis is a process of defining which multiverse or parallel reality that we choose to engage with. The choice happens in the frequency and vibration of all involved: the channeler, the channeled begging, and the consumer of the channeled material. I would invite you to know that and to have the confidence to choose your own frequency. There are many exciting ideas like Star Wars or secret space programs or nightmarish Grays, but I would invite you to choose your world carefully. We may actually be experiencing slightly different realities that we choose to engage with, by resonating or allowing our own experience to be entrained or guided by the people that we choose to listen to or bring in those messages into our lives.  If you’re infatuated with the galactic wars or the reptilians, you may actually be tuning into those realities and trapping yourself by just listening to channels and psychics who claim they have sight into these matters.

I hope that I have provided some invitation to you. I hope that the metaphor of the hologram is meaningful to you. I hope that, after considering these things, you start to engage your own path of dreaming, your own path of exploring hypnotic experience, and start building the skills of discernment. 

Thank you for your work, your presence, your practice, in engaging this path. It’s much more uncomfortable to be in a space where multiple facts can happen at once, where there are multiple different interpretations to the world that there may actually be multiple realities in which we’re engaged with at once. Thank you for the courage of being open. Thank you for your practice in establishing discernment in your own experience. Thank you for making the choice to embody frequencies of peace, love, and unity consciousness. Even if it feels scary out there, it’s a choice that you’re making. Thank you for making the choice that respects the multidimensionality of your own experience. Thank you

Do I know that I have performed the Enochian rituals incorrectly? 

Yes, I do know that my practice of the Enochian rituals, as presented to John Dee by celestial angels, is incorrect. I know that I have likely included some magical blinds. I have likely mispronounced and mangled the entire Enochian language. I have likely misunderstood or misrepresented many aspects of ritual or ceremonial magic in this work. I do know that. I do know that and the reason why I know that is because it seems to me that everyone who has ever done any of this work has done it incorrectly.  All practitioners seem to claim some irrational guidance, as opposed to a rational intellectual understanding of these things. 

I’ll just share a few anecdotes from my own experience of this working. When I first started, I realized that I needed to do this ritual because it would be of benefit to myself and those around me. I started learning as much as I could. I read, hundreds or thousands of pages. I went through a vast amount of material. 

The John Dee writings are very complex and long. He was a spy and a cryptographer. The angelic workings, even if you wanted to find instructions for them, are very difficult to get instructions. There are books like DuQuette’s Enochian Vision Magick, but you’re not really sure what is provided by the angels and what’s been added by magicians since then. All the material is very overwhelming.

But I tried my best. I engaged a study group to help me understand what was happening and how these things work. I reached out to practicing magicians, I reached out to people who seemed to understand these things. Some of them got back to me, some of them didn’t. When I started producing the Enochian temple furniture, I connected to angelic guidance. Dee’s writings indicate the Holy Table should be two cubits and made of Sweetwood, which people understand to be maybe cedar.  I realized that I didn’t have enough wood to construct two qubits. 

I realized that I didn’t have enough time or money to get the wood.  I only had a specific amount of time, something in my heart told me to finish by the winter solstice.  A voice in my heart told me to continue with what I had. I started working on the temple furniture. I had a series of dreams where I was relating to the Holy Table. It was like I was in the center of the table. Looking outwards, I saw all these letters and beings and wisdom surrounded me. It felt as if the dreams were providing me guidance. 

At one point I realized that some people have the letters going this way and some people have it going the other way. Enochian is written from right to left and English is written left to right. I realized that my Ensigns of Creation had English script, but that it maybe should be Enochian.  I encountered a few articles about magical blinds in the written record, which are instructions that don’t add up to the original intent.  The blinds are there to prevent unworthy aspirants from using the system.  Did I find them all?

At a certain point, the angels just said to me that it doesn’t matter. They said that they don’t speak Enochian to one another. They’re not speaking a language. Enochian is a constructed language for the benefit of human, ET, and angelic interaction. They said that the important thing is your heart, your intention, and the fact that you’re pouring as much energy as you can into this situation. Heart is more important than the actual technicality. 

I just had to go with it. I mean, there’s no other option. There’s a sense of resignation, a sense of being overwhelmed in terms of the mind, and finding a moment of trust, finding the guidance being actually offered. 

My experience of overwhelm and resignation is consistent with the spirit diaries of John Dee. He received the instructions about how to build the furniture and asked what he was supposed to do with it. The angels said to start making it and then they’ll provide guidance. That’s beautiful. 

I think I think, in some ways, the actual furniture is effective. The language is effective, but not in the way we expect. That’s my conclusion. I don’t have an intuition about how it’s effective. Some people talk about hypercube geometries. Some people talk about the Encochian angels, with names like King Belzor and Kind Belzon, who are actual beings.  I don’t know, but I think that misses the point.  Even if they are, they’re ultimately you.

I experienced a connection with unity consciousness. It was connecting me to my own experience of divinity as expressed through this world, which is something like a dream happening in the mind of God, Goddess, spirit, Earth, whatever word you want to use. This is the source, the ground, and the fruition.  It is all of it, all at once. That’s what I am. That’s what you are. And that’s what this experience brought me to.  The ritual seemed to be an assisted experience of the shifting of the habitual patterns of mind and identification. It shifts the identity from the ego that is concerned about doing good work like a proper ritual.  It shifts to a much more expanded identity, where I at least now can acknowledge the possibility that I enjoy the same consciousness that these celestial beings enjoy, albeit expressed through different ways. 

I do know I’ve done it wrong.  I do know that by doing it wrong, I am providing an example. I wish I had examples of someone saying that it doesn’t matter as much as you think. It doesn’t matter. Magic is truly effective because you are already divinity, a creative force within this world. You really are truly a being of magic.  

You can write squiggles if you want and if you’re aligned to it. All that’s needed is to align your intention to your belief. A lot of the issues about proper practice and magical blinds come from intellectual, not magical, levels of the consciousness.  If these issues were truly issues, we wouldn’t have such a rich history of practice through history.  

We are all beings of magic. We have the opportunity to use this system. We also have the opportunity to then create our own system that’s in alignment with our hearts, here and now, in this time. I would invite you to have the confidence to self-initiate yourself in any system of magic that you are attracted to and want to work with.

 I invite you, even more so, to create, invent, and work with the ever present assistance of the celestial beings to build pathways of magic for yourself and for the world to come. John Dee was a man five centuries ago, who worked with maybe a few dozen or hundred other people to bring forward this entire system. Imagine what we could do now, when we didn’t have to hide a lot of our magical understanding in ciphers. Imagine what sort of beautiful system we can create together based on the understanding that we are already magical beings expressive of enlightened activity. What can we create, when we are not bogged down by the need for this intellectual discord about who said what, when and how? We can Quantum Leap ourselves into the understanding that we, indeed, are beings of magic.

We are these creative forces.  We are our angelic guidance. It is all one.

I thank you. If you’ve encountered this invitation and feel anything within you, I look forward to seeing what our world is like when it is created on a foundation of magic that is expressed through love, peace, and unity consciousness. I’m excited to see the world we conjure up together. 

Thank you.

What is next? 

What is after the Enochian Apocalypse Working? What is after the great work that has been accomplished? What are the next steps? 

Really good question. I wish I had a much deeper answer. I am sort of surprised about the nature of the accomplishment. I am surprised that the great transmutation is one of mind and heart, of simply shifting habitual patterns of mind from individual identity to unity consciousness. I’m surprised that it is not fully stabilized by experience after this ritual, that in fact, my experience is very similar to what went before.

 Although I will observe that I know and I feel a greater conviction, a greater confidence that’s really what is needed is what the angels told me. Simply being more open than closed and working with these habitual patterns of mind in almost a mechanical way, a way of just applying even classical conditioning to this problem and this is a step forward. 

The next steps for me are to work with that process of meditation. They provided certain instructions about how to relate to other beings of other densities, how to relate to the Earth, the New Earth, how to use the system of portals to go between this density and other densities, to see and engage with these celestial extraterrestrial or elemental beings, and that sort of thing. 

They provided instructions that involved the capacities of mind to be awake, aware and hold single pointed concentration, enter the dream state in a lucid insightful way and accept the dream state into the waking mind in a similar way. Those are some very real goals for me. Even though I am this being of magic, God dreaming himself or herself, in the mind of God everywhere all at once, even though I am all these things, I need to shift my habits of identification.

The work has really shown me how important it is to engage with people and to create spaces of invitation. Next steps for me are offering more hypnosis services, spiritual counseling services, working one on one or with groups with people to apply my skills. I will be offering one on one sessions and group sessions, these group sessions will involve dreamwork, they’ll involve study like I did with John Dee study group, they will involve practices to work with the mind and establish habits of identifying this here or you there with unity consciousness. 

We will run experiences of contact because we can have contact with celestial beings, extraterrestrial beings. The invitation is open. They will assist us in ways that extend beyond your and my imagination. It’s an open invitation. It is an urgent invitation. It is an emphatic invitation on the part of these celestial beings to engage with them in order to help us shift from the third through the fourth into the fifth density, so that we can build a society in the golden age based on unity consciousness. How beautiful is that? We have the opportunity to work together in that way. 

What is next for working with Enochian? I don’t know if I’ll continue working in this way with those rituals. There’s a certain beauty to it and a certain potency. I enjoy it actually, I would love to explore and collaborate with others in building up Western based tradition that brings in Buddhist ideas. Like, we can be like Padma Sambhava, together, and bring the basic practices of Hinayana and Mahayana Buddhism into a magical context, a Western magical context. We can see how potent that is in the lives of, say the Tibetans using the Vajrayana practices. 

I would love to engage with practices and develop collaborations and explorations about how Western magical practices can really work with the Mahayana Buddhist practices to be synthesized into effective practices to achieve enlightenment and stability of unity consciousness within individual bodies, in this world here and now, in a way that speaks to the Western mind, in a language that is effective for the Western mind. So that we can add our specific note to the beautiful harmony of the human family.

I’d love to hear what you think of our next steps. What are your next steps? If you’ve listened to any of these talks or any of the rituals, you’ve likely connected with some of the notion that this world is like a dream, and that we, as humans, are like dream characters held within the mind of God, Goddess, Earth, spirit, source, whatever. So you likely have the wisdom within you already, you’re likely already very in touch with it. 

You likely have a burning desire in your heart, an intuition, or something like that about how to move our world forward to a greater experience of peace, love and unity consciousness to really alleviate the suffering that we have created for ourselves through this division experience. You likely have a specific mission or desire or destiny to bring together our experience and drop it down into unity consciousness. You can really and truly alleviate suffering in your life and the life of those around you and to help us build a New Earth and anchor it into the here and now. So I thank you for the next steps you will take. 

Thank you.

Cosmic Dream Sanctuary

Introduction

After completing the ritual, I wondered what to do next.  I edited the videos and put them online because the Celestial Beings asked that I complete the ritual and share the message before the winter solstice.

It became clear to me that there was something more to this whole thing than just visions.  I actually made contact with angelic or celestial beings.  My wife helped me see that I truly believed this, deep down, and I’m very grateful for her wisdom.

The message is very fantastic and almost beyond belief.  However, they’re not asking for belief right now, they’re asking for action.  We’re invited to create the causes and conditions for opening portals to their assistance.  

1. As far as I can tell, they’re asking for some very simple actions:
2. Practice meditation and establish minimal capacity for single-pointed concentration
3. Practice lucid dreaming so that you can maintain awareness from waking to sleeping and to waking again
4. Contemplate the notion that we are all one and that you are all things.  Be more open than closed to unity consciousness.
5. Forgive the perpetrators of your suffering as you would be forgiven. 
6. Explore contact by opening to belief, setting intention, and giving invitation.

It took me almost a month before I realized that the commitment I made to the Celestial Beings is to serve as minister to people.  They pointed out that I made prayers to the deepest layers of consciousness every day for 30 days proclaiming that I was a minister of God and that I requested undefiled knowledge to flow.  They pointed out that many of the Enochian Calls ended with that proclamation.

They told me that it’s useful to open a space of discussion and practice regarding these topics.  They say it’s helpful just to practice meditation, to talk about the ideas of unity consciousness, and to acclimate our minds to the notions of ET/ED contact and ascension.

They seem to prefer recommendations over direct instructions.  They said that the ascension process could happen individually, but suggested that portal might best be opened in community and in sacred space.

• In that way, I’m offering ministry through Cosmic Dream Sanctuary.  It’s a digital space for now offering:
• Individual sessions of dream work, hypnosis, and spiritual counseling
• Study & practice group sessions on hypnosis, dream, and meditation topics
• Fellowship Service involving readings, art, music, meditation, and discussion

Asclepion as Model

An Asclepion is an ancient temple dedicated to the healing dream god Asclepius, who you might recognize through his symbol of the two snakes spiralling up a staff.  We understand that Gods and Goddess, while fully capable of being and acting in the waking world, express deep aspects of ourselves.  

If you needed healing, insight, or transformation in the ancient world, you might visit an Asclepion.  The temples lived on holy sites with strong energies, like the crossing of ley-lines or other potent places.  Testimony from those healed, in the form of art or written word, filled the temples.  You might see images of Asclepius as a strong man holding his staff.  You might encounter snakes or dogs, which are his sacred animals because he is known to shapeshift into their forms to administer healing.

You would be received by a priest who listens to your story, dreams, or supplication.  The priest would invite you to purify through a ritual cleansing like a bath, then to have a dream within the sacred sanctuary space.  You might then have a dream that somehow is the accomplishment of your supplication.  

Sometimes the dream was clear, like that Asclepius visited you and provided medicine and then you were healed.  Sometimes the dream was less clear and you’d speak with the priest who would help you interpret it.  All dreams required action, often in the form of a thank offering such as art or testimony for the temple walls.

The consciousness, energy, and power of the ancient Greek god called Asclepius is alive and well in the world today.  I actively work with this energy in my own life and my dreamwork with others.  That’s why I consider the space of our time together to be a sacred temple of dreaming healing and myself to be a priest of Asclepius.

When we understand that our waking life is like a dream, then we can see that any moment can be as sacred as a temple and just as potent to invite the miracle of healing into our lives. 

Doctrines

Cosmic Dream Sanctuary is an ecumenical, interfaith, and open community of meditation, contemplation, and fellowship.

We use meditation, reading, contemplation, and fellowship to develop ourselves so that we embody greater peace, love, and unity consciousness, here and now on Earth, for the benefit of all beings.

We acknowledge the reality of the community of non-physical, celestial, angelic, extra-terrestrial, elemental, and spirit beings as the many dream characters in the Divine Mind, which is your deepest and highest self.

We do not ask that you believe anything or to leave behind your own traditions, wisdom, and religions. 

This is simply a time of study, meditation, practice, and prayer. 

We ask that you use your own power of discernment to accept or reject whatever is offered. 

We invite you to explore the message in your own life. All you need to do is be more open than closed, then invite our greater family to commune with you here and now on Earth, for the greater embodiment of peace, love and unity consciousness.

We will discuss:

• Experiences of extrasensory perception like dreams, psychic visions, spirit communications, and other supernatural perceptions
• Reality of non-physical, extra-terrestrial/dimensional, angelic, elemental, etc, beings
• History and present impacts of Empire as expressed through Colonialism and controlling institutions
• Taboo topics, alternative histories, and notions that feel like conspiracy theories because they are outside of consensus worldview
• Call for universal love and forgiveness of the perpetrators of Empire by seeing ourselves as expressive of the universal mind responsible for all experience

If these topics are an issue for you, then you are invited to follow a path that suits you. If you continue this path, then you are invited to work with any challenge that may arise with mindfulness and a sense of personal responsibility.

We use the metaphor that our waking experience in society today is like a nightmare based on the traditions of:

• Buddhism, which sees the illusion of separated self as the source of suffering
• Mystic Christianity, which see the empires of this world as out of alignment with our basic needs
• Dream studies, which invites us to bring insight into our experiences in order to shift them

Ethics

We commit to:

• Take personal responsibility for discernment and action
• Practice mindfulness and meditation in order to open up to our reality, so that we can be present and take action
• Embody greater peace, love, and unity consciousness here and now on Earth
• To honor the freedom of all beings by inviting, not proselytizing, and allowing for a multitude of perspectives
• Be of benefit to ourselves first, then to all beings, according to principle of non-harm, respecting free-will

We invite you to acknowledge certain aspects of your experience in the world of samsara, nightmare, or empire.  We simply ask that you acknowledge these experiences in order to forgive the perpetrators of these experiences as you would forgive yourself so that you may enjoy great peace, love and unity consciousness.

Be present with your breath as you acknowledge the very real effects of empire including: 

• Genocide of people and cultures, especially those indigenous victims of colonization
• Slavery inherent within the global system of growth capitalism
• Destruction of our environment for profit
• Wars perpetrated without consent or right
• Institutional disinformation regarding feminine wisdom and spiritual experience

Now, as you see fit, please acknowledge that you have or are open to having experience that balance those of empire in your life or choice:

• Empathy and compassion for others
• Contentment with family, creativity, and passion
• Connection and love of nature
• Joy in your heart as you are of service to others
• Personal experience and internal sense of discernment

You are responsible for your own experience. Based on the traditions of Mystic Christianity, Mahayana Buddhism, and Dream Studies, we invite you to a path of action that:

• Aligns to the principle of non-harm
• Is for the benefit of yourself and all beings
• Acknowledges the unity consciousness of all things
• Radically forgives the perpetrators of empire and suffering as ourselves

So that we may all embody greater peace, love and unity consciousness here and now on Earth.

Scripture

I personally understand The Book of Galactic Light to be something like a scripture.  I invite you to explore your own dreams like a sacred scripture.  While I believe my visions to be meaningful and a message from Celestial Beings, we actually want you to work with your own dreams and visionary experience as sacred scripture.

The Book of Galactic Light is a spiritual gift from Celestial Beings.  It lives within the heart and mind, not on these pages.  When you navigate the multiverse and follow the paths of the New Earth, you use your own book.

We deeply invite you to study and explore the rich history of interaction between your ancestors and Celestial Beings.  We deeply invite you to live your life from the belief, invitation, and intention that you can connect with divinity in the ways once recorded in scripture like our historical religious and mythology texts.

Sacraments

We are invited to understand ourselves as the mind in which the dream of reality unfolds.  This means that we are source, God/Goddess, creator, the universe, or whatever word you want to use.

The wisdom and truth of our divinity is revealed through dreams and other means.  We understand that any practice that brings you into connection with your divinity is a sacrament.

Some sacraments are self-performed, such as meditation or self-hypnosis.  You are invited to work with yourself first, then consider working with another. Some sacraments are potent when performed with another person, such as hypnosis or spiritual counseling.  We understand that the choice of practitioner or minister is based on personal rapport and require explicit consent by all parties.

You are invited to use your own personal discernment when participating in these sacraments.  Please understand that you are the way and the truth. You are invited to find divinity within yourself and work with others only as a practice of convenience in your journey.

We actively work with the following as sacraments:

• Meditation, dreams, hypnosis
• ET/ED/Angelic/Spirit Contact
• Psychic/ESP development
• Fellowship, reading, and study
• Spiritual Counseling

Sanctuary

We understand that the ultimate space or sanctuary of divinity is within. The sanctuary has its being in every choice we make.  We choose to create our sanctuary through our commitments to peace, love, and unity consciousness.

We call for a physical and sacred space for our Fellowship and Sanctuary. We call to our community of terrestrial, extra-terrestrial, angelic, and human beings to open real and actual Portals to the 5th Density and beyond. We open this sacred space for our Greater Community to pass through the portals of Birth, Commitment, Hospice, and Transfiguration.

About the Authors

Daniel Rekshan lives with his beloved family.  He is an artist, dreamer, and hypnotist.  He holds a MA in East-West Psychology from the California Institute of Integral Studies.  He holds a BA in the Western Liberal Arts tradition from St. John’s College in Annapolis.  Daniel is a certified hypnotherapist in the spiritual counseling modality of Depth Hypnosis and is certified in Beyond Quantum Healing.  He is an ordained minister in the Universal Life Church.  Daniel is the Chief Dream Officer of Dream Well, a mobile app for dream, sleep, and mindfulness. 

Daniel offers hypnosis, dream work, and spiritual counseling service as a ministry through Cosmic Dream Sanctuary.  Daniel is the founder of D-SETI, the Dream Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligences (https://dseti.org).

The celestial beings, sometimes called angels and sometimes called ETs, invite you to discover who they are in your life.  You can get to know them simply by believing in them, setting your intention to connect for the benefit of all beings, and then inviting them to connect with you.  **